marahfreedom

Archive for the ‘electronic weapons’ Category

17 Articles from Around the World : Reasons For Horrors of Palestine-Israel , Yemen-Russia Connection, General Psychic Cautionary, Neurotech For the Top Levels – Not the Bottom Levels – Leave the Ordinary Citizens Free To Purchase Guns, A Thailand Level of Entertainment in Russia, Giving Children True Freedom of Choice – Protecting Children From Their Own Parents, A New Newspaper Payout-Publishing Paradigm, Susan Rice’s Good Ethics To Teach 3rd World About Crony Postholders (how about a black female President next?), Ethical Necessities in Politics – Charlie Gonzalez Exemplary (but perhaps a few decades too late? better late than never . . . ), Right to Cosplay Ninjas, Apologism for Plutocrats Thing of the Past, 3 Articles on Prostitution From An Educated Sex Industry Worker’s and Adult Establishment Owner’s Viewpoint, NHS Efficiency And Reach Increases Into Weekends – Suggestions for 24/7, Currency Degrades – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree 17th December 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, best practices, checks and balances, critical discourse, critique, Democracy, democratisation, electronic weapons, equitable wealth distribution, Ethics, Fat Cats, feminist saboteurs, freedom of choice, Freedom of Expression, gender politics, healthcare, if not contrived, Islam, Islamist, media, Media Neutrality, media traps, media tricks, Nepotism, neutral spaces, non-Muslim rights, non-Muslim Rights in a Muslim country, Plutocracy, plutocrat politicians, political correctness, Political Fat Cats, politics, pretentious, preventing vested interest, Prostitution, psychiatry, racism, red light district legalisation, secularism, self policing, separation of powers, sex positivism, Sexuality, social freedoms, Socialism, spirit of the law, spiritual abuse, spirituality, undemocratic on December 16, 2012 at 8:01 pm

ARTICLE 1

Third Intifada Begins – December 15, 2012 – Hebron

“This is the beginning of a third Palestinian Intifada, which is erupting from the heart of Hebron and will spread to all of Palestine.”

One must be careful with this type of evidence; after all there is more than one reason for the Israeli political police, Shin Beth, to fake such a video. Moreover, considering the clothing of the participants it would be remarkably easy to falsify it even for the youngest agent, maybe as a graduation project. Yet, the video matches other developments on the ground and thus it is credible. It was posted on YouTube on December 15, 2012, by an alleged coalition of Hamas, Fatah, Islamic Jihad and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine. These are the four main Palestinian political parties. Considering the disintegration of Palestine into Hamas-controlled Gaza and Fatah-controlled West Bank, this video is by itself groundbreaking news. However, it contains more than an image of unity. Its main message is “This is the beginning of a third Palestinian Intifada, which is erupting from the heart of Hebron and will spread to all of Palestine.” This will be achieved through the newly established “National Union Battalions.”

Let me translate this into simple terms. Following the acceptance of Palestine as an Observer State by the UN, the main Palestinian factions have united and declared Palestine’s Independence War on Israel. Is this credible? Will Palestine declare independence on May 14, 2013?

New Uprising

The video at the left was filmed the day before and shows violence in Hebron. Palestinian police officers are seen clashing with Hamas supporters during a rally in Hebron which marked the group’s 25th anniversary. The demonstrators marched from the city hall toward an Israeli checkpoint while the Palestinian officers attempted to disperse them. The demonstrators threw stones at them, and a number of them were detained. Due to resolution issues it is difficult to say for sure, but several Israeli soldiers may have participated in the event.

This may look like a contradiction to the claims made in the video above, but it is not so. It has been five years since Hamas supporters were allowed to gather in the West Bank. The Palestinian Authority police was just making sure they would not reach the IDF checkpoint. Hence, the video supports the claim that a new coalition had been achieved.

Since November, there has been an increase in West Bank protests. According to the IDF, 130 attacks were launched from the West Bank in that month; most of them were defined as “difficult to contain.” AMAN, Israel’s military intelligence, reports a sharp increase in alerts suggesting attacks against Israeli soldiers and civilians. Moreover, Palestinian Authority police stopped arresting Hamas operatives in the West Bank, and they are allowed to act freely. The Shin Beth released reports claiming that the West Bank is ripe for a third Intifada. Thus, at least the message in the video above is credible.

False Trigger

The IDF is fighting an outdated war. One of its generals, who refused to be identified by name, said on the same day to Yedioth Aharonot, Israel’s largest newspaper, “There are two scenarios that may indicate the future: The reopening of Hamas’ da’wah [charity] institutions in the West Bank and the complete suspension of arrests of Hamas operatives.” He added that the trigger for a third Intifada may end up being Jewish terror, such as “Price Tag” acts or clashes between Palestinians and settlers. One of the saddest things in this world is an old general trying to repeat a war from his youth; this unnamed general did just that.

The First Intifada was formally triggered on December 8, 1987. Two days before that, an Israeli salesman had been stabbed to death in Gaza; denizens suspected a retaliation from Israel. Then, an IDF tank transporter ran into a group of Palestinians from Jabalya Refugee Camp in Gaza. It killed four and injured seven, creating what looked like a retaliation. Subsequent violent protests became the Intifada. Yet, the ground had been burning for months; in despair, the IDF sent training units to the Occupied Territories since the beginning of that year. Years later, in September 2000, the Palestinian unrest was of a similar magnitude. The Second Intifada began on September 28, 2000, when Ariel Sharon, Likud candidate for Israeli Prime Minister, entered the Temple Mount accompanied by over 1,000 security guards. He said, “the Temple Mount is in our hands and will remain in our hands. It is the holiest site in Judaism and it is the right of every Jew to visit the Temple Mount.” By the end of 2012, the IDF is betting on a third variant of the theme. Yet, recent Palestinian actions show that a similar scenario is unlikely to happen.

Phase is Everything in Life

“Phase is everything in life,” a physicist friend told me once, and I found it impossible to refute his claim. Anybody thinking that the Palestinians will follow in 2013 the same patterns as they did in 1987 and 2000 is at least out of phase with our world and probably out of touch with reality. As analyzed in May 14, 2013, Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas has proved that he possesses a sharp historical perspective by concentrating his efforts on the recognition of Palestine as an Observer State on the anniversary of the historic 1947 vote on UN Resolution 181, better known as the UN Partition Plan of Palestine. He outsmarted Israel, which concentrated its efforts on the annulment of the resolution, instead of attempting to change its symbolic date. This was the act of a mature statesman who realized that the negotiations had entered a dead end alley. He is unlikely to surrender to settlers or IDF provocations and has a clear goal: complete independence. For historical reasons, his best choice would be May 14, 2013. Hence, the IDF’s published scenario is unlikely. The date the violent phase of the struggle will begin on is not related to Israeli actions.

Regardless of the name used by the media, the Third Intifada has not begun. What we are seeing is a Palestinian national, coordinated effort to achieve independence. The video on the top of this page announces the soon to begin Palestinian War of Independence. Are you ready, Lieutenant General Benny Gantz?

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

I’d say that the Palestinian issue and even Gaza weighs upon the Muslim’s ability to ALLOW non-Muslims their spaces and respect the whole gamut of non-Muslim entertainments. Throughout this blog, there are instances of why Muslims should not be allowed to dominate the world. Muslims are incapable of governing diversity or understanding Voltarian freedoms such as accepting LGBT, gambling, alcohol, adult industry to list a few examples. Gaza (inequitable by location – no country can be in two parts in this manner – best that a land swop or ceding of the Gaza territory by Palestine occurs . . . ) and Palestine will NEVER be free until perhaps for a start the Islamist leaning government in malaysia ALLOWS all the above listed HUMAN RIGHTS the appropriate spaces and legal recognition and enforcement protections in a manner suitable and dignifying of the groups mentioned. This is why Palestine does not ‘deserve’ to exist, this is why Israel has a right to persecute Muslims, simply by the persecution applied by Muslims on non-Muslims elsewhere in the world .

There can be no protection or rights for Palestine so long as in places like Malaysia there are no rights granted on the above issues and more so when Palestine keeps firing rockets at Israel.

Even 'Malay' (half-Malay) exiles running away from Malaysia's political fascism hate on LGBTs as well. RPK is a Malay writer who flip-flops but generally hates LGBT  . . Impossible to teach some people(s) . . . so how can islam 'civilise' and abide by rights of access and expression on so many other 'Haram Rights' issues for non-Muslims?

Even ‘Malay’ (half-Malay) exiles running away from Malaysia’s political fascism hate on LGBTs as well. RPK is a Malay writer who flip-flops but generally hates LGBT . . Impossible to teach some people(s) . . . so how can islam ‘civilise’ and abide by rights of access and expression on so many other ‘Haram Rights’ issues for non-Muslims?

ARTICLE 2

Yemen Times interview with Russian Ambassador Vladimir Trofimov: – “I don’t believe that Yemen will ever fall apart, and my government position is to support Yemen’s unity.” (Report).

“I will be happy to answer all your questions,” said the Russian Federation’s Ambassador to Yemen Vladimir Trofimov when we met him for an interview. He candidly opened his hands, “When it comes to Yemeni and Russian relations, we have no secrets.” Trofimov had been ambassador in Yemen for two and half years and is likely to continue for another one and half. Before that, he had been working for Russia’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs for 35 years, 22 of which were spent Arab countries.

He graduated from Moscow State Institute of International Relations in 1974 and in 1986 graduated from the Diplomatic Academy of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. He has a Masters degree in History and speaks German, English, French and Arabic. He is married with one son who also works or the Foreign Service, specialized in Chinese affairs.

Nadia Al-Sakkaf interviewed Trofimov about Russia, Yemen and international affairs.

Every year, the Russian Federation provides Yemen with 80 Bachelor degree scholarships in many fields in addition to 45 scholarships for military degrees. A Yemeni-Russian Friendship Association recommends candidates for 20 of the general scholarships, while the remaining are decided on by the Ministry of Education.

Russia has investments in energy as it involved in the establishment of the Marib Power Plant, although it is keen on expanding to other fields when opportunity is available.

There are representatives of many large Russian industrial companies in Yemen and they are involved in energy and medical work, among other fields.

In the last few years, Russia canceled USD 5.5 billion of Yemen’s debts it the Russian Federation. And while Yemen still owes USD 1.2 billion, there is no pressure to return this amount as Yemen continues to pay an annual interest rate around no more than USD 20 million a year.

To Yemen, the Russian federation is not a donor country as such. However, it does help Yemen in facilitating agreements and supports Yemen’s development through expertise and discounted deals for equipment, arms, medicines and so forth.

Russians in Yemen

Formally, 500 Russians, mostly doctors and nurses, are registered with the embassy and have official state contracts. Yet the total Russian community in Yemen by far exceeds this number. Trofimov estimates that there are around 3,500 Russians living in Yemen, mainly in the medical field while others working in geological exploration among other disciplines.

Over the years, there have not been serious complaints raised by Russians living in Yemen and the general impression is that Russians feel safe across the country. They work in Sana’a, Aden, Taiz, Hadramout and Hodeidah. The embassy does not instruct its citizens where to go and where not to, as they have been evidently wise in their movement and work in Yemen.

“Even we at the embassy don’t believe that we need extra security measures despite the tragic incident of kidnapping and murdering foreigners in Sa’ada,” he said. “Thanks to the Yemeni government, security around the embassy is good enough.”

Security cooperation

Russia and Yemen signed a security cooperation agreement in 1998 and since then the two countries have exchanged expertise and Russia has supported Yemen with intelligence and military training, besides the 24 military scholarships every year.

During Saleh’s visit to Moscow this February, the two countries agreed on cooperation in combating terrorism and piracy. As a follow up, a specialized Russian delegation will be visiting Yemen in November this year to take the agreement further. There is talk of a joint Yemeni-Russian anti-terrorism and anti-piracy committee.

President Saleh also signed a deal to buy arms from Russia during his February visit. This is not the first time that Yemen buys weapons from Russia, who provides Yemen with discounted prices.

“We know Yemen is not a very rich country, so we do what we can to support Yemen’s sovernity and internal security, which is very important to us,” he said.

Yemen’s instability

“Our relations with Yemen are friendly and strong,” he said. “Our position is to firmly support Yemen’s unity and integrity.”

But Russia does not interfere in Yemen’s internal affairs like other countries do, Trofimov stressed. It trusts that the current president was elected by the people through a democratic process, and hence it is not fair to meddle into local affairs.

However, he believes that the instability in Yemen should not be over-dramatized. Another country with the amount of arms available in Yemen would have already been blown to pieces. Yemenis are therefore patient and calm people and are wise at handling their internal affairs.

The demonstrations in the south are economically based, and were triggered by some foreign and local political interests that do not represent all the Yemeni people.

“I don’t believe that Yemen will ever fall apart, and my government position is to support Yemen’s unity,” he said.

International affairs

Russia intends to hold a Middle East Peace Conference in the coming months. Its interest in the region’s stability is not new, as it has played a role as a mediator among many conflicting parties of the region.

“We don’t call it the Middle East,” he said. “We call it the Near East because it is near to us. And naturally we are concerned with its stability and want to ensure peace in the region. We have no problem talking to anyone in the process of making peace.”

Hamas has always been a controversial file between Russia and the United States among other western countries. Although there are currently around one and half million Russian Jews in Israel, Russia’s friendly position towards Hamas, Fatah and Iran has been made clear on more than one occasion.

“Mish’al had been invited to Russia twice before and we are inviting him again to visit some time soon,” he explained. “We must not ignore the fact that his government was a legitimate one elected by the Palestinian people. If we don’t consider Israel who keeps killing dozens of Palestinians every day a terrorist state, why should we consider Hamas a terrorist organization?”

“Our policy is to have fair relations with all sides, so that we can play a balanced role in the region in order to maintain peace,” he concluded.

Similarly, Russia’s relations with eastern countries are also maintained on friendly levels. Russia has annual USD 30 billion trade agreements with China and strong relations with India, notably commercial ones, as well as with other Asian countries.

Whether the new US administration means different US policy in the Middle East region is yet to be seen. However, Trofimov does find the Obama administration has a warmer attitude towards Russia compared to the Bush administration which was rather “confrontational.”…

Copyright Yemen Times. All rights reserved.

mini-ARTICLE 2.5

Judge, three relatives found beheaded in Ukraine’s Kharkov – Published: 15 December, 2012, 22:18

The decapitated bodies of a judge, his wife and son were found at their home in one of the biggest Ukrainian cities of Kharkov on Saturday, police said. The killers also targeted the son’s partner, her body being mutilated in the same way.

­Victims of the graphic murder were discovered at the apartment of Vladimir Trofimov, 58, a judge of the city district court.

“The murder took place in the morning, four bodies are decapitated,” police said.

“We do not exclude Trofimov’s professional activity as a motive which led to the crime. But we are also looking into other possible reasons,” Kharkhov District police chief, Viktor Kozitsky remarked.

Local media report that police registered an emergency call at around 13:00 pm (11:00 GMT). The caller told them that he had found mutilated bodies of his four relatives including Trofimov himself, his wife, 59, their son in his 30s and the son’s girlfriend, 29. The murder occurred on the day that Ukrainian court workers celebrate their professional holiday. Kharkov is Ukraine’s second-largest city located in the country’s east. It was one of four Ukrainian cities to host the UEFA’s major football tournament Euro 2012.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Silenced by the Arabs IN Russia (beheading seems to indicate)? Or silenced by the Russians themselves (in Arab style so that a war can be declared by Russia against Arabs . . . maybe high time so long as Islamists cannot abide by protection and granting of spaces and freedoms for non-Muslim entertainments) for being a double agent for Arabs in Yemen? Scary to get involved with these sorts . . . Gulag! Or conversion! Bad choices all, though extreme-Capitalism is no better . . .

mini-ARTICLE 3.5

93 elite guards sentenced in Yemen – Voice of Russia, Gazeta.ru – Dec 15, 2012 21:19 Moscow Time

Yemeni military court sentenced 93 members of the Republican Guard to prison terms from three to seven years for an attempt to break into the Defense Ministry building in August.

The elite Republican Guard is led by Brigadier General Ahmed Saleh, son of the former President Ali Abdullah Saleh who resigned from power in February after more than a year of protests, in exchange for immunity from prosecution.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Postulation : Looks like North Korea informing/selling info with that new satellite? Satellites could be BRAIN SCANNERS . . . Memories do not fade Russia, but Kim should know that blackmailing of Russia for WW2 incursions quietly in the background, will be more useful to Kim in the long run than exposing Russia to Islamists directly. As for the necessity due to Russian treachery or the regain national pride of WW2 atrocities, that could wait until the Islamists have pledged to protect and ensure non-Muslim lifestyles.

There is a ‘morality’ ‘key’ on satellite technology that can only be operated by certain types of Egregore/Subconsciousneses born from certain types of persons or those of sufficient strength among a nation’s citizentry. Should the Egregore or or Subconsciousneses assent to operate the Satellite via contract with the owner, the ALIENS waiting outside the Earth’s orbit are ready to communicate with the owner of the satellite via the subconscious or egregore.

The above series of events INCLUDING the mass shooting of 26+1 in Newport (http://www.cnbc.com/id/100321171), and Hillary’s ‘timely’ (if not contrived) illness and concussion circa 16th December 2012 could be a sort of warning or brain transplant, or soul exchange occuring.

As for Kim, the isolation was so severe that if the ALIEN theory is true, then NK communications would be as important to describe the nature of humanity than be suppressed as in the current form. ALIENS may not fully understand human emotions and societies and having only met a handful of satellites, might be misled to think every other human was not good or needed to be suppressed. NK’s satellite was piloted by the ‘14th Dec 2012 Egregore‘ and reached space where ALIENS learnt the nature of isolation and reputational sabotage by human nation against human nation.

The other method of piercing the atmosphere is via psychic broadcasting, where a psychic broadcasts upwards into the atmosphere (this can be intercepted or conducted away) but such signals are of interest to ALIENS being biological in nature, and are viewed equally as valid expressions of humanity as the satellite. ALIENS as of now may be on a fact collecting mission, and having discovered the abuses of certain human segments of society are on a ‘cleanup’ mission. Internet and mobile phone incidentally have been entirely infiltrated and are being loaded by aliens who study the emotions, if not neurotech scientists . . . the psychoatric establishment also attempts to shut off communications by heavily drugging psychics able to pierce the atmosphere, this is effetive partially when localized and with opponent psychics focusing against.

Any refutes and discussions to/against the (most admitedly viewed as outlandish) above post is welcome.

ARTICLE 3

Mother-of-four with Parkinson’s disease turns condition into an art form by becoming a Marilyn Monroe human statue – by Daily Mail Reporters – PUBLISHED: 17:38 GMT, 14 December 2012 | UPDATED: 19:30 GMT, 14 December 2012

Nicky was diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease when she was 29
The condition makes her muscles tighten, leaving her unable to move
Nicky now poses as a frozen Marilyn Monroe for two hours at a time to raise money for charity

A Parkinson’s sufferer whose muscles stiffen as a result of the disease has turned her condition into an art-form – by becoming a human statue.

Mother-of-four Nicky Pywell was diagnosed with Parkinson’s disease when she was just 29 forcing her to give up her career as a gardener.

The neurological condition means that without medication Nicky’s muscles and joints contract and tighten – and she is unable to move.

Nicky during her Marilyn Monroe performance

Good cause: Nicky decided to harness her muscle rigidity for charity by posing as a living statue for money

Undeterred, courageous Nicky decided not to let the debilitating disease get in her way and used her newly found talent to pose as a living statue.

She now raises money for charity by doing a Marilyn Monroe impersonation in her home town of Coalville, Leicester, for two hours at a time.

The street-artist now makes up to £400-a-time for Parkinson’s UK with her popular performances.

The 35-year-old said: ‘I become a living statue for two-and-a-half hours. I get stiff, all my muscles get rigid and I’m unable to move if I don’t have my medication.

Toddler enjoys first family Christmas at home after having ELEVEN tumours removed from all over her body
One loving family and a lethal divide: Sam, 25, and dying of a brain tumour insists faith healing can cure him. His cancer-consultant father is desperate for him to trust doctors

‘It was the idea of being stiff that led to being a statue. I do take little breaks but every time I am out on the platform I don’t move.

‘I raised about £390 the first time. That was taken from sponsorships beforehand as well as people giving me some on the day.

‘I gave an envelope to everyone I met that week telling them about myself and what I was doing.

‘I love Marilyn Monroe – she was a good actress and beautiful and glamorous. I find it really fun, I enjoy it and people say I look like her.’

Ms Pywell first sought her GP’s advice after she thought she had pulled a muscle while using a hedge trimmer nine years ago.
Nicky used to be a gardener but had to give up her job when she was diagnosed with Parkinson’s

Nicky used to be a gardener but had to give up her job when she was diagnosed with Parkinson’s

As time went on her left arm began to shake and drag but it took another three years and four neurologists to diagnose Nicky because doctors thought she was too young to suffer from Parkinson’s.

She added: ‘I was working as a self taught and self-employed gardener which I loved.

‘This particular day I was using a hedge trimmer and I thought I had just pulled a muscle. My left arm felt stiff.

‘I went to a walk in clinic and they gave me anti-inflammatory medicine, but it didn’t go away.

‘Then my left arm began to shake, and my left leg began to drag so much that it affected my driving.

‘Over the next three years I saw three or four different neurologists. None of them thought it could be Parkinson’s because I was so young.

‘Eventually my new GP sent me to a different neurologist at Leicester General Hospital. They admitted me to the ward, and Parkinson’s was finally diagnosed.

‘The medication they put me on worked very quickly and I was able to walk out of hospital.

‘I felt that things were finally getting under control, with the help of my Parkinson’s nurse.

‘Giving up my gardening career was one of the hardest things for me. Now, I’m taking each day as it comes.

‘People aren’t aware that I’ve got it unless I tell them and you get funny looks from people who make assumptions.

‘It’s much more likely that people think you’re drunk or taking drugs. For me to accept I’ve got Parkinson’s it was easier for me if I told the world rather than tell people one by one. It’s something I’ve learned to live with and not to be ashamed of.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Actually the psychic or astral imprinting issue is a viable problem to be considered with people with illnesses displaying themselves as role models. The best would be for  warning to accompany with the ‘statue busker’ that has an illness (which spoils the work), or to have people in perfect health AND a family history free of disease that do not need warnings. That way, HEALTHINESS can be psychically imprinted upon the passers by rather than ‘wiping off’ of illness (if even intended or possible being in such a poor state of health) on the casual onlooker. Subconsciously those less wary or unaware may end up psychically ‘imitating’ Parkinsons disease while out of ignorance due to attraction for Marilyn Monroe and hence there must be some forethought and caution on the part of the audience as well even as the worker puts themselves out on a limb as well.

Some of the people who are knowledgeable about this may not practice or are coordinated well in actual practice, conversely those who practice well (a large majority I would say), do not know how to communicate this being unschooled in occult language. Then there are those fractured by the psychiatric establishment for being too strong or too aware, but thats another neurotech tagged article on this blog for those who care to browse . . .

ARTICLE 4

Emotional Obama vows action to prevent shootings ‘regardless of the politics’ – by Olivier Knox, Yahoo! News | The Ticket – Fri, Dec 14, 2012

President Barack Obama wipes a tear as he speaks about the shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, …An emotional President Barack Obama vowed on Friday to “take meaningful action, regardless of the politics,” to prevent future tragedies like the shooting massacre Friday at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Conn.

“Our hearts are broken today,” Obama said in a brief statement at the White House briefing room, frequently pausing to wipe tears from his eyes. “The majority of those who died today were children, beautiful little kids between the ages of 5 and 10 years old. They had their entire lives ahead of them: birthdays, graduations, weddings, kids of their own. Among the fallen were also teachers, men and women who devoted their lives to helping our children fulfill their dreams.”

Obama expressed sorrow for the victims’ loved ones and sympathy for the parents of the children who survived but who know that “their children’s innocence has been torn away from them too early.”

“As a country we have been through this too many times,” Obama said, listing a series of mass shootings over the past few years in places like Aurora, Colo.

“These neighborhoods are our neighborhoods, and these children are our children. And we’re going to have to come together and take meaningful action to prevent more tragedies like this, regardless of the politics,” he stressed.

Earlier, White House press secretary Jay Carney told reporters that “today’s not the day” to talk about possible new gun control steps meant to prevent such tragedies in the future.

Obama ordered flags over government facilities to be flown at half-staff until sunset on Dec. 18. Shortly after he spoke, Connecticut State Police said the death toll included 20 children, six adults and the shooter.

Obama learned of the rampage at 10:30 a.m. from Homeland Security adviser John Brennan. He later discussed it by telephone with FBI Director Robert Mueller and Connecticut Gov. Dannel Malloy.

Obama’s reference to acting “regardless of the politics” seemed likely to be a reference to deep opposition in Congress to new gun control legislation.

“Today’s not … a day to engage in the usual Washington policy debates,” Carney told reporters. “That day will come, but today’s not that day.” Carney said renewing a federal assault weapons ban “does remain a commitment” of the president. The ban expired in 2004, and Obama has taken no serious steps to renew it on Capitol Hill.

Carney declined to answer repeated questions on when would be an appropriate time for lawmakers in Washington to discuss possible actions to prevent future tragedies. “Our minds and our focus need to be on what’s happening there and providing assistance where we can to those who need it,” he said, urging “enormous sympathy for the families that are affected.”

One reporter pointed to Obama’s remarks in July just days after a shooting spree that left 12 dead and about 60 injured at a movie theater in Aurora, Colo.

“I hope that over the next several days, next several weeks and next several months, we all reflect on how we can do something about some of the senseless violence that ends up marring this country,” Obama said at the time.

Obama has made similar comments before, including at a January 2011 memorial for the victims of a mass shooting in Tucson, Ariz., in which then-Rep. Gabby Giffords was grievously wounded.

“We have to examine all the facts behind this tragedy. We cannot and will not be passive in the face of such violence. We should be willing to challenge old assumptions in order to lessen the prospects of such violence in the future,” Obama said. “But what we cannot do is use this tragedy as one more occasion to turn on each other. That we cannot do.”

Republican House Speaker John Boehner likewise ordered the Stars and Stripes lowered over the Capitol.

“The horror of this day seems so unbearable, but we will lock arms and unite as citizens, for that is how Americans rise above unspeakable evil,” Boehner said in a written statement. “Let us all come together in God’s grace to pray for the families of the victims, that they may find some comfort and peace amid such suffering.

“Let us give thanks for all those who helped get people to safety, and take heart from their example. The House of Representatives—like every American—stands ready to assist the people of Newtown, Connecticut,” Boehner said.

A country where every geezer or child is armed to the teeth is impossible to invade. Think Afghanistan where the kids casually carry around missile launchers or where an assault rifle is giiven as a coming of manhood gift. The above pic is of Russian origin. Does USA understand that people kill people and not guns kill people? Screening for psychos (psychiatrists kill with medications ALL THE TIME, so ban psychiatric meds . . . ) is the main issue.

A country where every geezer or child is armed to the teeth is impossible to invade. Think Afghanistan where the kids casually carry around missile launchers or where an assault rifle is giiven as a coming of manhood gift. The above pic is of Russian origin. Does USA understand that people kill people and not guns kill people? Screening for psychos (psychiatrists kill with medications ALL THE TIME, so ban psychiatric meds . . . ) is the main issue.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Absolute power absolutely corrupts.

Suggest that ALL owners of PRIVATE temples and churches be implanted with neurotech. Also all neurosurgeons who are able to implant neurotech and sellers of neurotech be implanted with neurotech as well. ALL private hospital committee chairs (or anyone with the authority to authorize bonuses), and ALL public listed company chairs serving more than 2 terms also required to be implanted with neurotech. ALL psychiatrists with the authority to implant neurotech be implanted with neurotech so that audits of all individuals possibly overseen by WHO can be done to see that abuse of political opponents and activists be prevented. Coroners who might have access to the dead and ‘used’ neurotech should also be implanted as well. The security people working at cushy jobs in nuke or dangerous weapon stockpiles also should be considered, to prevent bribery by unfriendly forces.

ALL neurotech implants should be registered with WHO and INTERPOL and deactivatable from WHO and INTERPOL to prevent abuse. ALL cabinet ministers related to security or neurotech based surveillance should be implanted with neurotech as well. ALL top police persons with access to neurotech devices be implanted with neurotech so that the NEUTRAL MEMBERS of public (i.e. no relatives, no neighbours, no people from the same establishment or work place) can do audits.

All neurotech implants NOT registered will be considered illegal. This way even banks and major companies leaking secrets and funds to unfriendly (not necessarily Muslet companies, but given the ‘War on terror’ the most infiltrations should likely be Muslet friendly ‘Whites’ of multifaith households or multifaith ‘toting’, yet Islamist leaning countries like Malaysia or some parts of Europe).

ARTICLE 5

New Russian motto: Legalize prostitution – collect taxes – 07.12.2012

The situation on the Russian market of sex services may soon dramatically change. Prostitutes will not be cheaper, and the moral climate in the society will not get better. Instead of vulnerability before the officials and clients, prostitutes would have “safety certificates” and those enjoying their bodies would have confidence that they are not dealing with a hotbed of sexually transmitted diseases and HIV. A conference to discuss the initiative on the development of a law on legalization of prostitution was held in Moscow under the motto “legalize prostitution – collect taxes”. The idea was supported by a State Duma deputy from the party “United Russia” Joseph Kobzon.

The initiative on legalization of prostitution and the conference was originated by the fund “Morality Police.” The document of the organization, called a draft federal law “On state regulation and control of sexual services” suggested calling prostitutes “individual entrepreneurs engaged in providing sexual services,” and their clients – “consumers of sexual services.” The authors of the bill proposed to consider underground prostitution only sexual activities meant to obtain “income in the form of money or other material benefits.” The bill addresses the relationship between “entrepreneurs” and “consumers” as well as tax and other government agencies.

Duma deputy Joseph Kobzon supported the idea of ??the bill with reservations. He noted that the bill was just an excuse to start a great debate, perhaps even a referendum. “As soon as the State Duma starts drafting a law on prostitution, it will immediately raise the question of the need of its approval in the second reading by the government and presidential administration. Once the government feels that this law has a financial component, […] that there will be a need to allocate money from the budget to combat prostitution, it will be voted down,” said Kobzon. According to him, the money will be needed first of all for the maintenance of the new police unit – morality police.

Speaking after Kobzon, spokeswoman of the informal union of sex workers “Silver Rose” Oksana Yartseva noted that taxes that are rampant in prostitution “settle in the pockets of corruption.”

De facto prostitution flourishes in Russia, and the existing laws are obsolete. In the current Russian legislation Article 6.11 in the Code of Administrative Offences provides for a fine for prostitution between 1,500 and 2,000 rubles. There are two articles of the Criminal Code against pimps and keepers of brothels. They are “Involvement in prostitution” (up to a maximum of eight years in prison) and “Organization of prostitution” (ten years).

The conference overlooked the fact that talking about prostitutes we normally think of women, and thinking of customers we think of men only, which is not quite true. Everyone knows about the existence of male prostitution – and not just for the gay.

Sociologist Olga Kryshtanovskaya was among the most prominent opponents of legalization of prostitution at the conference. She did not like the fact that “it can be done by any girl who graduated from high school.” The opponents of this bill have two main arguments. The law on the legalization of prostitution is contrary to the traditional moral values ??and would lead to a greater spread of this vicious phenomenon. Ms. Kryshtanovskaya who specializes in the study of elites also mentioned sex tourism: “Would we face a huge influx of migrant sex tourists who will be coming along with their male migrant workers? How will it impact our demographic situation?”

In contrast to the arguments of morality and increasing number of prostitutes, the rhetorical question of Olga Kryshtanovskaya is very pertinent. The first oldest profession safely existed from time immemorial and, apparently, in one form or another will exist as long as the human race exists. As for Christianity, according to Jesus, individual prostitutes have a chance to enter the kingdom of heaven before priests and the elders. The spread of prostitution, as noted by Joseph Kobzon, is affected by social problems.

As long as Russia stays a poor country, the officials should think hard before legalizing prostitution. Otherwise, Russia can turn into semblance of Thailand that has become the center of world sex tourism. Russia should also look at the experience of Germany. Prostitution in Germany is legal in Protestant lands and prohibited in Catholic Bavaria. However, the ban does not lead to the destruction of brothels but, rather, drives them underground.

Igor Bukker

Pravda.Ru

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Igor? We all know that the regime establishment, chauvinists and militant feminists thrive off the sexual frustration of either gender. Prostitution if legalized will remove this element of psychic abuse from society and even prevent abuse especially FROM the hetero religious establishment fundos. The officials have been thinking ‘hard’, but Igor has been thinking ‘soft’. If Russia turns into the semblance of Thailand, one can only see the downfall of Capitalism as Socialism takes control when business goes to Russia. The economic vibrancy (we all know that places where the most entertainment occur is also where the biggest deals get done) of a Thailand-like Russia would dominate the world. Why would Igor not want that? Fifth columnist fronting for Capitalism? Igor is an ‘Igor’ for the Frankenstein of USA’s extreme-Capitalists (much like Islamists) . . .

http://english.pravda.ru/society/sex/07-12-2012/123054-prostitution_taxes-0/

ARTICLE 6

European feminists gang up on children’s fairytales – 11.12.2012

European kindergartens and schools may ban children’s books and fairy tales that depict the traditional family. This is a request of the European Parliament Committee on Women’s Rights. According to the committee, fairy tales should talk about sexual diversity. Norwegian experts believe that children benefit from watching porn.

The European Parliament’s Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality prepared a report that calls for a ban of all books that show the traditional family where the father is the breadwinner and the mother takes care of the children in schools and day care centers of Europe. According to the authors, these books are bad for the future life of children, especially girls, and promote wrong behavioral patterns. In the future, it may prevent them from building a career.

Feminists are concerned that children from an early age are constantly faced with “negative gender stereotypes” in television shows and commercials. The word “negative” in the report is synonymous with the word “traditional”. Over time, the ban would be extended to television and advertising. So far it was decided to start with books.

The authors of the report strongly recommend urgent legislative measures in the field of children’s literature. In particular, they suggest introducing a policy of “equality of all social sectors.” An example of alternative children’s literature is a book “King and King” with kissing men on the cover. According to the report, this would help children to learn about the “true sexual diversity of society.”

In fact, such measures have already been taken in some countries, particularly in Scandinavian ones that consider themselves the vanguard of Western democracy. “Pravda.Ru” once reported about a Swedish toy manufacturer that issued a catalog before Christmas where girls were pictured shooting imaginary enemies with laser guns, and boys were depicted playing with dolls.

This was a requirement of the Swedish advertising regulator who accused the toy manufacturer of sexism and imposition of negative gender stereotypes. Norwegian kindergartens in 2010 introduced a program of compulsory sex education focusing on sexual minorities.

The report of the European Parliament also insisted that “homosexuality should be taught in kindergarten as a form of experience and knowledge.” According to them, this will expand the concept of “gender identity” for children. “Sexual diversity should be obvious to children. Children need to know that this is normal when your parents are gay or lesbian.”

For some reason, not all parents are willing to believe that this is “normal.” In Norway Muslim community strongly opposed such education in kindergartens. They threatened to withdraw their children from such institutions or create an alternative.

For the “dark” parents who are not aware of the latest trends in sex education in modern society, Norway’s largest newspaper VG Nett recently published an opinion of psychologists and sex therapists who said that it was beneficial for children to watch porn on the internet.

“Parents should not be afraid of their children’s sexuality. Conversely, from a health perspective it is beneficial to watch porn at a time when parents and children talk openly about these issues,” said psychologist and sex researcher Andres Lindskog.

He was commenting on a statement recently issued by an expert from the organization Save the Children, who expressed concern about the fact that increasingly more children and teenagers were addicted to watching pornographic sites on the Internet.

Anders Lindskog is convinced that there is no addiction or harm from this. “It’s important for parents to understand that children are born with sexuality and follow their biology. Children have the same feelings as adults,” said the expert.

After that, should we be surprised that the number of cases of pedophilia is growing in Norway? They mostly occur within the family. A few days ago, newspapers wrote about another such case. A couple, a husband and wife, subjected their three children under 10 years of age to violence and sexual perversions for years.

The children confirmed the violence to the police. But that does not mean that the punishment will be sufficiently severe. In Norway, pedophilia is considered a disease and is listed in the Medical Register. For this reason, pedophiles are given short sentences – from several months to several years. In some cases punishment could be limited to penalty only. In the end, parents can always say that they practiced “diversity of sexual relations.”

Svetlana Smetanina

Pravda.Ru

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Since brain scanning neurotech use is rampant, the issue of abuse and consent as well as TRUE (non-contrived) experimentation among children and conscientious NON-ABUSIVE AND NON-PREDATORY AND NON-EXPLOITATIVE adults that are not a form of uncontrolled incest, should be considered as part of the law making process. There should be no ‘top-secret’ preventions in the expositions of technology and application to the populace any more to prevent abuse and Orwellian dictatorships, hidden or not.

As for feminists or chauvinists, these groups should be allowed to exist as well and educate in the form they would prefer (i.e. disallowing fairytales) BUT may only ‘recruit or induct’ from children who have been determined to have NATURAL PROPENSITY OR GRAVITATION BY A NEUTRAL PANEL and consensually chose the subculture . . . *NOT* even children of arbitrarily feminists or chauvinists by nature should be forced into this sub-culture.

That would mean that Feminists and Chauvinists would continue to exist as a social group, but only be based around affirmation of the type of person, which a child MUST independently decide, and choose from A LIST OF ALL VARIANTS OF SUBCULTURES which must be part of early education. Meanwhile parents back home must be taught to not *forcibly inculpate* ANY values so that the child may grow up independently to decide what they want, NOT what the parents want. Invariably, the traditional family would doubtless survive as well – PROVIDED the issue of land and wealth distribution is resolved and do not from lack of distribution cause poverty to influence the child’s decision and choice as well.

http://english.pravda.ru/society/family/11-12-2012/123119-european_feminists-0/

ARTICLE 7

Buffett is latest billionaire to struggle with newspaper revival – Edmund Lee , Bloomberg News – Thursday 13 December 2012

Warren Buffett, the investor famous for betting on aging industries like railroads and insurance, is now trying to pull off something other billionaires have tried and failed to do: save the newspaper business.

His company, Berkshire Hathaway, has spent more than $342 million on 80 newspapers — including its hometown paper, the Omaha World-Herald — and used them to build a new business unit. And Buffett isn’t done. Though the division announced plans to close an underperforming newspaper in Virginia last month, he’s said that more acquisitions may be in store.

Terry Kroeger, the newly installed chief of Buffett’s newspaper empire, runs the operation from a 15th-floor office overlooking the expanse of wide streets that make up Omaha, Neb. The goal, Kroeger says, is to reintroduce newspapers to what they do best: delivering urgent, local information that readers can’t get elsewhere — and coaxing people into paying for it. He’s also creating offshoot websites with corporate sponsors and branching out into Internet video.

“We’ve got to evolve with what people are looking for, and I think our industry has done kind of a crappy job with that,” Kroeger, 50, said in an interview.

Kroeger, who started working at the World-Herald 27 years ago, once kept a pair of sneakers under his desk to mow the lawn whenever the grass around the office building got unsightly. Just like in those early days, it’s essential to charge readers for the reporting that journalists provide, he said. The World- Herald erected a so-called pay wall last year, and Kroeger aims to roll out the same approach across his other newspapers.

“You can’t spend millions of dollars assembling something and then give it away,” he said, endorsing a strategy adopted by the New York Times, News Corp.’s Wall Street Journal and most of Gannett Co.’s papers.

The World-Herald, Buffett’s flagship paper, will see its revenue decline this year as circulation shrinks, Kroeger said. It generates about $100 million annually and remains profitable, said Kroeger, who declined to elaborate on its finances.

Buffett’s acquisition of 63 newspapers from Media General earlier this year accounts for most of the newspaper unit. Based on Media General statements, those newspapers generated $299.6 million last year, a 50 percent decline from 2006.

Kroeger said that Buffett’s total newspaper division is in the black and should remain so, despite the shrinking revenue.

“We’re profitable this year,” he said. “I have a high degree of confidence we will remain profitable next year as well. We’re very high on the industry.”

The paywall has helped support revenue, though the program is still in the early stages, he said. The World-Herald’s circulation, meanwhile, has continued to shrink. It fell 3.2 percent in weekday readership to 130,932 from a year earlier, according to the most recent data from the Alliance for Audited Media. The Sunday edition dropped 2.9 percent to 165,397.

Even if the paywall draws help boost subscriptions, the move is more of a palliative than a cure, Kroeger said.

“We have to get into new businesses,” he said.

One such venture, already under way, aggregates health-care articles from the World-Herald and other Berkshire-owned Nebraska newspapers into a website sponsored by Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Nebraska. The site, which is freely available to readers, has advertising in addition to the sponsorship.

The risk is that sponsorships jeopardize a newspaper’s objectivity, especially when it comes to medical information, said Todd Gitlin, a professor at the Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism.

“Medical news is already rigged or bent toward breathless accounts of miracle cures,” Gitlin said. “It’s risky to indulge further in corporate sponsorship.”

Kroeger said the arrangement with Blue Cross doesn’t affect the content.

The broader question is whether newspapers can evolve quickly enough to revive a decaying business. They’re confronting shrinking demand for print advertising, declining circulation, and encroachment from Internet companies such as Google and Facebook. The industry’s ad dollars dropped 6.6 percent in the first six months of 2012 from a year earlier, according to the Newspaper Association of America.

While community papers have an edge over publications in crowded media markets, no one has found a way out of the slump, said Ken Doctor, a media analyst with Outsell in Burlingame, Calif.

“There’s no silver bullet,” he said. Newspapers in many places had enjoyed a near-monopoly pricing on print advertising, Doctor said. “That’s not coming back — for anybody.”

Kroeger said last month the company will shutter the Virginia-based Manassas News & Messenger, one of Buffett’s most recent acquisitions, and cut 105 jobs in the process. The newspaper faced too much direct competition from other papers in the area, which includes Washington, and was continuing to lose money, Kroeger said in the World-Herald.

“We didn’t see any way to really turn it back into a profitable enterprise, reliably, so what made the most sense was to just cease publication,” he said.

Other billionaires have tried and failed to turn around the newspaper business. Tribune Co., the owner of the Los Angeles Times and Chicago Tribune, filed for bankruptcy in 2008, one year after a buyout led by real-estate magnate Sam Zell.

Buffett’s gamble is less ambitious. His recent spending spree on newspapers amounted to less than two-tenths of 1 percent of Berkshire’s total market value.

He also may have more success than others, said Don Graham, chairman and chief executive officer of The Washington Post Co. Part of Berkshire’s strategy is focusing on smaller market papers that don’t have to compete with other media, Graham said.

“When you get larger, you get challenged by more forms of media competition for advertising delivery,” he said last week at an investor conference. “Anybody who really focuses on the newspaper business should be studying one company this year: Berkshire Hathaway.”

At Buffett’s Omaha paper, Kroeger is investing in high- definition video equipment, with an eye toward doing an online sports show featuring its reporters. That’s something major market newspapers such as the New York Times and the Wall Street Journal have tried. Unlike those national publications, though, Buffett’s newspapers embrace a simple tenet: All news is local.

“The community aspect of what we do is so important,” Kroeger said. “Obituaries, for example, are huge. You want to find out how big a deal that is? Misspell somebody’s name in an obituary — once. You’ll never do it again. These things matter to people.”

Kroeger’s first job at the paper was as an assistant purchasing agent. He negotiated for newsprint costs from vendors and made sure the company’s trucks had enough gas to make their deliveries every day.

“I was pretty low on the food chain,” he said. “It’s where I learned about the nuts and bolts of the business.”

Buffett is a longtime investor in newspapers, though never at this scale in the past. Buffett’s interest in the industry had been mostly limited to a stake in the Washington Post and the 1977 purchase of the Buffalo News, which is run separately from Kroeger’s operations. Its publisher, Stan Lipsey, reports directly to Buffett. Berkshire also owns a stake in Gannett, the publisher of USA Today.

Buffett is the second-richest American, after Microsoft’s Bill Gates, with an estimated worth of $46.7 billion, according to the Bloomberg Billionaires Index. That’s made him one of the highest-profile backers of print journalism.

“I’ve loved newspapers all my life — and always will,” Buffett wrote in a letter to employees of his newspapers earlier this year, before going on to say that he will probably buy more papers over the next few years. Buffett’s office didn’t respond to a request for comment.

Kroeger declined to discuss the company’s future takeover targets. Other newspaper businesses focused on smaller markets include McClatchy Co., a publisher of 30 daily newspapers such as the Sacramento Bee, and E.W. Scripps Co., which operates 15 newspapers from Cincinnati. Tribune Co.’s newspapers also will be put up for sale as the company emerges from bankruptcy later this month, people familiar with the matter said this week.

Buffett, born in Omaha, has been a loyal subscriber to the World-Herald for most of his adult life and understands the challenges the paper faces, Kroeger said.

“He knows it’s not going to be easy turning things around,” Kroeger said. “He gets what we do here and he’s been incredibly helpful, generous with his time, offering advice when he can.”

Still, Buffett doesn’t influence news coverage, said Mike Reilly, the World-Herald’s executive editor. And there’s been no shift in how the paper covers him, he said. For years, the paper has run a weekly column on the billionaire called “Warren Watch,” something that continues under Buffett’s ownership.

“There hasn’t been any change in how I run the newsroom,” Reilly said. “We used to cover the heck out of him and we still cover the heck out of him.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Starting from articles on the net, the number of hits should decide WHICH articles get published on solid paper. The hits online determine how much a person gets paid for an article (this should be capped at a limit of minimum wage per SERIOUS article or if the – we can’t have people getting millions at the company’s expense for A SINGLE ARTICLE), THEN the article gets published BECAUSE of many hits. This way articles that people do not read are left out, and the 99% decide what gets published instead of the editors who are doubtless controlled by the political regime of the day. For non-serious articles or trivia like music launches, celebs or fashion the rate should be at 5% of minimum wage per article, as we do know that a single journalist can churn out dozens a week and these automatically get ‘hits’ because of the shallow masses or tired minds looking for something simple. Various articles of similar types could appear all at once, so the top 20 top hits of the same article perhaps could be edited AND the ‘minimum wage purse’ be shared among journalists who independently found the article on their own (reposters not counted). As for comments, the ‘average annual wage’ purse could be shared for the top 10% of comments so that feedback is also included. Newspapers should not pontificate but also include comments as well.

ARTICLE 8

Susan Rice withdraws from running for secretary of state – live coverage – guardian.co.uk, Thursday 13 December 2012 23.11 GMT

Susan Rice

Susan Rice

UN ambassador tells Obama ‘I am now convinced that the confirmation process would be lengthy, disruptive and costly’

As news of Rice’s withdrawal broke, the president entered a meeting with House Speaker John Boehner on how the two sides might come to a fiscal cliff compromise.

If the president caved on Rice, does that mean he’s in a cave-y mood generally?

The deputy chief of staff for the speaker’s office, David Schnittger, says the meeting has concluded, but he isn’t saying what happened.

The @whitehouse #fiscalcliff meeting between @speakerboehner and President Obama has concluded.
— David Schnittger (@OhSchnitt) December 13, 2012

11.11pm GMT

Slate’s Dave Weigel calls it. That guy’s good.

I just hope McCain makes a rare Sunday show appearance to discuss this news.
— daveweigel (@daveweigel) December 13, 2012

MT @thisweekabc Sun Excl: @gstephanopoulos interviews @senjohnmccain on #ThisWeek after Susan Rice withdraws from Sec of State consideration
— James Goldston (@jamesgoldston) December 13, 2012

11.07pm GMT

Potential defense secretary Chuck Hagel, a former colleague of John Kerry’s on the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, and like Kerry a Vietnam vet, is not regarded by the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) to be an especially faithful friend to Israel, Eli Lake reports in the Daily Beast (Aipac never takes formal positions on nominees):

A senior pro-Israel advocate in Washington told The Daily Beast on Thursday, “The pro-Israel community will view the nomination of Senator Chuck Hagel in an extremely negative light. His record is unique in its animus towards Israel.”

Josh Block, a former spokesman for AIPAC and the CEO and president of the Israel Project, told The Daily Beast, “While in the Senate, Hagel voted against designating the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps as a terrorist organization, refused to call on the E.U. to designate Hezbollah a terrorist group, and consistently voted against sanctions on Iran for their illicit pursuit of nuclear weapons capability. It is a matter of fact that his record on these issues puts him well outside the mainstream Democratic and Republican consensus.”

11.02pm GMT
Kerry: ‘we should all be grateful’ for Rice’s service

Ewen MacAskill sends John Kerry’s statement on the withdrawal of Susan Rice:

I’ve known and worked closely with Susan Rice not just at the UN, but in my own campaign for President. I’ve defended her publicly and wouldn’t hesitate to do so again because I know her character and I know her commitment. She’s an extraordinarily capable and dedicated public servant. Today’s announcement doesn’t change any of that. We should all be grateful that she will continue to serve and contribute at the highest level. As someone who has weathered my share of political attacks and understands on a personal level just how difficult politics can be, I’ve felt for her throughout these last difficult weeks, but I also know that she will continue to serve with great passion and distinction.

Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chairman Sen. John Kerry, D-Mass., listens during a news conference on Capitol Hill in Washington, Monday, Dec. 3, 2012 to discuss a disabilities treaty. Kerry did not want to respond to questions from reporters about recent talk that Kerry is a top candidate to replace Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite) Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chairman Sen. John Kerry, D-Mass., listens during a news conference on Capitol Hill in Washington, Monday, Dec. 3, 2012 to discuss a disabilities treaty.
10.57pm GMT

Let’s hope Kerry recovers from his conflicted feelings about Rice’s political troubles in time to put a cheerful face on it should he be nominated to take the job that was supposed to be hers.

“I’ve felt for her throughout these last difficult weeks.” — John Kerry on Susan Rice. — The Fix (@TheFix) December 13, 2012

Heh.

If Kerry as Sec’y of State is half as effective against Iran’s mullahs as he was against Susan Rice, I’m for him — Mickey Kaus (@kausmickey) December 13, 2012 10.43pm GMT

Updated at 10.47pm GMT

Who, apart from Sen. John McCain, is most pleased by today’s news? There’s reason to speculate that outgoing Massachusetts Sen. Scott Brown might not be taking it so badly.

Brown is expected to be a front-runner to fill Kerry’s senate seat if Kerry gets the state nod. Here’s ABC’s Elizabeth Hartfield:

…with Rice out of the running, Kerry is “all but certain” to get the nomination, according to ABC’s Jake Tapper. That means a vacant seat and a special election, which could benefit out-going Sen. Scott Brown, who lost his bid for reelection to Elizabeth Warren in November. […] Brown’s victory in a special election would not be a sure thing. Although he leaves office with high approval ratings- exit polls from the 2012 election showed him with a favor-ability rating of 60 percent- but Massachusetts is a solidly Democratic state, and there are many Democrats in elected office in the state who could challenge Brown. 10.37pm GMT

The uproar over Rice’s statements on Benghazi was fueled by a desperate attempt to score points during the presidential campaign, as Tom Ricks so bluntly explained on Fox News. Then Obama was reelected and the continued campaign against Rice began to look especially unhinged.

Consider Iowa Rep. Steve King, who today said the Benghazi scandal is 10 times bigger than the Watergate and Iran-Contra scandals combined, the Washington Times reported (h/t: @batterdippin):

“(Watergate) was a break-in that Nixon had no knowledge of at the time. It became about the cover-up,” King said. “Iran-Contra, again, as far as the real depths of what went wrong and who violated what laws, we didn’t really get that identified in there. … This is a case where we had an ambassador who was assassinated. He and the others were victims of a plot and a plan. We were willfully and intentionally misinformed by the White House. You know, if Richard Nixon tried to cover up Watergate, that’s an easy case to make that the Obama administration didn’t want us to know what has gone on. We still don’t know.”

This kind of circus wackiness, among other factors, made the case against Rice look weak. It looked like something a newly empowered president could bulldoze through. In late November, John Heilemann in New York Magazine went so far as to list five reasons why a Rice confirmation was a done deal:

As a rule, your columnist avoids predictions, but in the spirit of holiday indulgence, I will make an exception here: Not only will Obama appoint Rice to succeed Clinton but she will be confirmed.

Here’s Heilemann’s fourth reason:

4. Because McCain is being a jackass—and Obama is sick of it. Arguably more than any other national figure, the senior senator from Arizona is driven in every aspect of his public behavior by personal pique. In the wake of the 2000 Republican nomination fight, when he believed Bush and his campaign had defeated him by nefarious means, McCain lunged to the center and became one of the sharpest thorns in the side of the new president from his own party. In the wake of the 2008 election, when he was soundly thumped by a Democratic challenger whom he regarded as a neophyte and a pretender whose experience and valor were no match for his own, McCain immediately shed all traces of mavericky independence and became one of Obama’s fiercest critics from the right. […]

Apparently Obama wasn’t so sick of it. 10.27pm GMT

Updated at 10.30pm GMT

FILE – DECEMBER 13: Susan Rice has withdrawn her name from the running for Secretary of State. NEW YORK, NY – AUGUST 30: Susan E. Rice, ambassador and U.S. Permanent Representative to the United Nations (UN), attends a UN Security Council meeting regarding the on-going situation in Syria on August 30, 2012 in New York City. UN Security Council negotiations regarding the situation in Syria collapsed last month. (Photo by Andrew Burton/Getty Images) Continuity Horizontal Syria USA New York City Meeting Politics Ambassador UN Security Council United Nations Blocked Terms Diplomacy Attending Permanent Representative Susan Rice Situation Susan E. Rice, ambassador and U.S. Permanent Representative to the United Nations (UN), attends a UN Security Council meeting regarding the on-going situation in Syria on August 30, 2012 in New York City.
10.13pm GMT

TPM’s Igor Bobic has a longer excerpt from Rice’s interview with Brian Williams to air tonight. Rice says that she didn’t want to see a disruptive confirmation process:

Today I made the decision that it was the best thing for our country, for the American people that I not continue to be considered by the president for secretary of state because I didn’t want to see a confirmation process that was very prolonged, very politicized, very distracting, and very disruptive because there are so many things we need to get done as a country, and the first several months of a second-term president’s agenda is really the opportunity to get the crucial things done. We’re talking about comprehensive immigration reform, balanced deficit reduction, job creation, that’s what matters, and to the extent that my nomination could have delayed or distracted or deflected or maybe even some of these priorities impossible to achieve, I didn’t want that and I’d much prefer to continue doing what I’m doing, which is a job I love at the United Nations. 10.11pm GMT

The GOP, Michelle Obama and favors to repay

Guardian Washington bureau chief Ewen MacAskill observes that the president was in a tight spot over the secretary of state nomination – but now he is not:

The Republicans might have done Obama a favour. The president was under pressure from two of the women in his life, wife Michelle and adviser Valerie Jarrett, to give the job to their friend Rice rather than to Kerry. Obama owes Kerry, having used him repeatedly as an envoy to help with sensitive issues such as relations with the Afghanistan president Hamid Karzai. Kerry was also the Mitt Romney stand-in during presidential debate practice. Rice had the necessary diplomatic credentials. She has been right about more issues than she has been wrong, being an early champion of the West taking a tougher line on the Darfur issue. But when she has failed, she has failed badly.  She was responsible for African affairs in the Clinton administration, and critics – fairly or unfairly – blame her for doing little to prevent the rapid disintegration of the Congo, a conflict that is estimated to have cost at least two million lives.

On a small scale, she was humiliated a fortnight ago when the UN general assembly voted in favour of a step towards Palestinian statehood. Showing none of the humility such a defeat deserved, she put her head down in the assembly to read out a defiant statement that would have pleased few outside of Israel. Kerry, chairman of the Senate foreign affairs committee, has much wider experience in the diplomatic world, and knows already many of the world leaders. Rice’s departure from the field will be greeted with relief in foreign ministries round the world who have been on the receiving end of her rough tongue: that is, most of them. For the same reason, her continuation as UN ambassador will be greeted with groans at other UN missions. 10.06pm GMT

How spontaneous is the Rice news? She’s already taped an entire interview with NBC News’ Brian Williams, a snippet of which just aired.

Rice said that the president’s second term would see “an attempt to get the crucial things done… [and] to the extent that my nomination could have delayed or distracted [from these priorities]… I didn’t want that.”

She told Williams she’ll stay on as UN ambassador.

It’s gracious boilerplate for withdrawing nominees.

was #Susan Rice pushed or did she jump? — Barbara Slavin (@barbaraslavin1) December 13, 2012

9.59pm GMT
The rise and fall of the next secretary of state

At what point did the president decide the fight over Rice wasn’t worth it?

Obama was still fully behind his potential nominee when she made her trip to the Capitol Hill woodshed at the end of November, meeting with Sens. McCain, Lindsey Graham, (R-SC), Kelly Ayotte, (R-NH) and others.

“The concerns I have are greater today than they were before, we’re not even close to having the answers,” said Graham at a joint press conference following the meeting. “The American people got bad information on Sept. 16, bad information from the president after that, and the question is, should they have been given any information at all?”

Republicans accused Rice of misleading Congress and the public about what happened in Benghazi in the Sept. 11 attack that killed Amb. J. Christopher Stevens, a computer technician and two security contractors employed by the CIA.

The Obama administration, led publicly by Rice, initially made the attack on a US mission out to be part of a spontaneous protest over an anti-Islam video that had provoked such a protest that day in Cairo and elsewhere.

Later it emerged that there was no protest, that the attack was planned and that the mission was attached to a covert CIA post.

Five days after the attack, Rice made this misleading statement on NBC’s Meet the Press:

What happened in Benghazi was in fact initially a spontaneous reaction to what had just transpired hours before in Cairo, almost a copycat of the demonstrations against our facility in Cairo, which were prompted, of course, by the video. Opportunistic extremist elements came to the consulate as this was unfolding. They came with heavy weapons, which unfortunately are readily available in post-revolutionary Libya, and it escalated into a much more violent episode. In the face of GOP criticism, the president said Rice was simply passing on the best information the intelligence community had at the time.

“If Senator McCain and Senator Graham and others want to go after somebody, they should go after me,” Obama said. “And I’m happy to have that discussion with them. But for them to go after the U.N. ambassador, who had nothing to do with Benghazi and was simply making a presentation based on intelligence that she had received and to besmirch her reputation is outrageous.”

Instead Republicans decided to continue to go after Rice, a lead adviser on the president’s first campaign.

Rice was not just another adviser; aides of both have told me Obama considered her someone he had a strong kinship with. — Perry Bacon Jr. (@perrybaconjr) December 13, 2012

She was one of first national security wonks to join his camp in 2007 and played a big role suggesting Obama was experienced enough. — Perry Bacon Jr. (@perrybaconjr) December 13, 2012 9.55pm GMT

The Guardian’s Chris McGreal notes that criticism of Rice went beyond her performance after the Benghazi attack:

Although Republican ire focused on Rice’s role in the aftermath of the Benghazi attack that killed the US ambassador to Libya, Chris Stevens, she faced strong criticism from other quarters over her backing of African despots and her unflinching support of Israel. Hours before Rice withdrew from the race, Robert Wexler, a six-term former congressman who now heads a pro-Israel think tank in Washington, said of her that “Israel has no greater champion in the current administration than Susan Rice”. That’s a view shared by some of her critics who say she has gone beyond the call of duty in projecting US policy on Israel to became a passionate defender of the Jewish state despite Binyamin Netanyahu’s policies, calling criticism at the UN “anti-Israel crap”. Rice went to lengths to woo the biggest of the pro-Israel lobby groups, the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC). Rice has also come under strong criticism over her positions on Africa, most recently for trying to suppress a UN report strongly critical of the Rwandan government’s arming and other support for rebels in the east of the Democratic Republic of Congo. Rice was a national security official in Bill Clinton’s White House who played a part in the US’s failure to act against the 1994 genocide of Rwanda’s Tutsis. Since then she has been an unswerving supporter of the Rwandan president, Paul Kagame, who as a Tutsi rebel leader put a stop to the genocide even in the face of a growing body of evidence his forces are bound up with years of war crimes in Congo. Rice has also come under criticism for supporting other authoritarian leaders in Africa. In September she delivered a eulogy for the late prime minister of Ethiopia, Meles Zenawi, calling him “brilliant” and a “a true friend to me”. Meles had a long track record of bloody suppression of democracy. 9.39pm GMT

“I will do everything in my power to block [Rice] from being the United States secretary of state. She has proven that she either doesn’t understand or she is not willing to accept evidence on its face. There is no doubt five days later what this attack was and for” – Sen. John McCain on Fox News, Nov. 14, 2012

US Senator John McCain, speaks during the 8th Manama Dialogue security conference in Manama, Bahrain, 08 December 2012. The 8th Manama Dialogue organized by the London based International Institute for Strategic Studies (IISS) which will run until 9 December 2012 will focus predominantly on Syria and broad regional security issues. EPA/MAZEN MAHDI US Senator John McCain, speaks during the 8th Manama Dialogue security conference in Manama, Bahrain, 08 December 2012.

McCain reaches for the brandy and mutters to himself, “It’s a great day for America.” Fade out. — David Corn (@DavidCornDC) December 13, 2012 9.35pm GMT

To many seasoned observers it looks like the president has just lost a high-profile fight with Republicans over a potential nominee he has very publicly defended, indeed is personally linked to.

BuzzFeed’s Ben Smith is reminded of the bloody Cabinet fights of Obama’s first term, when he had to nominate three commerce secretaries, including Bill Richardson, before he got one through, and when former Sen. Tom Daschle failed as a health secretary nominee. A bit of a repeat of very early term 1, esp on national security: Obama, bloodied up a little by the Hill, shows weakness. — Ben Smith (@BuzzFeedBen) December 13, 2012 9.29pm GMT

Hagel thought to be front-runner for defense slot

Rice’s withdrawal isn’t the only action in cabinet shuffling this afternoon. Earlier today Bloomberg News reported that former Sen. Chuck Hagel had the completed the vetting process to be the secretary of defense nominee. The report describes Hagel as “the leading candidate to become Obama’s next Secretary of Defense.”

Another senator, John Kerry, also had been mentioned as a potential defense pick, perhaps as a consolation prize were he to be denied the job he really wants, secretary of state, which was thought to be occupied by Susan Rice.

Now Rice is out at state. And Hagel may be in at defense. Which for John Kerry could mean victory.

Here’s the Bloomberg report:

Hagel, who served as an enlisted Army infantryman in Vietnam, has passed the vetting process at the White House Counsel’s office, said one of the people. The former Nebraska senator has told associates that he is awaiting final word from the president, said the other person. Both requested anonymity to discuss personnel matters. Other contenders are Michele Flournoy, former defense undersecretary for policy, and Ashton Carter, deputy defense secretary, administration officials have said. Obama invited Hagel to the White House on Dec. 4 to discuss the position with him, according to an administration official. The president hasn’t made a final decision, said another official. Both asked for anonymity to discuss internal deliberations. White House Press Secretary Jay Carney today declined to comment on whether Obama is considering Hagel, saying only that the two-term former lawmaker was widely respected. – 9.22pm GMT

Rice’s letter withdrawing her name

Here’s Rice’s letter to the president withdrawing from consideration as US secretary of state. “The position of secretary of state should never be politicized,” she says. Ambassador Susan Rice’s letter to President Obama (h/t: @thematthewkeys and @katierogers) 9.16pm GMT

The Guardian’s Ewen MacAskill sends President Obama’s full response on the Rice announcement. The president said he spoke with Rice today:

Today, I spoke to Ambassador Susan Rice, and accepted her decision to remove her name from consideration for Secretary of State. For two decades, Susan has proven to be an extraordinarily capable, patriotic, and passionate public servant. As my Ambassador to the United Nations, she plays an indispensable role in advancing America’s interests. Already, she has secured international support for sanctions against Iran and North Korea, worked to protect the people of Libya, helped achieve an independent South Sudan, stood up for Israel’s security and legitimacy, and served as an advocate for UN reform and the human rights of all people. I am grateful that Susan will continue to serve as our Ambassador at the United Nations and a key member of my cabinet and national security team, carrying her work forward on all of these and other issues. I have every confidence that Susan has limitless capability to serve our country now and in the years to come, and know that I will continue to rely on her as an advisor and friend. While I deeply regret the unfair and misleading attacks on Susan Rice in recent weeks, her decision demonstrates the strength of her character, and an admirable commitment to rise above the politics of the moment to put our national interests first. The American people can be proud to have a public servant of her caliber and character representing our country. 9.13pm GMT

Obama ‘deeply regrets the unfair and misleading attack’ on Rice CBS News White House correspondent Mark Knoller gets the response from President Obama, who says he “deeply regrets the unfair and misleading attack” on Rice, but her decision “demonstrates the strength of her character & an admirable commitment to rise above politics.” In written statement, Pres Obama says he “deeply regrets the unfair and misleading attack” on Susan Rice, — Mark Knoller (@markknoller) December 13, 2012

In his first press conference after his reelection, the president struck a note of unusual perturbance in responding to Republican attacks on Rice.

“[Rice] has done exemplary work,” he said. “She has represented the United States… with skill and professionalism and toughness and grace. … and if Sen. McCain and Sen. Graham and others want to go after somebody, they should go after me.” 9.11pm GMT

Rice out of the running for secretary of state

UN ambassador Susan Rice has withdrawn her name from consideration for secretary of state, NBC News has reported. A potential nomination for Rice, who for months was perceived to be the president’s top pick, has been the object of fierce opposition from Republicans, who accuse her of misconduct following the September attack on Benghazi.

“If nominated, I am now convinced that the confirmation process would be lengthy, disruptive and costly – to you and to our most pressing national and international priorities,” Rice wrote in a letter to President Obama obtained by NBC. “That trade-off is simply not worth it to our country … Therefore, I respectfully request that you no longer consider my candidacy at this time.”

We’ll be live-blogging developments. 9.04pm GMT

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Good honourable and ethical move by Rice. Rice has decided to ditch crony politics by sacrificing an opportunity that destroys democracy. Frankly ‘friends’ or seat holders in other places should not be ‘re-given’ posts. This should be something a panel should vote on and willing volunteers from a talent pool should sign on for for their 15 minutes of fame.

ARTICLE 9

The Democratic Party’s Future Now Depends on Hillary Clinton – by Conor Friedersdorf – Dec 13 2012, 6:00 AM ET

More than any other politician in America, her candidacy would change the contours of the next election.

Every Democrat with ambitions to succeed President Obama wants to know the answer to one question: Is Hillary Clinton going to run? If so, many will decide against doing so themselves. Who wants to square off against an opponent who’ll have a better fundraising operation, a better resume, and a spouse who happens to be America’s best surrogate? At the moment when the first black president is preparing to leave the White House, who will want to run against someone with a more than viable chance of becoming the first woman president?

“She seems like Democrats’ best bet, perhaps by some margin, to extend their winning streak to three or more terms in the White House,” Nate Silver notes. “If she ran even a point or two stronger than a ‘generic’ Democrat, the odds would shift meaningfully in her favor, holding other circumstances equal.”

But say Clinton doesn’t run. That changes everything, doesn’t it? Any Democratic primary without her would be dubbed “wide open.” Joe Biden may try to succeed his boss either way. But he is eminently beatable, as every aspiring alternative knows. He wouldn’t scare anyone away.

I won’t speculate about whether she’ll run. We’ll know in time. I’ll just say that it matters now that we don’t know, insofar as the uncertainty itself affects present behavior among certain Democrats.

I’d prefer it if Hillary Clinton stayed out of future races. My instinct is that she’d abuse executive power and civil liberties every bit as much as the man who appointed her to be secretary of state, especially now that he has acclimated the left to transgressing against transparency and the rule of law. What I can’t deny to Democrats is the likelihood that her foreign policy experience would permit her to retain her party’s edge on those issues, especially if she ran against someone as inexperienced as Marco Rubio, whose foreign-policy chops are hard to take seriously.

Grizzled feels more reassuring than boyish, does it not?

That isn’t to say she’d be a lock in the general election. About the only prediction I’m willing to make about Election 2016 is that Hillary Clinton would be a strong candidate barring a scandal.

But “likeable enough” to win?

What I’ll be most interested to see, if she does run, is how the conservative movement reacts to her candidacy. With relative sanity, insofar as they can’t very well accuse her of being a Kenyan anti-colonialist? With a return to the anti-Clintonian fervor of the 1990s? I suspect the latter reaction wouldn’t play well. Politicians who hang around long enough seem to become inured even to scandals in which they were actually caught red-handed. There isn’t anything so clear cut in Clinton’s past, and if many Americans are like me, the word “Whitewater” would send an involuntary shudder of dread coursing through the population, as if we were collectively told we’d have to re-watch the pre-trial motions from the O.J. Simpson trial while sequestered in a cheap hotel with nothing for diversion but Clinton-era back issues of The American Spectator.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Can see the family blocs in 3rd world countries ready to jump on this opportunity to justify nepotism . . . do the right thing USA. Political culture is bad enough as is. Then the impossibly timely occurance below :

http://news.yahoo.com/secretary-state-faints-sustains-concussion-172605823–politics.html

First stomach virus THEN concussion after ‘accepting’ the run for Presidency? (After Bill then Hillary, what next? Clinton’s children for President as well? Might as well run and declare USA a monarchy . . . no hate there but the 3rd world really cannot do with any justifications for nepotism arising from USA of all places! The Presidency of the United States and even so many high official posts should never be a hand down post, if a seat has been held by a family member, no way should the seat be allowed to another from the Clintons – the friends and cronies issue of seat/post hand downs are already bad enough, don’t start a trend . . . ) False flag or a warning by greater forces or even a warning by USA to 3rd world countries in the form of a false flag? Anything to put a stop to nepotism which destroys democracy and leads to dictatorship.

ARTICLE 10

Charlie Gonzalez’s Departure from Congress Marks End to Political Dynasty – Published December 17, 2012 – Fox News Latino

Charlie Gonzalez

Charlie Gonzalez

San Antonio, Tex. –  The retirement from Congress of Rep. Charlie Gonzalez is ending a half-century streak during which his father, then he, served in Congress, representing their San Antonio district.

The outgoing chairman of the Congressional Hispanic Caucus served 14 years after replacing his famous father, Henry B. Gonzalez, who carved out a lasting legacy as a political reformer and civil rights leader.

Charlie Gonzalez, a Texas Democrat, is returning to private life after deciding to not seek an eighth term. Taking his seat is Joaquin Castro, whose family packs its own celebrity pedigree: His twin brother is San Antonio Mayor Julian Castro, a rising star on the national stage who was the keynote speaker at the Democratic National Convention this year.

Charlie Gonzalez told the San Antonio Express-News that he’s leaving with a “sense of sadness.”

“It’s a job, but it’s an incredible job. The people, the surroundings, nothing compares to it,” Gonzalez said. “It is bittersweet. That is the best way to describe it.”

Charlie Gonzalez was first elected in 1988. His father served for 37 years and was chairman of the House Banking Committee, which wielded power over financial institutions and was instrumental in pushing reforms. The elder Gonzalez used that clout to push for public housing and programs for the homeless.

Larry Hufford, a political science professor at St. Mary’s University in San Antonio, said the elder Gonzalez pursued social justice in a time when it wasn’t fashionable. Charlie Gonzalez represented a 20th congressional district that, by the end of this last term, covered impoverished barrios on the city’s West side as well as middle-class and affluent neighborhoods to the north.

When it came to national issue, Charlie Gonzalez used his status Hispanic Caucus chairman to push for immigration reform.

“Charlie was able to carry on that legacy with a much different style; more low-keyed but very effective,” Hufford said.

Charlie Gonzalez dismissed suggestions that he could wind up being an appointee in President Barack Obama’s second term or be elected to a statewide office. A Democrat hasn’t been elected statewide in Texas since 1994.

Former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi said Gonzalez’s decision to leave Congress marks the “end of an era.”

“To decide on my own when to leave Congress, that wasn’t a decision wasted on me,” Charlie Gonzalez said. “I’m a blessed individual. Rather than having circumstances imposed on my life, I’m looking forward to this next chapter in my life. It is my encore career.”

This is based on a story by The Associated Press.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Rare example of ethics. there is nothing beneficial personally for Gonzalez in quitting, but every such quit makes Democracy stronger and makes nepotism and oligarchy weaker. THIS should be the criteria for state awards or monuments than anything else. There is no end to wealth and power, and once enough politicians focus their value system on higher values away from the greed or power-madness fog, the super-pac, too big to fail, and plutocrat/corporate lobbyist and eventually the economy issues, will be easier to fathom and deal with. This is a form of ethics, as preventing nepotism is as dangerous as corruption in politics.

ARTICLE 11

‘Ninja of Newport’ arrested by armed police after dressing up as superhero with wooden sword to ‘help fight crime’ – by James Rush – PUBLISHED: 17:23 GMT, 13 December 2012 | UPDATED: 19:04 GMT, 13 December 2012

Tanis Baker, 21, dressed as a ninja to ‘strike fear in the hearts of criminals
He was arrested after officers who spotted him became concerned
He was soon surrounded by armed police, dogs and a helicopter
Two hidden rucksacks containing smokebombs and costumes found after arrest

Comic book fan: Tanis Baker told police he was a vigilante in a ninja costume after police arrested him while armed with a homemade wooden Samurai sword

A would-be vigilante was arrested by armed police after he dressed up as a ninja and armed himself with a wooden Samurai sword.

Mystery man-in-black Tanis Baker, 21, wanted to ‘strike fear’ in the hearts of criminals in his neighbourhood just like his comic book idols.

But a court heard Baker ended up on the wrong side of the law after dressing up in ninja-style black body armour and a mask.

He armed himself with smoke bombs and a home-made wooden Samurai sword then crouched in the darkness in a park ready to pounce on any troublemakers.

But a police officer saw Baker in the shadows – and he called for back-up because of his concerns over the mystery figure.

Within minutes he was surrounded by armed officers, police dogs and a helicopter hovering overhead above Beechwood Park in Newport, South Wales.

He was arrested and officers found two hidden rucksacks containing seven smoke bombs and other vigilante costumes.

Magistrates at Cwmbran, South Wales, heard he told police he was a ‘vigilante in a costume’ and that he wanted to help people in trouble.

He claimed to be the ‘eyes and ears’ of the police on the streets and wanted to strike fear into criminals.

The probation officer who assessed him said Baker was a fan of American comic book superheroes.

His probation report said: ‘He seems to get confused between fantasy and reality and sometimes had trouble distinguishing between what was in comic books and what was real life.’

The court heard that in real life Baker is no superhero but works as a barman in a snooker club in Newport, South Wales.

Hi-ya! Mr Tanis said he dressed up as a ninja to ‘strike fear’ in the hearts of criminals in Newport (picture posed by model)

Louise Warren, defending, said: ‘Baker was bullied for many years and struggled growing up in his neighbourhood.

‘He was attacked by a gang of youths while out with his sister a year ago, but police were unable to find the offenders.

‘Since then Baker has wanted to help the police to protect society.’

The court heard Baker was asked what he would do if he encountered a real crime and said he had not thought that far ahead.

Superhero: How Baker might have looked when he was arrested while dressed as a vigilante ninja

He was given a 12-month supervision order and ordered to carry out 60 hours unpaid work.

Chairman of the magistrates Paul Lavin, said: ‘You may have thought you were helping but you caused a lot of trouble.

‘Do not do this in future or else you’ll be in big trouble.’

Baker, of Cwmbran, South Wales, admitted having an offensive weapon in a public place.

He declined to comment after the case.

Storm in a teacup as The Ninja of Newport has to meet the authorities somehow when he makes his introduction but now he could supply them with a trusty Ninjaphone to ring him in their hour of need to save the day and help restore law and order showing the baddies there’s a new guy in town and his name is THE NINJA OF NEWPORT!!! *plays national anthem*

– Stuart , Edinburgh Scotland, United Kingdom, 13/12/2012 18:34

We need more vigilantes on the street, but we criminalise them instead. Take Phoenix jones of Seattle, he and his friends do a great job, lawfully and prevent crimes, as well as assisting law officers.

– Illuminati cards , Bunker, 13/12/2012 18:49

What part was illegal ? Smoke bombs aren’t illegal, they are let off at paintballing sites, and wooden sticks aren’t illegal unless something new has happened, that makes drumming against the law.

– mileage , Barry, 13/12/2012 18:49

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Look here anyone is allowed to cosplay a ninja or favourite super hero (or Otaku genre!) character. Orwell has taken over Newport. More ‘ninjas’ or cosplayers should lurk ‘ in the shadows ‘, SPECIFICALLY to see what the local enforcement does. Good work Tanis! Now we all know that Newport is not a free sort of place. A really free minded place would give a verbal warning or even co-opt the ‘ninja’ as an eccentric member of the neighbourhood watch who refused to work with the formal watch. More cosplayers! And know that permission for carrying actual weapons can be obtained and if registered should not be an offence.

But a wooden sword? Thats not even a weapon. A really long carving knife is more dangerous than a wooden sword and is legal to carry around. A handgun is more dangerous than the above and still is legal. Lurking might be addressed with a simple request. And the reasons given are only to protect society! What gives Newport? More cosplayers and lurkers EVERYWHERE! How about openly walking around with masks, costumes and ‘lurking’ in corners for the rest of the week Newporters! I’m surprised Tanis did not challenge the judgment. Where’s that US culture of freedom and vigilante-ism? For the conservative types, try Cowboys and Indians with camping knives, whips and 6 shooters for a start . . . set up camp in a ‘lurky’ area EVERYDAY in shifts. See what the local enforcement does . . . we’ll know where Orwell LURKS instead – then set up a  map of ‘people friendly’ and ‘people unfriendly’ places, the 99% will know how to vote or which laws to amend . . .

ARTICLE 12

Boehner Agrees To A Millionaire Tax–And Moves Closer To A Fiscal Cliff Deal –  WASHINGTON, DC – JUNE 06: Speaker of the House – 12/17/2012 @ 6:15AM |4,015 views

House Speaker John Boehner has made a decision that will make some wealthy Americans squeal, while making most Americans smile.

Boehner, after weeks of rhetoric that Republicans and Democrats were miles apart on fiscal cliff talks, relented on a stance that high earners shouldn’t see higher taxes. Now, Boehner has agreed to raise taxes on Americans making more than $1 million, reversing an earlier position that all Bush Era tax cuts should stand.

The move by Boehner is particularly significant for several reasons. First, it’s a gesture toward compromise— Democrats wanted taxes raised on Americans making more than $250,000, while Republicans, at first, would have none of it—and suggests the two sides may finally become serious about averting the fiscal cliff. Next, the tax hikes would increase federal coffers by some $1 trillion over 10 years; President Obama has demanded $1.4 trillion in new revenue, but at least the pols’ figures are growing closer. And Boehener’s decision is a refreshing signal that, when confronted with dire forecasts—like the one that predicts a recession to start 2013 if the fiscal cliff happens—Washington, D.C can put aside partisinism and past promises. Though, I imagine that Grover Norsquist takes little glee from Boehner’s shift.

Republicans are the first to sacrifice a sacred cow. Now, Democrats must too. What mostly impedes progress? Some $200 billion. That’s the difference between the spending cuts in federal health care programs that Republicans want ($600 billion) and Democrats want ($400 billion).

Investors will probably take this move by the pols as evidence that a deal will eventually come. We haven’t piled out of stocks quite like you might think. Indeed, the major benchmarks this month have gained about 4%. There hasn’t been that complete flight to safety—into the cash-generative arms of Procter & Gamble, Coca-Cola and Walt Disney—and away from risk—fleeing the speculation around a Research In Motion comeback or better times for Alpha Natural.

Indeed, stocks this morning ticked higher. Dow Jones industrial average futures rose 0.7% to 13,096.00. S&P 500 futures gained 0.1% to 1,407.41.

Still, the cliff today looks less like a chasm than it did just a few days earlier.

Reach Abram Brown at abrown@forbes.com.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Squeal? What they earn in a year is an entire lifetimes 401K or many times more than 401K which the 99% takes decades to earn, these wealthy Americans are just SPOILT. Boehner did good, and if the wealthy Americans are too squealy, they are welcome to move to a favourite country of their choice – as mentioned before all assets a country has are land and resource divided by number of citizens not useless fiat. the US A will be happy to have 1 citizen less and more to share among those who stay.

ARTICLE 12.5

French wealthy ‘feel victimised by tax’ –  by Hugh Schofield – 10 December 2012 Last updated at 15:02 GMT Help

Actor Gerard Depardieu has become the latest wealthy person to flee France’s 75% tax on those earning over 1m euros a year.

The star has bought a house over the border in the Belgian village of Nechin.

France’s richest man, Bernard Arnault has already applied for Belgian citizenship and thousands of other wealthy French people are making the move.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The ‘wealthiest’ will NEVER pay enough because in 1 year they earn 10 lifetimes what most ‘wealthiest’ Frenchmen earn in decades EVEN AFTER TAX. No place for Marie Antoinettes here . . . and 75% tax is not enough because they can hold assets up to 75,000% of what the ordinary french person has with the very wealthiest earning 7500% of what the 99% does EVEN AFTER TAX. 75% of 100 million of the less ecxeptional wealthiest is still 25 million in earnings, 75% of 10 million is 2.5 million in earnings which is easily 10 times what the 99% earn in a lifetime . . . Victimised?

Some Frenchmen can’t even buy French bread or have a French roof! That money goes to social services not banquets for the French officials I hope, otherwise time to storm the Bastille again . . . 75% tax is farcical considering the above facts.

ARTICLE 13

Child Prostitution, Adult Prostitution, and the Obscure In-Between – Posted on August 22, 2012

The issue of child prostitution and its supposed alter-ego, adult prostitution, are personal to me because I’ve experienced both, having been prostituted between the ages of fifteen and twenty-two.

I sometimes think of what those who knew nothing of me would have thought of me, as they caught glimpses of me, on the different stages of those seven years.  Who doubts that the majority would have looked at my young teenaged self and wondered what sort of world we lived in?  And who doubts, if they’re honest, that many would have looked at my young adult self and wondered what sort of women populated it?

This is the dichotomy of adult and child and they are viewed as very separate, very distinct, so that there is a clearly perceived line between these stages, these ages, but in fact it is not a line.  It is a bridge.  It is a bridge that spans the in-between; that gap that connects the points in the lives of so many women who were prostituted first as children then as adults.  I lived that bridge in my own prostitution life, when I was turning from a child into a woman, and I was used sexually for money on most of the days that made up my adolescence, as I was before in childhood and afterwards in early adulthood.  And here is the crux of the matter: it was all the same nightmare to me.

People chose though, before and after those in-between years, whether I was blameless or blameworthy.  In the interim, while I existed in the in-between, each individual who looked at me or fucked me had the privilege of making up their own mind.  Many did, and most chose the latter.

After that, when I was identifiably a woman, it was not a case of ‘most’ anymore, but ‘almost all’ – because almost all those who looked at me in my young adulthood decided that I’d chosen what was happening, and saw it as what I was doing rather than what was being done to me.

The ‘done to me’ aspect died, you see, along with my adolescence in the perspectives of other people.  The problem was it didn’t die, and I was still alive, living the ‘done to me’ reality every day.

As a fourteen-year-old girl, a full year before I ever started prostituting, I first realised that some men felt an actual entitlement to my body.  This was perfectly expressed by the extreme belligerence they’d display when I rejected their advances.  They would be so angry.  ‘How dare you?’ said their actions.  I couldn’t make any sense of that attitude.  It was literally like someone was speaking in a foreign language to me, and it was a foreign language in a sense; it was the language of sexual entitlement.  I became fluent in the language eventually, but fluent in the sense of someone speaking a language not of their origin; someone who can understand it audibly, but will never be able to write it.

At that time though, I couldn’t imagine how anyone could think it was okay to walk up to someone on the street and wrap your arms around them, or grope somebody, or growl what you’d like to do to them into their ear.  But I had all these experiences as a fourteen-year-old girl and I’d had three approaches by paedophiles as a pre-pubescent child, and still I could not fathom why and how this was supposed to be acceptable in the view of these men, why this was supposed to be okay.  I remember one man’s surprise and affront as he told me “You’re very standoffish!” after I pulled away from a physical embrace I didn’t initiate, ask for, permit or fucking want.

These experiences came thick and fast from the age of fourteen, when I began to be more noticeably developing breasts.  It is little wonder I became fluent in the language of male sexual entitlement.  Facial expressions, aggressive stances, weary sighs, protracted silences – all these too make up part of that language, all these are used to communicate the idea that you’re expected to consent  when a man decides he will have rights to your body.

So I’d had some schooling, in that sense, as to what prostitution expected of me.  What I didn’t know was how bad it was going to get.  I couldn’t have known that before I experienced it.  It was unknowable.  Well, I soon found out, and what I found out didn’t get any better on the day I turned eighteen and it didn’t get any better on the day I turned twenty-one either.

They bother me, these stupid irrelevant lines that are drawn that attempt to divide the lived reality of the prostitution experience based on whether a female is fifteen or seventeen, seventeen or nineteen, eighteen or twenty.  They are diversions to the central matter at hand; they divert from the core issue.  They disappear the fact that this is wrong, not only by degrees that deepen with the youthfulness of its target, but by its nature, so that all those who’ve been paid for sex they do not want have suffered sexual abuse.  There is a shelf-life for women in prostitution, but there is no shelf-life for the nature of prostitution.  Its abusive core does not morph into something else on a person’s eighteenth birthday.  Not that many men wait that long in the first place.

And on that note, people need to start querying what is the criterion for fuckability according to sex-buying men?  What is their divining rod for ‘of age’?  Is it a pair of breasts?  My experience of prostitution is that it is any pair of breasts, regardless that they’re still developing; and this we’ve got to see as a form of sexual selfishness that has decayed to the point where it’s putrid.  It is also a nonsense of a position, because if a pair of breasts at any stage of development signify completed womanhood then every females adulthood actually began at the onset of puberty; not began to form, but began in full. Every woman was a woman before she was a woman, by that ludicrous standard.

I am sure we will have a lot of indignation from sex buyers on this point, but as a fifteen-year-old child with developing breasts I was abused by a multitude of these men every day; men, some of whom would never have considered themselves paedophiles or predators or abusers – and I saw the same men pay to use the bodies of other adolescents with breasts, one of them just thirteen years old, so I can assure the reader that these men assured themselves wherever there was the presence of breasts there was the absence of childhood.

Added to this, men who buy sex are obsessed with the act of despoilment; they are, as a group, blatantly obsessed with the desire to fuck the youngest girl they can find.  The upshot of this of course is that there is great commercial value placed on youth in prostitution.  I have thought at length and written a little about Prostitution and the Commercial Value of Youth, and I know both that this exists as a reality in prostitution and that is speaks with great clarity to the putrid sexual selfishness I’ve just mentioned.

So adolescents are fair game in prostitution; I’ve made my point, but it’s important also to look at an uncanny resemblance here: adolescence is the physical reality, the mirror image made flesh and form, of that place where a woman is halfway between being prostituted and being trafficked. That point where women go to other countries knowing they’ll be working in the sex trade, but not knowing what that reality really means, or not knowing that they’ll be charged four and five figure sums for the privilege of their prostitutions organisation.  This is another of prostitutions in-betweens.  They exist in various forms, and very often these mid-spectrum situations are misrepresented and then misappropriated so that they can be used to gloss over the reality of the sex trade.  For example those women who are working back thousands of euros/dollars/pounds of money they supposedly ‘owe’ are not classified as trafficking victims, although that is what they are.  The sex industry calls them ‘independent escorts’ and ignores and erases the misery of their lives.

In the same way, people who live prostitution during the transition between childhood and adulthood must be mislabelled and filed away, inconvenient as they are.  They must be either a child or an adult according to the sex industry, and also, disturbingly, to some anti-trafficking groups.  Some groups decide to find a way around this by subdividing adolescence into stages where those from twelve to fourteen are deemed worthy of sympathy and attention, while fifteen to seventeen-year-olds are brushed to one side with the gut-churning excuse that they have so much more ‘personal agency’.

When, I would like to ask the senior members of these groups, did my personal agency begin?  Because by their criterion it seems to me it began at the stroke of midnight as I entered my fifteenth year, which makes me feel like a very sorry version of Cinderella; except the slipper in this fairytale was never going to fit because it had been shattered, and believe me, Prince Charming was nowhere to be seen.  I had no more personal agency at fifteen than I had the year before, in fact I had significantly less, because at fourteen I had only six months of homelessness behind me; at fifteen I had a year and a half.  In homelessness your desperation increases with time, not decreases.  If people think ‘personal agency’ always increases with the forward march of time they are lucky people who’ve never had to deal with the miserable conditions of their own lives intensifying with time, and they’re obviously so detached from that life experience they’ve never even considered it.

By drawing distinctions between trafficking and prostitution, between under and over eighteen, some well-intentioned anti-trafficking organisations acquiesce to the perpetuation of a system known to be extremely violent and damaging while continuing to stigmatise and blame most of its victims.  This stigmatisation maintains the disempowerment and marginalisation of the same population these groups want to help.  It also empowers the predators who prey on our most vulnerable, whether under or over eighteen.

FreeIrishWoman

ARTICLE 14

Prostitution and the Commercial Value of Youth – Posted on June 3, 2012

People who argue that prostitution would be free of coercion, trafficking, the exploitation of minors – and everything else that prevents it from being some kind of all-above-board consenting-adults-only autonomy party – are people who ignore one vital aspect of prostitutions reality. It is the commercial value of youth.

Just as in some actual industries, like modelling or professional dance, youth is highly prized among attributes. Unlike modelling or dance though, youth in prostitution is prized far above beauty and the fluidity of movement. In order to be most highly in demand in prostitution, you don’t need to be the prettiest flower in the field; you just need to be among the youngest. And what you can or cannot do with your body is irrelevant; it just matters that it hasn’t been on the planet for very long.

One of the commonest questions that comes through on any brothels phone line is ‘What age is the youngest girl you have?’ I could not count the times I have been asked that question, and I defy anybody who has answered a brothels phone to tell the blatant lie that it is not the commonest question they’ve been asked too.

The commercial value of youth is so profoundly built-in to prostitution that women routinely lie about their age in order to generate more business. The clients know this, of course, and even as women are shaving a few years off clients are adding a few on. ‘I’m twenty-six – I’ll tell him I’m twenty-three’ / ‘She’s twenty-three? – that means she’s twenty-six’.

Nobody’s fooling anybody here, and the only thing the whole pathetic charade is any good for is the revealing nature of what’s going on behind the pretence. What it reveals, of course, is that men who buy bodies for sex usually want to buy the youngest body they can find.

Last year it was reported to the BBC that prostitutes as young as thirteen were working the streets in Swindon, in the English county of Wiltshire. “Come here at the weekend and you’ll get 13-year-old girls to 19-year-old girls out here”, one prostitute told reporters.

When I read reports like these I just sigh. It tires me to pre-empt the shock people will express. It tires me to imagine that shock, whether it is genuine or not, because if it is genuine then that proves we have a long way to go in educating people about the reality of prostitution, and if it is not, well then, here is yet more in a tsunami of evidence that there are those who do not want the reality of prostitution understood.

Whenever any evidence of teenaged prostitution is revealed the pro-prostitution lobby move immediately to put forth the preposterous assertion that this town is somehow different or unique. The attitude is always either ‘thirteen-year-olds, good Lord, who ever heard of such a thing?’ – or ‘thirteen-year-olds, good Lord, we could clear up this situation if we legalised prostitution!’ – as if somehow the demand for adolescent bodies would vanish if only we’d make the sale of adult bodies okay!

Usually, however, they will simply deny that adolescent prostitution is widespread, or that adolescents are much in demand in the first place.

‘How do we know this is true?’ will come the query from the pro-prostitution lobby. It is not a query in the genuine sense of the word. A real query seeks an answer. This query seeks to obscure the same answer it purports to be seeking.

This will seem strange and confusing to some people. It is neither strange nor confusing to me; I’ve been exposed to the tactics of the pro-prostitution lobby for too long to be surprised or confused by these sorts of seemingly tangled and nonsensical tactics. What people need to understand is that they are not nonsensical. These are obscurest policies and they are purposeful and predictable, and when you understand their purpose you will have no problem predicting them too.

Their purpose is consistently the same; it is to deny and refute the sick and twisted nature of what actually goes on in prostitution. The truth they don’t want to you know is that men who pay for sex will most often opt to pay for a fifteen-year-old over a seventeen-year-old, a seventeen-year-old over a nineteen-year-old, a nineteen-year-old over a twenty-one-year-old, and so on and so forth.

Now, let me be very clear about this – I will be called a liar for having asserted the above. It will be said that I am trying to demonise punters, that I am telling lies about their preferences and proclivities. I wish I was. In my first year in prostitution, when I was fifteen-years-old, I was used by countless hundreds of men; I truly couldn’t say how many. I saw up to ten men a day so you may do the maths for yourself (the thoughts of doing that calculation disturbs me). As I stated in my Examiner article back in February, men were so obviously aroused by my youth it made them climax very quickly, so I soon learned to tell them how old I was in order to shorten the whole ordeal. I made it a policy; it was one of the first things I said when I got into the car – not that I needed to bring up the subject because it was usually one of the first questions asked of me.

In all those hundreds of men, one man, just ONE, turned his van around and brought me back to where he’d found me.

So yes, those who advocate for legalised or decriminalised prostitution will do their damnedest to obscure the truth about the high commercial value placed on young bodies in prostitution, all the while squawking ‘Where’s the evidence? Where’s the evidence?’ – like some kind of belligerent and demented parrot, with all the repetitiveness and severe comprehension issues you’d expect. All beak and no brains, in other words.

This is to be expected; of course the pro-prostitution lobby don’t want you to know that girls who are post-puberty by only a year or two are routinely lusted after, sought out, highly prized and then abused for enough years ‘till they’ve lost much of their commercial value. If that was widely known, it would do a great deal of damage to the autonomous, sexually-liberated, empowerment fantasy depiction they are consistently trying to peddle.

As for ‘Where’s the evidence?’ – I don’t need to ask that question. When I was a fifteen-year-old prostitute I was FAR more in-demand than I ever was as a twenty-two-year-old, even though at twenty-two I was slim, pretty, and an extremely youthful woman; but therein lay the problem. I was a woman.

There is huge emphasis placed on the commercial value of youth in prostitution. ‘The evidence’ is in every brothel and red-light zone in the land, and I know that because I lived the evidence.

I know it because I was the evidence.

FreeIrishWoman

http://theprostitutionexperience.com/

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

A good blog post typifying a particular ‘staid’ type of sex worker who happened to start working out of necessity early from environmental issues, but has somehow remained in the field by choice while not liking the field too much. Perhaps some personal issues about being denied other opportuunities when younger. @FreeIrishWoman seems to enjoy the sense of indignation working as a sex worker and who knows in some twisted manner, gains strength at the cutting at the conscience of her clients one can read from the writing. The ethical hirers who do want 100% consensual and a clear conscience should give this particular worker a skip. The ‘mean’ lot who gravitate from morality to desire from religious probably, would doubtless be twice attracted. While sex would be available, sex positivism is not to be found here!

ARTICLE 15

Call for change in law to protect prostitutes from violent crime : Brothel attacks prompt debate whether police priority should be prosecuting sex workers or catching dangerous criminals – Owen Bowcott, legal affairs correspondent – The Guardian, Monday 16 January 2012 15.13 GMT

Decriminalising prostitution could mean better safety and improved relations with police for sex workers. A series of gang attacks on brothels in east London has triggered calls for changes to the prostitution laws after victims who reported knifepoint robberies said they ended up being threatened with prosecution. A police investigation has been launched as senior Labour and Conservative members of the London assembly and the English Collective of Prostitutes allege that violent crime is being given a lower priority than less serious sex offences.

The attacks highlight the growing debate over calls for New Zealand’s pioneering decriminalisation of sex work to be considered – an approach recently supported by the Association of Chief Police Officers. What is said by sex workers to be a spate of robberies – involving cash and jewellery – coincides with an increase in police raids on east London addresses being used as brothels before the 2012 London Olympics.

The first address targeted was in Barking, east London, on 6 December. A video showing five men apparently breaking into another house in the area being used by sex workers is also being studied by officers. The women who made the first complaint allege they recognise some of the gang members from the YouTube clip. In a third attack, at a different address, a woman who worked as a maid at a brothel is alleged to have been raped by the gang. None of the victims there reported the offence for fear of being charged by officers with living off the proceeds of prostitution; the police say they are so far unaware of this incident.

The ECP said changes to the law, in response to fears over the forcible trafficking of foreign sex workers into Britain, have made it more difficult for women to work together in houses for safety. A letter of complaint sent by Niki Adams, a leading ECP activist who works with Legal Action for Women, to the borough police commander in Barking last month, said the way the investigation into the first incident had been pursued had discouraged “sex workers from reporting attacks”. The letter continued: “The 6 December attack was at knifepoint and the women felt they had to try and protect themselves. They think the assailants may well be the same people who have robbed them before, who have got away with it, and so have returned and become more violent as they have got bolder.

“Targeting women for prosecution in this way undermines any attempts to catch those who attack and exploit sex workers … We are receiving reports of incidents where women have been attacked and their attackers have told them brazenly that they know women won’t dare go to the police.” Adams believes there may have been as many as 20 attacks in the area over the past two years. The Metropolitan police confirmed it was aware of the 6 December attack and the YouTube video and is investigating whether the attacks are linked. “We can confirm that we were called to an alleged incident of aggravated burglary at an address in Victoria Road, Barking,” a statement said.

“Patrolling officers arrived at the scene and were quickly accompanied by scene of crime officers and detectives from Barking and Dagenham CID. Detectives also visited the venue on a further occasion to ascertain the circumstances surrounding the incident. “Unfortunately, those at the address were unwilling to substantiate the allegation or further assist with the investigation despite a number of attempts for them to do so. The case remains under investigation and should any further information come to light it will of course be vigorously pursued.” The force said “a notice has been served to the registered owner of the venue in Victoria Road under the auspices of section 33a of the Sexual Offences Act 1956. The notice formally notified the recipient that they were liable to prosecution should the premises in Victoria Road remain in use as a brothel”. Referring to the YouTube video, the police said: “We are looking to see if the attacks are linked. Officers take any such reports extremely seriously and actively encourage all members of the community, particularly those who may be vulnerable to such incidents, to come forward and contact police. “Officers at Barking and Dagenham work hard to ensure that the borough remains a safe place for all residents. The welfare of victims remains our primary concern and we acknowledge that some members of the community are more vulnerable and susceptible to crime. “We strive to encourage and support female victims and to assist us further we are in the process of launching a bespoke multi-agency victim care service. This will see female victims receiving the best possible support and will include fast-track referrals to housing and health professionals as well as Safer Neighbourhood reassurance intervention.”

Prostitution itself is not illegal but associated activities – such as kerb crawling, placing advertising cards in phoneboxes and working in premises with more than one person available for paid sex – are outlawed.

Last November Simon Byrne, Acpo’s lead officer on prostitution and sexual exploitation, suggested there was a need for a fresh look at the legal balance. Then deputy chief constable of Greater Manchester, Byrne is in the process of moving to the Met as assistant commissioner. “There is a great amount of academic research available, much of which supports the view that an alternative approach is needed,” he wrote on his official Acpo blog. “An example would be the decriminalisation and regulation of brothels in Australia and New Zealand, not an answer to all of the related issues but certainly a solution to some.

“More of those involved in sex work in Australia and New Zealand can now access health services with ease, whilst maintaining more personal security in an emotive area for policing.”

Another proponent of reform is Andrew Boff, a Conservative member of the London assembly. “The law is framed so as to put women [sex workers] into the most vulnerable position,” he said. “The changes brought in by the last government seemed to [be derived from] the view that every single worker in the sex trade was trafficked. “People are not willing to come forward over these attacks. When they report them, the women themselves have had action taken against them. I’m compiling a report on the problem for Boris Johnson.”

Len Duvall, the leader of the Labour group at the London assembly, said: “We need to examine in greater detail information and case studies from those countries that have sought to legalise prostitution, including the model put forward by New Zealand, especially if it provides a degree of protection for sex workers and reduces crimes associated with prostitution.

“Where brothels have not posed a problem to the wider community and there has been no evidence of sex trafficking, I have heard evidence that the police have taken an inconsistent and heavy-handed approach in dealing with sex workers. There is also evidence that crimes against sex workers are being ignored.”

Earlier this month, Sheila Farmer, a sex worker who operated with other women out of shared premises, had charges of brothel-keeping against her dismissed at Croydon crown court. The Crown Prosecution Service said there had been no change in enforcement policy; the unexpected failure of a witness to appear led to the charge being withdrawn. Farmer said she had chosen to work with other women for safety because she had been attacked previously when working alone.

Nigel Richardson, the solicitor who represented her, said he was aware of another case in Surrey where women had reported an attack on their flat from a rival operation. “They were visited by two men who threatened the women and were pouring petrol around the place,” he said.

“My client called the police. Officers intially took the attack very seriously but eventually arrested my client. The men were never brought to book for an assault but my client was prosecuted for running a brothel.”

Tim Barnett, the British-born former New Zealand MP who pushed through his adopted country’s decriminalisation legislation in 2003, was in London before Christmas where he briefed Boff and Duvall. “We said let’s make the law the best to minimise harm,” he said at the time. “We set up a review of the legislation. A number of people said the number of sex workers would rise.

“So we reviewed it after five years in 2008. The review didn’t find any increase and there was an improvement in the relationship with the police. Sex workers were using their rights under the legislation to deal with poor-quality brothel owners or clients who had been behaving abusively.”

Think deeper and not be influenced by the agenda laden NPPs . . .

Think deeper and not be influenced by the agenda laden NPPs . . . this is NOT to be used as ‘proof’ of support of rape. This is the offense that might cause rape . . .

ARTICLE 16

NHS doctors to be forced to work weekends for the first time in push for improved seven-day a week care – by Daily Mail Reporter – PUBLISHED: 15:45 GMT, 16 December 2012 | UPDATED: 23:19 GMT, 16 December 2012

Oupatients appointments and surgical procedures could be carried out on Saturdays and Sundays for the first time
The shake up is part of plans by Sir Bruce Keogh, medical director of the new NHS Commissioning Board

Seven days: Sir Bruce Keogh plans to introduce seven day working to the NHS

Doctors could be forced to work at weekends under plans to create a health service with supermarket-style opening hours.

Sir Bruce Keogh, the NHS’s medical director, said that patients, like shoppers, should be entitled to the same quality of service on Saturday and Sunday as during the week.

He said it was no longer acceptable for hospitals and GPs’ surgeries to operate for the convenience of their staff at the expense of patients and that clinics and day case operations should be available seven days a week.

It should also be possible to get weekend hospital appointments for scans and GPs should provide slots to treat patients at weekends, he said.

The proposal is to be considered by the NHS Commissioning Board in an effort to improve access to healthcare.

He told the Sunday Times: ‘Our system has been based around providing as good a working environment as you can for the people who work in the health service, which isn’t necessarily matched with what the people who want services have.

‘If you wanted a day case operation, and you didn’t want to take a day off work, why can’t you have it on a Saturday or Sunday?’

‘Tesco have had to go through this  – it was a complex issue for them – we will need to look at the terms and conditions or service of people.’

He added that having empty clinics and operating theatres on a Saturday and Sunday is a waste of NHS resources.

Research by the board found that a patient admitted to hospital on a Sunday was 16 per cent more likely to die than if they were admitted on a Wednesday.

Keogh can introduce the changes and implement financial rewards and penalties to ensure that hospitals follow the guidelines.

Contract changes: Many medical professionals will have to work Saturdays and Sundays for the first time

The plans will no doubt anger doctors who will be keen to protect their current working hours.

Medical professionals will not receive any extra money for working weekends but will be given days off in the week instead.

The proposals will be fully outlined in the NHS Commissioning Board’s first planning guidance which will detail how health funds will be spent ahead and which will be released on Tuesday.

The British Medical Association (BMA) last night rejected the idea that that the medical profession could learn from private firms such as Tesco but it was ‘open’ to discussing seven day working.

How to charge for medical treatment.

How to charge for medical treatment.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Try this. Instead of all doctors having Saturdays and Sundays off, some doctors could have Mondays and Tuesdays off, then the overlap from different shift doctors should cover everything.

Day shift should focus on geriatrics and paediatrics (adult people working will put off visits to nighttime and will not visit during the day) while evening shift will be more popular for the adults. Midnight shift should have the least staff (most people sleeping), though everyone not of the above groups might visit, emergency services from racers gettti8ng into accidents and drunks getting into fights will make up the most of this shift. The fact that the one can get medical aid 24/7 makes for a safer feeling in any district overall.

ARTICLE 17

Is this the end of paper banknotes? Plastic version could be in your pocket in just three years – by Rebecca Evans – PUBLISHED: 00:04 GMT, 17 December 2012 | UPDATED: 00:04 GMT, 17 December 2012

Overhaul could see environmentally-friendly  notes introduced from 2015
Have proved a success since being introduced in Australia in 1988
Plastic lasts much longer and are more hygienic but more expensive to make

Plastic banknotes are set to be introduced in Britain, replacing the paper money used for more than 300 years.

The radical overhaul could see the more durable, waterproof and harder-to-counterfeit polymer sterling notes in circulation within three years.

The Bank of England has put out a £1billion tender from 2015 for the printing of notes at its press in Debden, Essex.

Paper money could be replaced within three years after being used for more than three centuries

Part of this process demands that bidders are able to cope with the change from paper to plastic from the start of the contract.

Since 2003, the contract has been held by De La Rue – one of only two makers of polymer notes.

The company, which prints more than 150 currencies, has just produced new plastic banknotes for the Pacific island of Fiji.

Plastic notes were first introduced in Australia in 1988 as a measure against counterfeiting.

They have proved a  success, and are apparently particularly popular with surfers who are able to keep money in their pockets without it disintegrating.

Other countries to issue polymer notes include New Zealand, Romania, Papua New Guinea, Mexico and Vietnam. In Northern Ireland, a plastic fiver was introduced in 1999 to mark the Millennium.

The Bank’s chief cashier Chris Salmon has already said plastic notes were being looked at as a possibility to replace paper money

Plastic notes last much longer than cotton fibre-based paper ones. For instance, an Australian $5 bill lasts about 40 months, against six months for a £5 note.

Polymer notes are more hygienic as they absorb fewer bacteria, harder to tear or crease – making them easier for vending machines – and waterproof, even able to survive being put in the washing machine.

A key feature is a clear window, which normally contains an ‘optical variable device’ that splits light into its component colours and is extremely hard to counterfeit. Plastic notes can also contain holograms.

They are also more environmentally friendly as fewer need to be produced and they can be recycled.

However, they are considerably more expensive to produce and would create an initial cost as ATMs and vending machines would have to be adapted to accept them.

The Bank’s chief cashier Chris Salmon had already revealed it was investigating the possibility of polymer or plastic-coated banknotes.
‘Today I’m going to make some £20 notes out of this old plastic washing-up bottle’

It is understood that the Bank will initially introduce lower denominations, such as the fiver, which are in wider use so become dog-eared more rapidly.

De La Rue’s chief executive Tim Cobbold said: ‘If you think about the life of a banknote, it takes quite a hammering.

‘It’s being folded, it’s being crunched, it’s in and out of wallets and it could be in the wet or dry.’

But financial expert David Buik, of the retail and trading services firm Cantor Index, believes the conversion to plastic notes should not be rushed.

‘I think it’s something that needs to be more carefully thought out,’ he said.

‘Money laundering is a huge problem and if the security measures introduced could be used to make notes more traceable, then that would be very good.

‘But it needs to be applied internationally, the major countries all need to be singing from the same hymn sheet.’

A spokesman for the Bank of England said: ‘No definite decisions have been taken yet but the Bank is considering all options.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Paper 300 years? Try precious metals 3000 or more years. Barter possible more than 30,000 . . . Parallel currencies in PM used in the manner of barter should put an end to the plastic note b.s.. Make your own localised currency citizens! Stop ceding economic control to central national banks.

18.5 Articles From Around the World : Communism Realpolitik Couched in Lies, 3rd Force in USA, Vatican Does A Foodie Smackdown, Klan Wolf, Nuclear Danger In Fallible Human Hands – EU Neglectful, Blogger Strawmen Oligarchs?, 1 Term Too Many in Russia, The Gender Divide, Inequitable Punishment – Disrespect for Privacy, Desperate Crowds of Sheeple Can’t Think Straight Enough to Get Their Own ‘Star’ – Energy Goes to Dullards At Center of Obsession Furor, Human Rights For The Dead Do Not extend To Fundo Places Yet, Malaysia’s Racists Need Boycotts, Fundos in Russia Muddy Communism And Freedoms, Inequitable Treatment of Fellow Citizens By English (Even uf Nudist), The Net III (Script?), Let The Waters Rise, False Afterlife, Games and Spirit, Neurotech Gets Dangerous and More Advanced – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 12th october 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, better judgments, Catholic, Catholic Church, communism, electronic weapons, Equitable Distribution, equitable political power distribution, Ethics, food, food prohibition, Freedom of Expression, Law, media traps, media tricks, mob mentality, Neurotech, Non-Aligned Movement, non-Muslim Rights in a Muslim country, non-Xian rights, spirit of the law, synchronicity, vested interest, War, Wealth distribution, word of the law, Zoroastrianism on October 11, 2012 at 7:20 pm

ARTICLE 1

Red Scar on America – August 24, 2011 — Dean Henderson

The budding genre of left-wing conspiracy research, intuitively attractive as a unifying force to many, attempts to break imposed philosophical paradigms and to deprogram minds in a world traumatized and confused by the Illuminati’s biggest psyops program ever – the Cold War. This delicate task requires a historically-grounded progressive political framework which, while taking a backseat to realpolitik, remains pertinent.

While the mainstream left refuses to acknowledge any hint of conspiracy, no matter the number of footnotes; the Alex Jones “right/left paradigm is dead” crowd, while open to deep politics, leans right ideologically, enabling the banker cabal in its quest for global hegemony via 18th century mercantilism – the purest form of capitalism ever practiced.

It is incredibly naïve to believe that the Illuminati bankers wish to usher in communism as their economic model. The real world tells us that wealth is not being redistributed. It is being concentrated in the hands of the few at historic levels.

The left’s problem lies in naiveté and cowardice, and in its inability to deconstruct the brutal state capitalism imposed via the Soviet Union. The libertarian conspiracy crowd lacks a background in political theory – their Cato Institute is funded by the same corporations that fund the two major political parties. They too have been brainwashed since birth by the mysterious events that culminated in the Soviet Union.

An analysis of these events is key to understanding the Red Scare, which haunts an increasingly extreme right-wing American political landscape and hinders our ability to formulate practical economic solutions that incorporate both capitalistic and socialistic economic tenants. It also goes a long way in explaining the incredible naiveté of the American mainstream “left”.

In 1822 Russia’s Czar Alexander banned Freemasonry from his country.  When Czar Nicholas took the throne he renewed the ban, but the secret society went underground and survived.  Karl Marx was a member of the League of the Just which later became the Communist League.  The group was an off-shoot of the Society of Seasons, which had close ties to the Grand Orient Freemason Lodge of Paris.  Frederick Engel was a wealthy German industrialist. [714]

Marx and Engel were driven by the philosophies of Freidrich Hegel, whose now infamous Hegelian dialectic put forth a process whereby opposites thesis and antithesis are reconciled into synthesis.

Though Hegel’s philosophy was adopted by Marx, it was equally attractive to Adolf Hitler and the Rothschild Business Roundtable that sponsored him.  The Roundtable saw in the dialectic a boon to their monopolies by presenting phony communism (antithesis) as bogeyman to capitalism (thesis).  The ensuing conflict – the Cold War – produced a huge market for arms and oil which their trusts manufactured.

Genuine revolutionary struggle in the Third World could be labeled as a “Soviet communist conspiracy” and more arms could then be sent to depopulate the undesirable poor, dispensing of agitators who threatened Roundtable interests.  The pure application of communism, which indigenous peoples practiced for thousands of years prior to the arrival of Annunaki invaders in Sumeria, was the real threat to the “special bloodline” international bankers.

By upholding Soviet state capitalism to all the world as an example of “failed Communism”, the bankers could discredit this dangerous idea while producing their desired synthesis – a New World Order ruled by the Illuminati banking families and Black Nobility monarchs, with laissez-faire monopoly capitalism as their economic paradigm.

The Russian Hohenzollern family monarchy to which the czars belonged wasn’t playing ball. They grew suspicious of the Freemasons, who they knew to be agents of the international bankers.  In 1915 the American International Corporation (AIC) was formed to finance a Russian revolution aimed at deposing the Hohenzollerns and launching the banker’s grand Hegelian experiment.  AIC directors included Frank Vanderlip, who two years prior had attended the secret Jekyll Island meetings that formulated the private Federal Reserve; and George Herbert Walker, grandfather of George Bush Sr.  The families of Rockefeller, Rothschild, Du Pont, Kuhn, Loeb, Schiff and Harriman were represented on AIC’s board. [715]

WWI was looming and the Allied powers needed to open a diversionary front against the Germans.  Russian Bolshevik leader Leon Trotsky left New York by ship on March 27, 1917, just days before the US entered WWI.  He had with him a US passport, 300 revolutionaries and a wad of cash supplied by the Wall Street banker crowd.  Twelve days earlier Czar Nicholas II had stepped down amidst an uprising launched by genuine anarchist revolutionaries, inspired by the writings of the Russian philosopher Kropotkin, who preached revolution followed by immediate decentralization of power, a sharp contrast to the iron-fisted state capitalist control under which Russia was about to fall.  The anarchists struck fear into the heart of Wall Street, so they dispatched Trotsky to derail their Menshevik plans.

As Trotsky and his Reds sailed east, Vladimir Lenin left Switzerland in a sealed train with 150 more “revolutionaries” and $5 million in cash.  The train passed through Germany without inspection thanks to banker Max Warburg’s intervention.  Meanwhile, fifteen international bankers under Red Cross cover traveled to Petrograd to provide additional financing to the Bolsheviks and to make off with Russia’s gold reserves, just as they would later make off with German gold reserves following WWII and Chinese gold reserves after the 1949 Revolution.[716]  Prince Lvov, who replaced the deposed Czar Nicholas II, and his successor Alexander Kerensky both publicly denounced Trotsky and Lenin as German intelligence agents.

The war between Mensheviks and Bolsheviks lasted until 1922. Some 28 million Russians died.  The unruly anarchists were eventually disposed of and the Roundtable crowd launched its “antithesis” in Moscow.  Trotsky and Lenin were likely unaware they were being used by the bankers.  Trotsky fled to Mexico City, where he was murdered by Stalin’s agents in 1940.  Lenin died in 1924. He had by then identified the powerful forces behind his ascent as “monopoly finance capitalists”.  Towards the end of his life he wrote, “The state does not function as we desired.  A man is at the wheel and seems to lead it, but the car does not drive in the desired direction.  It moves as another force wishes.”[717]

John D. Rockefeller, Nathan Rothschild, Max Warburg, Jacob Schiff and J. Pierpont Morgan seized the new Soviet opportunity.  Their Four Horsemen always had interests in Russia.  The Rothschild and Nobel families discovered oil in Baku in 1898 with their Far East Trading Company, but anarchist oilfield revolutionaries burned their newly renamed Royal Dutch/Shell installations to the ground.

By 1922 Rockefeller’s Chase National Bank launched the American-Russian Chamber of Commerce.  In 1925 Chase negotiated a deal with Soviet Prombank to market Russia’s raw materials to the West, while helping the Bolsheviks import cotton and machinery.  Chase and its sister insurance conglomerate Equitable Trust led the way in providing credit to the Soviets, selling Bolshevik bonds in the US by 1928 with help from Morgan Guaranty.

Rep. Louis McFadden (D-NY), chair of the House Banking Committee, remarked, “The Soviet government has been given US Treasury funds by the Federal Reserve Banks acting through Chase Bank and Guaranty Trust Company…Find out what business has been transacted for the State Bank of the Soviet Union by its correspondent bank, Chase Bank of New York.”[718]

The chaos caused by the Bolshevik Revolution had been a boon to Rockefeller oil interests by eliminating much of Standard Oil’s competition in Russia.  In 1926 Standard Oil of New York (Mobil) loaned $75 million to the Bolsheviks in exchange for exclusive rights to market Soviet oil in Europe.  Mobil built a refinery in Russia.

In 1969 Rockefeller’s International Basic Economy Corporation (IBEC) – which later gave birth to the draconian Caribbean Basin Initiative – formed a partnership with N.M. Rothschild & Sons of London.  Rockefeller’s partner in IBEC was Cleveland financier and industrialist Cyrus Eaton.  The Rockefellers, Rothschilds and Eatons made huge profits facilitating Soviet trade with the West.  In 1976 they signed an exclusive licensing and patent deal with Licensintorg, giving them a monopoly on technology transfer to the Soviets.

President Nixon forged detente with the Soviets and Chinese following the Vietnam War in 1973.  That year also brought the Arab oil embargo, the pegging of oil to the US dollar, the launch of oil futures markets and the advent of a burgeoning Eurodollar market in London.  Soon after Nixon held the detente summits with his counterparts Leonid Brezhnev and Zhou En-lai, Chase Manhattan opened a branch in Moscow and started a correspondent banking relationship with the Bank of China. [719]

Nixon appointed William Casey to head the Export-Import Bank.  Casey was a CFR insider and leading Knight of Malta.  He later managed Ronald Reagan’s 1980 October Surprise Presidential Campaign and was appointed CIA Director.  At ExIm Bank Casey financed one of the grandest industrial schemes in history, the world’s largest truck factory at the Kama River in the Soviet Union.  The factory was built by Pullman Corporation and was financed 10% by the Soviets, 45% by ExIm Bank and 45% by Chase Manhattan, where David Rockefeller was now chairman.

Chase risked nothing since its money was guaranteed by the Overseas Private Investment Corporation and Foreign Credit Insurance Association.  If the Russians failed to pay the loans back, US taxpayers were on the hook for 90% of the Kama money.  George Schultz – CFR, Bechtel and Chevron Texaco director who was Reagan’s Secretary of State – was key to the Kama River deal.  Casey provided an ExIm Bank loan for Schultz’ Bechtel to build a Permindex-affiliated International Trade Center in Moscow in a deal arranged by Occidental Petroleum scion and Tennessee Gore political dynasty sponsor Armand Hammer.  Other Casey ExIm Bank loans funded oil and gas pipelines and petrochemical and fertilizer plants. [720]

The US detente with the Soviets and China had more to do with a thirst for new energy supplies by the Four Horsemen than it did with grandiose statements of “promoting world peace”.  China has huge oil deposits off its Senkaka Island in the East China Sea.  Just northeast of Senkaka lie the Soviet Sakhalin Islands, an area that contains massive oil and gas deposits.  The Soviet regions of Siberia and the Caspian Sea were even bigger oil prizes.  As Chase Manhattan Senior Vice-President Albert Wentworth put it, “The Soviet Union is the last great undeveloped market for the US.”

Columnist Paul Scott hit the nail more squarely on the head when he wrote in 1976, “It is Kissinger’s belief that by controlling food one can control people, and by controlling energy – especially oil – one can control nations and their financial systems.  By placing food and oil under international control along with the world’s monetary system, Kissinger is convinced a loosely knit world government can become a reality by 1980.”

Nixon Agriculture Secretary Earl Butz once bragged that through USAID’s P.L. 480 program the US employed “food as a weapon”, doling out food to nations who agree to follow IMF mandates, while withholding food from those who don’t.  Just as Kissinger’s IAE benefits the Four Horsemen of Oil – Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco and Royal Dutch/Shell; P. L. 480 enriches the Four Horsemen of Grain – Cargill Continental, Louis Dreyfus, Bunge and Andre.  As Chilean Minister of Agriculture Jacques Chonchol said, “Whoever controls food exports controls the world.”[721]

The Soviet Union was an artificial construct cooked up by the Illuminati bankers to create profitable conflict and, more importantly, to confuse the world’s population in the arena of political economy. The Red Scare they manufactured has become a Red Scar on the American psyche.

[1] The Robot’s Rebellion: The Story of the Spiritual Renaissance. David Icke. Gateway Books. Bath, UK. 1994. p.160

[2] Rule by Secrecy: The Hidden History that Connects the Trilateral Commission, the Freemasons and the Great Pyramids. Jim Marrs. HarperCollins Publishers. New York. 2000. p.195

[3] Icke. p.163

[4] Marrs. p.196

[5] The Rockefeller File. Gary Allen. ’76 Press. Seal Beach, CA. 1973. p.101

[6] The World’s Money: International Banking from Bretton Woods to the Brink of Insolvency. Michael Moffitt. Simon & Schuster. New York. 1983 p65

[7] Allen. p.114

[8] Merchants of Grain. Dan Morgan. Viking Press. New York. 1979. p.398

http://deanhenderson.wordpress.com/2011/08/24/red-scar-on-america/#comment-4284

Selected Commentator Comments :

@Freeborn Says: September 13, 2011 at 3:41 am

You say Lenin and Trotsky weren’t cognizant of how they were instruments of finance capitalists until it was too late.

Surely Trotsky had played chess with Baron Rothschild in Viennae, been cultivated by Schiff in NY-he even joined B’nai B’rith there-and finally married into these circles.

How could he not have known.

Lenin had conspired with Parvus in Zurich. Parvus pioneered the permanent revolution tactic during the Young Turk Revolution in 1908. According to Solzhenitsyn Parvus had “fathered a an anonymous resolution in the Soviet, its Financial Manifesto. What looked like a set of uncouth and primitive demands from the illiterate masses was really a programme of a clever and experienced financier striking at the foundations of the hated Russian state, to bring it down in ruins at a single blow.”

It was Parvus who’d persuaded the Germans to send the Sealed Train into Russia with Lenin and co. on it!

How could Lenin not have known of the plans of the Warburg financiers?

Isn’t there also evidence that Stalin was a Tavistock-trained instrument of the Rockefeller/Fabian nexus. He was at the Russian S.D. conference in London in 1907.

Who paid for Tavistock?

Interested in your thoughts on this………

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Subsistence food farming AFTER land distribution, AND growing and processing of fuel at the micro level (every family grows their own biofuel crop). The wealth distribution issue can be easily handled by ‘Counter-Agents’. So imagine every family with stockpiles of food and biofuel perhaps dating  generations back enough to last decades while solar power further prevents grid overload as well as prevent oligarch contractor crony progfiteering off electicity via fat cat bonuses for executives.

But this needs the people to vote in a manner that distributes unused state land, preferably under ALLODIAL TITLE and after abolishing EMINENT DOMAIN POWERS, as well as removal of the Army (see José Figueres Ferrer), through selection of candidates that will ratify the above.

If there are no candidates, the people must offer themselves or if rich enough (the regular rich worth a handful of millions is quite grassroots still unlike the billionaire types), at least fund proxies to run on the above issues. Kissinger’s plan will fail entirely. Food and fuel security will be guaranteed and independent of all middlemen, there will be no militaries to order around.

mini-ARTICLE 1.5

US ‘is running a two-party, fascist regime’
Mon Oct 8, 2012 5:19AM

The United States “is running a two-party, fascist regime” where “corporations and the bankers run the country”, says the chief investment strategist of AVA Investment Analytics.

In an interview with the U.S. Desk on Sunday, Mike Stathis said, “It doesn’t matter who wins the elections. First of all, all U.S. presidents are puppets. They’re puppets of the establishment. The guys that make the decisions are in the shadows”.

According to a study by Gallup, a growing number of Americans believe there is an urgent need for a third major party in the country.

The desire for a third party is fairly similar across ideological groups, with 61% of liberals, 60% of moderates, and 54% of conservatives believing a third major party is needed. The mainstream Democratic and Republican parties agree on most crucial issues that affect American lives most directly.

“They are going to send jobs to countries that have cheap labor… in order to boost the profits of corporate America. When it comes to health care, both parties– Democrats and Republicans– are going to continue to allow the health care system to be run by Wall Street,” Stathis said.

ISH/HJ

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Quite easy to find out if a real Third Force man, or a liferaft party in formation if any term limitless types or GLC types or plutocrats are included in the party.

The unholy Quran ADMITS JESUS is GOD

ARTICLE 2

Nanny state or smart tourism? Rome bans public snacking – Put that pizza away. A new law prohibits tourists from munching, camping near some of the city’s most famous monuments – by CNNGo staff 4 October, 2012

Contrary to popular belief, this fountain in front of the Pantheon wasn’t built for tourists in need of a place to wash their greasy pizza fingers.

Rome might be one of the world’s best destinations for foodies, but thanks to a new city council ordinance tourists will have to keep their delicious slices of pizza away from certain historical monuments.

According to Italian newspaper La Repubblica, anyone caught snacking around key locations in the city’s historic center will face fines of up to €500 (US$645).

The move follows similar bans in Venice and Florence.

Rome mayor Gianni Alemanno said the order was issued as part of urgent measures to ensure the protection of the historic center. Because we all know the harmful impact panini crumbs can have on ancient architecture.

Snack-free zones include the marble fountains of Piazza Navona, the stone walls around the Pantheon and Via dei Fori Imperiali near the Colosseum.

More on CNN: Insider Guide — Best of Rome

And just in case you were planning to spend the night, bear in mind that camping for the night at any of these sites is now forbidden too.
Leave your padlocks in the bedroom, lovebirds

Last month authorities took bolt cutters to Rome’s famed Ponte Milvio on the river Tiber to slice off thousands of padlocks placed there by couples inspired by novelist Federico Moccia’s “Ho voglia di te” (I Want You), in which two lovers place a bicycle lock around a lamppost and throw the key into the Tiber, symbolizing the eternal locking of their hearts.

The city council, which officially banned the practice in 2007, said the rusting locks were damaging the ancient bridge.

Maybe smart preservation. Or maybe the Eternal City is fast becoming the kiljoy city.

Do you think such bans are justified? Leave your thoughts in the comments box below.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

While the Vatican is already a materialist enmired failure, these moves are quite appropriate. Eating and drinking (gluttony) are as unspiritual or plebian ( . . . sh1t happens . . . ) as anyone can get. And a place like the Vatican should be focused on fasting and discipline (also sexual discipline especially more so for paedophile priests) and not earthly issues.

Or maybe the Christian Eternal City is fast becoming the killjoy city?

Joy is not about food for foodies. Eternity far less so. Sleeping allows ‘travel’ and camping means one’s spirit ‘wanders’ at night (presumably some priests get to enjoy their ‘purity carnale‘ from travellers as well too much. Good rules! How about the Pope address 3rd world Malaysia about BUMIPUTRA APARTHEID with the Ayatollah as well? So much theft of consultation at least deserves this much in payment, bring civilisation to the Oompa-loompas of 3rd world nations . . .

ARTICLE 3

POLITICS-U.S.: Wolfowitz Defenders Double Their Standards – Analysis by Jim Lobe

Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz – At a glance IMHO . . . a ‘Biffier’ version of ‘used-car salesman’ Blair (that ‘unilateralist Iraq war criminal’) on steroids . . .

WASHINGTON, Apr 17 2007 (IPS) – Some of the same neoconservative institutions that are defending World Bank President Paul Wolfowitz against charges that he unethically promoted the career and compensation of his romantic partner were among the most aggressive in attacking former United Nations Secretary-General Kofi Annan for alleged nepotism on behalf of his son.

The editorial writers of the Wall Street Journal, contributors to the National Review, and a senior fellow at the Foundation for Defence of Democracies (FDD), a neoconservative group whose journalist-in-residence, Claudia Rosett, led the campaign against Annan and his son, Kojo, have all rallied behind the beleaguered Bank president, blaming his problems on an entrenched officialdom determined to resist his corruption-fighting reforms.

“The only way this fiasco could get any worse would be for Mr. Wolfowitz to resign in the teeth of so much dishonesty and cravenness,” according to the lead editorial in Monday’s Wall Street Journal, which offered a detailed justification for the former deputy defence secretary under U.S. President George W. Bush.

“We’re glad the Bush administration isn’t falling for this Euro-bureaucracy-media putsch,” it added in what was the second of two consecutive columns on Wolfowitz’s plight.

“Paul Wolfowitz is my friend, and one of the most decent, upright people it has ever been my privilege to know,” wrote FDD senior fellow and anti-terrorism specialist Andrew McCarthy in the National Review Online (NRO).

“If it were up to me, there would be no World Bank. But if we’re going to have one, we should be grateful that Paul Wolfowitz is running it, rooting out corruption and trying to change the culture so that helping the poor, rather than pushing loans out the door, is the criterion by which it is judged,” McCarthy concluded.

POLITICS: Wolfowitz’s Allies Regroup but Leave Questions Unanswered POLITICS: Top Wolfowitz Postings Went to Iraq War Backers

The approach toward Wolfowitz’s current difficulties by both the Journal and the FDD, as well as by NRO and Fox News, contrasts strongly with their attacks on the former UN chief and his son, who was first accused in an article by FDD’s Rosett in the National Review three years ago of having working for a Swiss company, Cotecna, that was awarded a 10-million-dollar UN contract in 1998 to inspect “Oil-for-Food” imports into Iraq.

That was the first story of more than 30 published over the next two and a half years by the Review and the NRO on Kojo Annan’s business deals and what it considered a case of blatant nepotism and conflict of interest on the UN chief’s part – emblematic in the neoconservatives’ view of the corruption of the world body itself.

The Review-FDD campaign was bolstered by Fox News and the Wall Street Journal, which itself published more than a dozen editorials and columns, including several by Rosett, citing Kojo in connection with alleged UN corruption and the multi-billion-dollar oil-for-food scandal between 2004 and the end of Kofi Annan’s term in office Dec. 31, 2006.

Indeed, when Rosett reported in another neoconservative publication, the New York Sun, in late November 2004, that Cotecna had continued paying Kojo Annan 2,500 dollars a month for four years after he left the company in early 2000 – which Cotecna described as a standard non-compete deal – neo-conservatives stepped up their calls for the UN chief to resign.

“Annan should either resign, if he is honourable, or be removed, if he is not,” wrote the National Review at the time, while the Journal featured an editorial page column entitled “Kofi Annan Must Go” by Republican Senator Norm Coleman who, noting Rosett’s latest revelation, as well as other allegations of corruption in the oil-for-food scandal, declared that “(I)f this widespread corruption had occurred in any legitimate organisation around the world, its CEO would have been ousted long ago, in disgrace.”

In the event, the independent commission headed by former U.S. Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker determined in its final report published in September 2005 that, while Annan should have been more aggressive about looking into his son’s relationship with Cotecna once his ties were disclosed, he had not influenced the awarding of the contract to the company or known how Kojo had traded on his name to further his business interests.

The neoconservative role in vigorously pressing the campaign to discredit Annan for his presumed nepotism and force his resignation stands in sharp contrast to its efforts to protect Wolfowitz from similar charges in connection with his role in personally arranging an exceptional promotion and salary increase for his girlfriend, Shaha Riza, a senior World Bank communications officer when Wolfowitz took over in June 2005, as part of a package by which she was seconded to the State Department.

According to the New York Times on Tuesday, Wolfowitz may also have played a role in getting her a short-term consultancy with a major defence contractor, Science Applications International Corporation (SAIC), in 2003, when he was serving at the Pentagon.

In its two editorials, the Journal has argued at length that Wolfowitz had tried to recuse himself from any decision regarding her career when he was first hired, but that he was subsequently forced to make the secondment arrangements himself after the Bank’s executive board and ethics committee allegedly instructed him to do so.

Consistent with a Fox News investigative report published online and aired over the weekend, the Journal wrote Monday that the ethics committee chairman, Ad Melkert, had effectively approved the secondment package and went on to suggest that Wolfowitz may have fallen into a trap set by the board to manoeuvre him into a conflict of interest.

Documents released Friday by the Bank make “us wonder if some bank officials weren’t trying to ambush Mr. Wolfowitz from the start,” it said, adding that “it’s clear that his enemies – especially Europeans who want the bank presidency to go to one of their own – are now using this to force him out of the bank.”

Michael Rubin, a Middle East specialist at the American Enterprise Institute who worked for Wolfowitz’s former Pentagon boss, Donald Rumsfeld, in the run-up to the war in Iraq, informed NRO readers that the Wall Street Journal editorial was a “must-read”.

The Journal and other supporters also tried to downplay the significance of what Wolfowitz had done. The Journal called it a “mini-flap” involving “ethical minutiae”, while Jonah Goldberg, a regular contributor to the NRO, referred favourably to a Los Angeles Times column by neo-conservative legal scholar Ruth Wedgwood, entitled “The Wolfowitz Non-Story”.

Wolfowitz and Shaha, she argued, are victims of a “mob mentality”, echoing charges by Victor Davis Hanson, yet another neoconservative at NRO, that Wolfowitz is “facing a lynch mob over perhaps a… one-time lapse of judgment in regard to compensation of a companion – nothing, however, ranking with the various scandals surrounding Kofi Annan, whose son profited by United Nations exemptions given through his family ties.”

What the scandal is really about is “payback for Iraq”, according to Hanson, whose views often reflect those of Vice President Dick Cheney, reportedly Wolfowitz’s main supporter within the Bush administration.

Ironically, the same was said by Annan’s supporters during the Kojo scandal. “The reality is that the current calls for Annan’s head are provoked by his opposition to America’s pre-emptive war in Iraq,” noted Ian Williams, the UN correspondent for The Nation weekly in late 2004 after Coleman called for Annan’s resignation.

Indeed, as the neoconservative campaign against the secretary-general gathered steam in the fall of 2004, James Traub, in a Los Angeles Times article entitled “Lynch Mob’s Real Target is the U.N., Not Annan,” wrote: “(W)hat conservatives cannot accept, at bottom, is the premise that an international body, even one over which the United States exercises enormous sway, should be allowed to pass on the legitimacy or legality of American actions.”

(NOTE: The reference to Michael Rubin of American Enterprise Institute has been corrected.)

http://www.ipsnews.net/2007/04/politics-us-wolfowitz-defenders-double-their-standards/

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

That tears the UN, making UN all about nepotism. And such a pity that NAM is all about Muslims who obviously do not understand that secular people exist and have rights too.  BRICS ready to take over where UN and NAM appear to be failing? Russia and China are too sharp witted for this to do them in are they? Socialism would expect at least this much – to prohibit the plague of nepotism as in Russia’s and China’s Iron Curtain style Laws against nepotism! The world is counting on BRICS and any Red Coats left in USA now! Live up to the name Wolfowictz, to the level where Wolves are, this is not about ‘WW3 Preppers’ or cool couples that live with actual Wolves, this is about Remus and Romulus, the Kittim Throne of the Archonic Planetary Intelligences that non-monotheistic Zoroaster knew well!

ARTICLE 4

Nuclear operators must act now on safety: EU – by Barbara Lewis – Posted 2012/10/04 at 1:32 pm EDT

BRUSSELS, Oct. 4, 2012 (Reuters) — Regulators and operators should act now to improve safety at nuclear power plants, the EU energy commissioner said on Thursday, following inspections across the European Union.
European Energy Commissioner Gunther Oettinger speaks at a news conference on the EU Nuclear Stress Tests in Brussels October 4, 2012. REUTERS/Yves Herman

The stress tests, carried out in the aftermath of the Fukushima disaster, found safety improvements costing between 10 billion ($12.90 billion) and 25 billion euros were necessary in European plants, a draft seen by Reuters showed this week.

“Nearly everywhere there is major potential for improvement,” Energy Commission Guenther Oettinger told reporters.

“We therefore think that we should talk together with operators and regulatory authorities to act rapidly so that the highest possible standards can be guaranteed very soon.”

One of the lessons of Fukushima was that two natural disasters could strike at the same time and knock out the electrical supply system of a plant completely, so it could not be cooled down.

The stress tests sought to avert any repeat of that series of events by establishing whether nuclear plants can withstand natural disasters, aircraft crashes and management failures, as well as whether adequate systems are in place to deal with power disruptions.

Among the findings were that on-site seismic instruments should be installed or improved in 121 reactors.

In addition, 24 reactors did not have a back-up emergency room in case the main control room became uninhabitable.

LIMITS OF EU POWER

Because EU authorities do not have power to determine the energy mix of member states, the stress tests were voluntary, but Oettinger said they would not just be “put in a drawer”.

“We are at the beginning of a new European safety dynamic,” he said.

He confirmed the Commission would follow up with legislative proposals early next year to enhance safety.

The proposals would include insurance and liability, but Oettinger said it was not yet clear what that might mean for electricity bills.

Austria, which banned nuclear plants in 1974, said the stress tests were “good, but not good enough”.

“Our demand is very clear: retrofit nuclear plants or shut them down,” Austrian Environment Minister Niki Berlakovich told reporters in Vienna, referring to the possibility of adding safety measures.

Rebecca Harms, a Green member of the European Parliament, told Reuters Television the stress tests report had dodged the tough questions, but said they had still served to highlight the problems.

“Mr Oettinger has done the debate on lacking security standards a great favor,” she said.

She added that the tests had “produced a handsome list of deficiencies, showing that there is a large deficit of security standards in every country that runs nuclear power plants”.

ASN, the nuclear regulator in France, which relies on atomic energy for about 75 percent of its power, was highly critical of the report, saying “some important recommendations had been ignored”.

It has already said France needs to invest billions of euros.

The chief inspector of Britain’s nuclear plants, Mike Weightman, who also made recommendations for improvements after Fukushima, said: The stress test process was a valuable exercise, reinforcing the conclusions we had reached here in the UK”.

($1 = 0.7751 euros)

(Additional reporting by Oliver Denzer; Michael Shields in Vienna; Marion Douet in Paris; editing by William Hardy and Jason Neely)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

EU no power? Rubbish. Charlemagne would turn in his grave, though EU has been particularly parsimonious for a power that wants to control Europe. If a nuclear plant in some 3rd world trash heap or corrupted 1st world colluding cut corner type nation is going to irradiate the world, destroying ecosystems and humanity eventually, the UN should send peacekeepers to dismantle the nuclear plant and bury all nuclear parts and place bans on that nation. Hear that peacekeepers? When that nuke plant blows, nothing on the planet will be left unirradiated, INCLUDING the UN peacekeepers’ families. Nuclear is too messy and likely spiritually wrong. Switch to solar or fusion instead.

ARTICLE 5

Duma council to be manned with popular bloggers – MP – Published: 09 October, 2012, 15:58 (RIA Novosti / Ramil Sitdikov)

The newly formed parliament committee for the mass media will include a public council of expert bloggers with audiences of several thousand users, the head of the new body has said.

The committee made the creation of the expert council of bloggers a separate issue in its program, LDPR MP Aleksei Mitrofanov said in an interview, promising to disclose the details of the plan in the near future.

So far, the politician announced that he wanted to include “popular bloggers of the Runet (a colloquial name for the Russian-language segment of the Internet)” in this group. He added that the bloggers’ sex or age will not matter only the popularity of the candidates. The consultative council will comprise those who have tens of thousands of regular readers, Mitrofanov promised.

Another author of the project, LDPR MP Vadim Dengin disclosed more details. He said the bloggers will take part in the discussion of all bills that concern the internet so that no one could accuse the MPs that they adopt bills without prior discussion with experts.

Dengin added that it was possible the council will include not only bloggers but also professional systems administrators and owners of social networks, both from Russia and from abroad.

The MP also said that he had personal ambitions connected with the plans – “I want to fight crime in social networks. I want punishment for the creeps who use social networks to corrupt our children, who fill the internet with pornography, who write mean things about people or publish unverified reports,” the politician noted.

The initiative caused little enthusiasm among bloggers. Dmitry Ternovsky, who was among the first candidates Dengin proposed for the council, told reporters that “he had other things to do”. Web guru and a top executive in the blogging platform Livejournal, Anton Nosik, said that he could not figure out the objectives of even the mass media committee within the parliament, to say nothing about the consultative body within the committee.

The news came as Russian authorities are struggling to introduce more regulations on the internet. In late August the leading parliamentary party United Russia suggested to amend the new law that reintroduced criminal responsibility for libel with an article that would prosecute anonymous internet users.

In November a new law will come into force in Russia that will allow government agencies to block access to sites with hazardous or dangerous information. Providers can contest this decision in court. Previously, a court had to agree the text or other material was extremist so a ban could be put in place.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

These bloggers will end up as proxy oligarchs on VVIP payrolls via manufactured hits. This problem could scuttle the logic behind this without a ready platform of access to telecoms records which again can be manufactured even if expertise of this panel is not bribed or threatened or of such companies will asset to or even be required by colluding MPs who would not ratify such requirements/vetting councils. Who watches the watchers watching the MPs?

Then see below Article 6.

ARTICLE 6

Rights Council members to be selected via internet voting – Published: 22 June, 2012, 16:51

Head of the Moscow Helsinki Group Lyudmila Alekseyeva (RIA Novosti/Alexander Utkin)

A new mechanism for forming the residential Council for the Development of Civil Society and Human Rights has been suggested after over a dozen of members quit the body. Now candidates will be selected through internet voting.

“A conference was called at the presidential administration yesterday, at which a new practice was proposed, and we will turn to the public, since the Council deals with civil society development,” said the head of the institution, Mikhail Fedotov.

A discussion of new candidates for council members will be opened on the organization’s website from July 1 till August 1. Within that month, any public organizations will be able to propose their nominees for the 13 now vacant positions.

Following that, internet voting will be launched, Fedotov said, adding that any citizen will have a chance to participate in it. A list of 39 candidates will be formed as a result of the internet poll and the president will pick 13 out of them.

“As for my personal attitude towards this new order: why not try that? Let’s do that. But to me it seems questionable, because in this situation the entire team of the Council should be changed,” Fedotov observed.

According to the rights activist, there is a danger that the organization might become unworkable.

Meanwhile, one more Rights Council member has announced their decision to quit:the head of Russia’s oldest human rights organization, the Moscow Helsinki Group, Lyudmila Alekseeva. However, she said she could reconsider her position in case the new mechanism is not approved.

“I’m ready to work in the Council if there won’t be this new supposedly democratic [formation] method, which in fact is sly and is aimed at the elimination of the Council,” Alekseeva told Interfax.

The Council – the presidential advisory body on human rights – originally consisted of 40 members. Its current team was formed back in 2009. However, over a dozen quit it after the December State Duma poll and then Vladimir Putin’s return to the Kremlin.

ARTICLE 7

‘Putin illegitimate president’ – rights activist – Published: 02 May, 2012, 14:59

Presidential Council for Civil Society and Human Rights. Gorki residence. (RIA Novosti / Ekaterina Shtukina)

Several members of the Russian Presidential Council for Human Rights are planning to quit the body after Vladimir Putin’s return to the Kremlin.

Political analyst Dmitry Oreshkin made the decision to leave the council after his report on election violations was removed from the agenda of the body’s final meeting with the outgoing President Dmitry Medvedev on Saturday. The official pretext for the move was Medvedev’s tight schedule, Oreshkin told Vedomosti daily.

The rights activist, citing data provided by vote observers, stated that Putin got 50-52 per cent of votes as opposed to the official 63 per cent.

“I consider Putin an illegitimate president and I won’t be able to work in his council,” Oreshkin told the paper.

The head of Transparency International Russia, Elena Panfilova announced her decision to quit during the Saturday meeting with the president. She said she remained the council member only because she promised the mother of Sergey Magnitsky – Hermitage Capital lawyer who died in a Moscow detention centre in 2009 – to investigate his death.

“Now I think I’ll do a lot more with my civil activity in my current job,” Panfilova told Kommersant daily on Wednesday.

Another Council member, Svetlana Gannushkina – the chairwoman of the Civic Assistance organization that helps refugees – also said earlier she would leave her post in the body.

In December last year, rights activist Irina Yasina and journalist Svetlana Sorokina left the HR Council in protest against alleged violations during the State Duma poll.

Under the law, after the new head of state takes office, he is entitled to form all his councils from a scratch.

The chairman of the Kremlin council, Mikhail Fedotov said he was ready to continue his work with Putin if he is invited to. He stressed though that if “outstanding people” – current members of the organization – “are replaced with some kind of ceremonial bystanders or those who attack human rights, it would be a completely different council.”

“And I wouldn’t want to be its chairman,” Fedotov told a media conference on Wednesday, cites RIA Novosti.

Head of the Moscow Helsinki Group Lyudmila Alekseeva underlined that human rights activists’ work involves close cooperation with the state authorities. For that reason the veteran rights activist in Russia intends to remain the member of the council.

Current members of the body who will not be included in the newly formed one will form a public organization for the development of civil society, Alekseeva told journalists.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Quitting (much like refusing to vote) is for cowards or pro-establishment creeps. File suit or legal action. I’d expect Putin to prefer to stay out of the limelight after the 2nd term so as to better ‘re-KGB-tise’ Russia. One does not have to be President to control a place like Russia! Not very Iron Curtain-like . . . who are the real men in the shadows then if Putin is the frontman? Much like Ai Weiwei the Nudist in China, Russia need not even fear silly kids like these, but does need to have more venues for this sort of ‘steam letting’ behaviour . . .

ARTICLE 8

Student midwife turned away from breastfeed class – because he’s male – by Martyn Halle – PUBLISHED: 00:51 GMT, 7 October 2012 | UPDATED: 00:51 GMT, 7 October 2012

Chris Butt, 30, has been refused entry to sessions because women are ‘sensitive to men being present
He is one of only 132 male midwives out of 20,000 in the UK

A student training to be one of  the country’s few male midwives  has been prevented from attending breastfeeding classes – because he is a man.

Chris Butt, 30, who is in the second year of a three-year training course, tried to attend breastfeeding classes run by the National Childbirth Trust (NCT) near his university.

But since last summer he has been rebuffed several times by local branches that have refused to allow him to attend certain sessions after claiming some women are ‘sensitive’ to men being present.

Rebuffed: Chris Butt has been turned away from breastfeeding classes

Mr Butt, who is studying at Bournemouth University, has had the backing of his course tutor and the head of midwifery at the Royal Hampshire County Hospital in Winchester, where he is doing his on-the-job training and has delivered five babies on his own.

The Department of Health encourages women to breastfeed because  of the health benefits, and midwives play a key role in educating new mothers.

Britain has one of the lowest breastfeeding rates in the world.

Even so, members of the NCT in Southampton objected to Mr Butt’s presence at the women-only class despite the fact he is a health professional – but said they would have no problem with a female midwife.

The NCT said he was invited to attend more open classes in which the male partners of new mothers also attend.

But Mr Butt – one of only 132 male midwives out of 20,000 in the UK – has criticised the situation in an  article for Midwives, the magazine of the Royal College of Midwives.

‘I didn’t believe for one minute that I would be turned away from breastfeeding groups,’ he wrote.

‘Do the facilitators of such clinics think I practise midwifery in some magical way where I don’t see intimate parts of women’s bodies?

Do they think I stand behind a screen as a baby’s head is crowning, shouting out advice on when to breathe?’

Training: The Royal Hampshire County Hospital, Winchester, Hampshire, where the student is training

Mr Butt originally agreed to expand on his comments in Midwives but said he had come ‘under pressure’ not to say anything further.

The NCT denied it was against men attending breastfeeding groups.

A spokesman said: ‘He wanted to attend a women-only session, where there were no break-out rooms available if the women attending felt uncomfortable with a male presence.

‘We also offered him the opportunity to attend an antenatal breastfeeding workshop.’

One breastfeeding counsellor in Southampton said: ‘Chris has to understand that some women are sensitive to a man’s presence.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

One breastfeeding counsellor in Southampton said: ‘Chris has to understand that some women are sensitive to a man’s presence.’

There are men everywhere and men also have nipples that can actually produce milk for breast feeding as well (though not naturally). While many men might want to learn at a breastfeeding class, almost all men do not want to breast feed from their own nipples, though likely a small number do enjoy and engage in obviously male (though not male looking at all) ‘sexual oriented breast augmentation culture as ‘shemales’, while a fair sized number do enjoy shemale subculture (males with augmented breasts) in private clubs etc..

This sensitivity must not be turned into disenfranchisement by EDUCATING women who have these psychological problems. Political Correctness swings both ways. The same way women want to breast feed in public places without issue, nudists want to use parks or ‘doggers’ want to have sex in the open (preferably in designated areas or at least booths much like milk-nursing booths) have a right as well – while wearing kibbutz or hijab. To merely attend a breast feeding class in a non-sexualised class should not be an issue ESPECIALLY if the man in question is not being covertly (or overtly in the obviously disenfranchisable cases) sexual or participating for titillation purposes rather than educational. This is a HUMAN lesson, not a male or female lesson.

ARTICLE 9

Prison nurse who had sex with rapist in his cell while colleagues stood guard outside is jailed for three years – by Emma Clark – PUBLISHED: 20:36 GMT, 8 October 2012 | UPDATED: 06:48 GMT, 9 October 2012

Karen Cosford, 47, told violent rapist Brian McBride she loved him and couldn’t wait for their future together
Three of her colleagues knew about the relationship but kept quiet in return for promised money
All four were jailed for misconduct while at Wakefield Prison in West Yorkshire
Cosford’s prison negotiator husband Derrie Cosford found out about the affair when he was called to investigate McBride

Karen Cosford, 47, arriving at Bradford Crown Court, was jailed for three years over the sexual relationship

A prison nurse who had sex with a violent rapist in his cell while her colleagues stood guard has been jailed for three years.

A team of Karen Cosford’s colleagues were also jailed for misconduct after keeping her relationship with ‘evil’ lifer Brian McBride a secret – believing their discretion would be financially rewarded.

Married Cosford, 47, whose husband also worked in the prison service, sent the serial rapist a catalogue of texts telling him ‘you are my world’, ‘miss you so much’ and ‘can’t wait for you to get out’.

By chance her unwitting husband Derrie Cosford, a prison negotiator, became part of the investigation into McBride – who hinted of his wife’s lies and deceit.

The shamed nurse’s claims that she had been forced into the relationship were dismissed by a jury at Bradford Crown Court, who found her guilty of misconduct in a public office for the sexual relationship, failing to notify authorities that McBride had a phone and purchasing top-ups for him.

Carolyn Falloon, 50, and Jacqueline Flynn, 46, who both worked with Cosford on the healthcare wing at the high-security Wakefield Prison, West Yorkshire, were also convicted of failing to notify authorities about the affair and mobile phone.

A third colleague Kevin Wilson, 57, admitted misconduct in a public office at a previous hearing.

Prosecutors said the guilty officers were motivated by ‘greed’ and were duped by McBride’s claims of wealth on the outside.

Sentencing the group today Judge David Hatton QC said: ‘It’s a sad business indeed when four people with previous good character, public servants who have devoted years of their lives to their vocation, should find themselves being sentenced for having abused their
positions of trust.’

Speaking to Cosford, the judge said: ‘You believed him to be a man of means and planned on continuing your relationship with him on the outside until you reached the conclusion that you had been strung along.’

During the four-week trial the court was told how Flynn admitted during police interviews that she stood guard outside McBride’s cell while the pair were inside and had heard them having sex.

The court heard that McBride, who was serving a life sentence for multiple offences of rape and violence, was in the healthcare centre as an in-patient and worked as a cleaner while he was there.

The affair came to light when a search of McBride on September 25, 2009 uncovered a mobile phone charger.

McBride was put in his cell while a thorough search of the wing was carried out and four mobile phones were subsequently discovered.

In the prison kitchen investigators found a photograph of a nurse, who was identified as Cosford, and an unsigned love letter hidden inside a bag of sugar.

The jury heard that McBride became agitated during the search, prompting a number of negotiators working in the Prison Service to visit him – one of whom was Mr Cosford.

High-security Wakefield Prison, West Yorkshire, pictured, where Brian McBride was serving a life sentence for rape

One of the wings in the prison which holds 570 inmates, 70 per cent of which are serving life

During a negotiation McBride hinted to Mr Cosford that he had been having a relationship with his wife.

Mrs Cosford, of Altofts, West Yorkshire, later reported to prison authorities that McBride had raped and threatened to kill her family if she reported him.

She said she was forced to text the convict and write the love letter which read: ‘I didn’t realise how much I do miss you until I went on holiday.

‘You understand me more than anyone, we can have a wonderful future together, everything we talked about will happen, just give it time…

‘I can’t wait for us to continue our relationship outside of the confines of this place…’

Referring to him as her ‘knight in shining armour’, she added: ‘You are the most understanding, patient, manly, kind man that I have ever known.’

Wilson and Flynn were sentenced to 15 months in jail. Falloon was given a 21-month prison sentence.

Prison officer David Sunderland, 49, of Wakefield, was cleared of failing to notify the authorities about McBride’s phone.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Suspend the prison nurse for unprofessional behaviour for 3 years or fire the prison nurse. Not jail at tax payer’s expense! The nurse had sex with the prisoner which is not criminal though the nurse was unprofessional and needed to be at most  suspended! As for commentary on the sex issue, this is a private issue except for the during working hours issue.

ARTICLE 10

THRONGS of men pack court house to catch glimpse of IT exec in sex-for-business case – Tuesday, 09 October 2012 16:08

SINGAPORE – ‘Star witness’ in sex-for-contracts case has throngs of men waiting outside court building hoping to catch a glimpse of her.

Each time she steps out of the car or out of the Subordinate Court building, you’d definitely hear the word “pretty”.

Inevitably, there’d be someone among the hordes of male gawkers asking another: “So how ah? Is she

The men, who were generally in their mid-40s or 50s, admitted that they turned up at Havelock Road for one reason: Ms Cecilia Sue Siew

Ms Sue, 36, was the prosecution’s “star witness” in the corruption trial of former Central Narcotics Bureau chief Ng Boon

The first part of the trial ended on Tuesday and it will resume on Oct 31. Ng, 46, faces four charges of corruptly obtaining oral sex from Ms Sue between June and December last year.

But it isn’t just the case itself that attracted the men who turn up at court during the trial.

Mr Lau Huat Chai, 55, confessed that he was there mainly to gawk at the star witness. He was waiting outside the court at around noon on Monday.

The part-time security guard said in Mandarin: “I’ve been following the case since the woman witness (Ms Sue) took the stand.

“She looks quite pretty in the newspaper reports and I was just curious. I wanted to see her in person.”

He had just ended his night shift at an industrial building in Lower Delta Road and decided to head over to the court.

Mr Lau added: “Once I see her, I’d go home to sleep. The court case? I can read about it in the newspapers later.”

Across the building, salesman Ivan Koh was waiting inside his Honda Civic.

He was stealing time off from work “since I happened to be in the area” to see if he can catch a glimpse of Ms Sue.

Mr Koh, 48, wanted to know if she was making an appearance soon.

He said: “I’ve been driving in and out of this carpark so I don’t have to put a parking coupon.”

Pointing to different groups of waiting men just like him, Mr Koh laughed and added: “Aiyah, you must think I am a ‘lao ti ko’ (old lusty man)… but eh, what about all the other men there?”

Mr Dickson Tan, who was there on Tuesday, was offended at the suggestion.

The 46-year-old tutor said in a mix of English and Mandarin: “Look, I’m here only because my wife told me it’s Cecilia Sue’s last day in court.

“And seriously, I don’t see what’s wrong in wanting to catch sight of a pretty face.”

Mr Tan added: “It’s like going to a publicity event and waiting to see a star, maybe like (MediaCorp artistes) Zoe Tay or Fann Wong.”

But others in the heartland that this columnist spoke to on Thursday and Friday were amused by the pictures of male gawkers and “kaypohs” (Hokkien for busybodies).

Madam Wong Siew Fen, 67, who sells eggs at a wet market in Tampines, said in Cantonese: “Terrible lah. If my husband did that (waiting outside the court), I’d be really angry.”

Her husband, Mr Au Teck Keong, 69, was amused. He said in Cantonese: “I can’t be bothered to go all the way there… but eh, is she really very pretty in person?

“I wish she’d taken off her shades, then we can see her eyes.”

And Ms Sue’s eyes were “so bewitching”, declared a man in his early 40s outside Court 5 on Tuesday morning.

Neatly dressed in a red polo shirt and jeans, he said: “A woman’s eyes are the windows to her soul.” He was upset that he came too late to be let into the packed courtroom.

Peering through the doors into the courtroom, he added: “All I want is to see my Cecilia.”

He refused to give his full name, but tried to get the media to talk to him. He finally gave up, saying: “Never mind. I just came here for my Cecilia.”

Businessman Joe Quek, 60, who was happily snapping pictures with his iPhone outside the building, summed it up: “The case is interesting. The details are so juicy.

“But it’d probably be less exciting if the witness is nothing to look at.”

He added: “Ms Cecilia Sue is different. She’s well-dressed, carries herself with style and struts like a model.

“She’s just like a star.”

-The New Paper

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Plenty of escorts prettier that can be hired and actually be accessible after being trained to strut or learning to dress, and who might even be loyal enough. Why even bother with this already attached woman? Make your own star of an escort much younger and ‘durable’ of your choice silly gawkers. This is media b.s. only beneficial to the ones who get to f— this woman, everyone else gets their energy sucked in by merely being there. Open your own IT business and get your own exec to have sex with, not be a hanger-on excited over people that have nothing to do with your business much less contracts that harm society. BTW those who mix work with pleasure are idiots and those who post false articles more so for selfish and undeserving reasons, will be the rubbish of society.

ARTICLE 11

NO JOKE! Taiwan showgirls strip for the DEAD – Tuesday, 09 October 2012 16:07

TAOYUAN, Taiwan: Dressed in mini skirts barely covering their hips, the two girls took to the neon-lit stage and moved vigorously to the loud pumping pop music. Their job: to appease the wandering spirits.

As the temple facade in the background changed colour from the fireworks lighting up the Taiwanese night sky, the show climaxed with pole-dancing and striptease in front of an audience consisting of men, women and children.

“This is hard work but I need to make a living,” said 18 year-old En En, out of breath after stripping for the crowd during the recent religious festival.

En En had just earned NT$3,000 ($100) for her act, which began on stage, but ended as she mingled with the audience, letting men touch her for tips.

Folk religion in Taiwan is a unique mixture of the spiritual and the earthly, and one of its most remarkable manifestations is the practice of hiring showgirls to perform at festivals, weddings, and even funerals.

The girls work on “electronic flower cars” — specially designed trucks equipped with light and sound equipment that can become a stage, allowing them to travel to performances often held in smaller cities and rural areas.

“The groups attract crowds to our events and they perform for the gods and the spirits to seek blessings,” said Chen Chung-hsien, an official at Wu Fu Temple, a Taoist landmark in north Taiwan’s Taoyuan county.

“They have become part of our religion and folk culture.”

At 26, Chiang Pei-ying is already a veteran performer with nearly 20 years of experience, travelling across Taiwan with her father and two sisters for their family business to entertain audiences — both alive and dead.

Chiang made her debut when she was in kindergarten because she liked singing and dancing on stage and has become a celebrity performer with her sisters, charging up to NT$80,000 for a 20-minute show.

She said she enjoys her line of work, even if she has to deal with some odd requests from customers such as walking around coffins and singing for the deceased at funerals.

“I’ve watched this since I was little so it’s nothing peculiar for me. Performing for the dead is just like performing for the living people,” she said.

“They liked to sing when they were alive and their relatives thought they would have liked to have somebody sing for them in the end. For me, I get good tips and I hope I am accumulating good karma too.”

Other performers, however, make much less money and tend to be more discreet about their job, especially those who still do striptease despite risking arrest.

Stripping nude is rarely seen in public now because it is a criminal offence, but partial stripping is still performed at festivals, private parties and funerals, people in the business say.

“Some people like going to hostess clubs, so when they pass away their relatives arrange striptease to reflect their interests while they were alive,” said Chiang Wan-yuan, Pei-ying’s father and a 30-year veteran in the business.

It is difficult to imagine a similar show going on outside a European village church, and some local critics have dismissed the practice, which emerged in the 1970s, as shocking and vulgar.

Others, however, see it as a natural extension of a traditional folk culture lacking in the sharp separation of sex and religion often seen in other parts of the world.

Marc Moskowitz, an anthropologist at the University of South Carolina, said the practice evolved out of the special Chinese concept of “hot and noisy”, which brims with positive connotations.

“In traditional Chinese and contemporary Taiwanese culture this signifies that for an event to be fun or noteworthy it must be full of noise and crowds,” said Moskowitz, who shot a documentary “Dancing for the Dead” in 2011.

He added most people who watched his work appeared to enjoy it and recognise this practice as an “interesting and unique cultural phenomenon,” which to his knowledge is only found in Taiwan.

“As I watched these performances, I came to appreciate the idea of celebrating someone’s life to help assuage the feelings of grief,” he said.

– AFP

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

But no such sexual rights for the LIVING in fundo countries!

mini-ARTICLE 11.5

Britain ends 10-year boycott of Indian politician – Thursday, October 11, 2012 – 20:22 – AHMEDABAD

BRITAIN said Thursday it would end a 10-year boycott of the leader of India’s western Gujarat state imposed over deadly religious riots there in 2002 that left three Britons dead.

Gujarat Chief Minister Narendra Modi, a right-wing Hindu nationalist, came to power shortly before the riots triggered by the deaths of nearly 60 Hindu pilgrims in a train fire that was initially blamed on a mob of Muslims.

He is accused of doing too little to prevent the blood-letting, which left more than 2,000 mainly Muslims dead in an orgy of violence and arson, according to rights groups. The government figures put the death toll at about 1,000.

Britain’s junior foreign minister minister Hugo Swire has asked the ambassador to India to visit Gujarat and meet Modi to discuss a “wide range of issues of mutual interests”, the British foreign office said in a statement.

“We want to secure justice for the families of the British nationals who were killed in 2002 (riots), we want to support human rights and good governance in the state,” the statement quoted Swire as saying.

Three British nationals – Saeed Dawood, Mohammed Aswat Nallabhai and Shakil Dawood – were burnt to death in Sabarkantha district of Gujarat, a state that is governed by India’s main opposition Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP).

Previously, British officials were forbidden from dealing directly with Modi, but there were contacts with senior bureaucrats in Gujarat, where British companies have invested, an embassy source in New Delhi said.

Britain’s effort to resume links with Modi’s regime came less than two months after a Gujarat court sentenced a former member of his government to 28 years in jail for her role in instigating the 2002 riots.

The August 31 sentencing of Maya Kodnani, who served as minister from 2007-2009, was seen as a setback for Modi who is thought to have prime ministerial ambitions.

Despite the scars of the sectarian violence, Gujarat in recent years has lured foreign firms to its soil with reliable power supply, good infrastructure by Indian standards, and the availability of educated but cheap labour. -AFP

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

All Malaysian VIPs, MPs who fight for Bumiputra Apartheid (raison d’etre style), support Bumiputra Apartheid, tacitly approve via silence Bumiputra Apartheid, or allow Bumiputra Apartheid for financial gains, or discriminate against LGBT or practice Hudud or extreme religion, need a lifetime boycott immediately by England which should extend to UN as well. Can’t have such pariahs running about polluting the 1st world with fundo mindedness or apartheid now can we?

ARTICLE 12

Gay abandon: Orthodox activists want Moscow free of ‘temptation’ – Published: 08 October, 2012, 14:11 – RIA Novosti / Ilya Pitalev

Orthodox Christian activists demand Moscow lawmakers prohibit the propaganda of homosexuality and shut down gay clubs in the Russian capital. That is in addition to a recent hundred-year ban on gay pride marches in the city.

The Narodny Sobor (People’s Council) movement has started collecting signatures under an appeal to the Moscow parliament asking legislators to work out a bill that outlaws the promotion of homosexuality. Similar bans have been introduced in St. Petersburg and several other Russian cities.

“We conducted a study earlier and found that such a law would not contradict international law. Homosexuality as well as its propaganda is a grave sin,” Oleg Kassin, co-chairman of the group told Izvestia daily.

First of all, “it’s necessary to close gay clubs” in Moscow since they “directly entice immature souls” into the LGBT community, he stated.

According to the paper, several city legislators vowed to support the move.

“We are ready to discuss the initiative with Narodny Sobor and to draft the legislation,” Mikhail Antontsev, a United Russia MP, told the daily. The bill could help to protect minors from “unnecessary information,” he believes. The deputy also insists that it is time to consider the adoption of a nationwide ban on the propaganda of “unhealthy relations.”

Another City Duma member, Vera Stepanenko is confident that the gay propaganda ban would help to solve the demographic problem in Moscow.

The Russian Orthodox Church also favors the idea.

“We have every right to maintain the purity of the society and to protect our children from all sorts of sinful manifestations. Both the Church and the majority of the community agree that homosexuality is far from being a normal thing,” says senior Church official Archpriest Vsevolod Chaplin.

In February this year, St. Petersburg’s city legislature approved a ban on spreading homosexual and pedophilia propaganda among minors. The law – which was initiated and promoted by United Russia Deputy Vitaly Milonov – provides for fines of up to about US$16,000 for individuals and $160,000 for organizations committing such offences.

The move triggered a wave of criticism from the LGBT community as well as from human rights organizations in Russia and abroad.

However, Russia’s Supreme Court confirmed last week the legitimacy of the St. Petersburg gay propaganda bill and rejected a complaint filed by rights activists.

Earlier, the St. Petersburg City Court also refused to review gay activists’ complaints over the law. The opponents of the ban stated that the text of the document uses the terms “propaganda”, “bisexuality”, “transgender”, “traditional and non-traditional marriage,” all of which have no legal definitions, reported Interfax.

Russian gay rights activists are set to continue fighting and filed complaints against the St. Petersburg ban as well as similar laws in several other cities to the European Court of Human Rights in Strasbourg.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is not fair to the MATURED souls. Perhaps if the Church wants to, how about stationing a priest at the entrance of the Gay clubs to make sure that any immatured souls could be barred entry bouncer style.

Common sense dictates that this sort of blanket disenfranchisement is obviously unfair and that fundamentalism should be dropped for common sense methods of ensuring everyone wins.

Russia is not going to be a great or democratic power if 10%-30% of the world’s LGBT population (approx?) is to be treated as criminals because the Church deemed some souls as immatured and decided to end all entertainment to all LGBTs including the matured.

Why is the Orthodox Church behaving like the Ayatollah? Next we know Russia will be in the Dark Ages and the KGB will be running every state enterprise and business. Want to see Russia never regain footing in the Soviet Union or become an Iran? Christian fundos should not be featured at all in media. Frightfully uncivilised and heartrending statements.

ARTICLE 13

Not another naked rambler! Naturist vows to continue his walks after judge overturns conviction for causing distress to woman dog walker – By Emily Allen – PUBLISHED: 11:51 GMT, 9 October 2012 | UPDATED: 13:45 GMT, 9 October 2012

Nigel Keer was arrested by PC Mark Buxton who said he saw a woman appear ‘distressed’ when she saw Mr Keer rambling naked
A judge dismissed the charge because a panel considered it unlikely that he had caused any alarm
He said the rambling wasn’t near a school or a street in a town centre but took place on moorland in broad daylight
Conviction is overturned just two days after The Naked Rambler was released from his latest prison sentence

A naked rambler has won a long battle to overturn his conviction for causing distress to a female dog walker who said she saw his genitals.

Naturist Nigel Keer, 42, will now be continuing his nude hiking – once the weather warms up – after a panel of judges gave a list of reasons to quash his conviction.

Mr Keer appealed after magistrates found him guilty of the public order offence of causing distress to the woman as she walked her dog at a beauty spot called Otley Chevin, West Yorkshire, last October.
Naked rambler Nigel Keer

Overturned: Naturist Nigel Keer, 42, will now be continuing his nude hiking – once the weather warms up – after a panel of judges gave a list of reasons to quash his conviction for causing distress to a female dog walker

The decision comes just two days after a man known as The Naked Rambler was released from serving his latest prison sentence.

Stephen Gough celebrated his freedom by taking a hike in his birthday suit through nearby Peebles.

He’s out… and they’re off. Naked Rambler freed from jail and back to his old tricks

The 53-year-old was jailed for five months after he was arrested in July for being naked near a play-park in Dunfermline.

Meanwhile, a judge at Leeds Crown Court told Mr Keer that his charge would be dismissed because the panel considered it unlikely that Mr Keer’s naked walk had caused any alarm.

The court had heard that Mr Keer was arrested by off-duty police officer PC Mark Buxton, who said he saw a woman appear ‘distressed’ when she had noticed Mr Keer rambling in just his hiking boots on October 2 last year.
Naked rambler Nigel Keer

Relieved: Bus driver Mr Keer, of Leeds, West Yorkshire, had denied the distress claims, and said naturism ‘is about body freedom’

Sitting with two justices on Monday, Judge Guy Kearl said PC Buxton, who said he had been shocked by the incident, would not have been able to determine if the woman was distressed.

Dismissing the charges, he added: ‘This behaviour was not carried out in front of a school or in the street in a town centre. It took place on moorland in broad daylight.

‘In view of the location of this incident, the time of day and the reaction of others as we have found it to be, we do not consider that anyone was likely to be harassed by this behaviour or intimidated or distressed.’

The judge said there were no sexual motives behind the incident, adding: ‘He was not deliberately flaunting himself or seeking attention or jumping out and doing what is colloquially called flashing.’

He said that the police officer’s reaction to seeing Mr Keer could also be considered ‘extreme given his experience.’

Bus driver Mr Keer, of Leeds, West Yorkshire, had denied the claims, and said naturism ‘is about body freedom and in a way it is a mild protest against the expected social norms of wearing clothes every day’.

Speaking after the case, Mr Keer said that he was delighted to have finally fought off the charge, which had kept him out of work for a number of months.

He added: ‘I’ve kept up the naturism, but I’ve been a bit more careful now. It’s a bit cold to be doing anything at the moment, but once the weather warms up, I’ll be back out there.’

Mr Keer has previously taken part in three naked world bike rides alongside other naturists.

He had first become interested after being sent a letter from British Naturism in 2004.

He initially thought it was a prank but he went on a naked swim anyway, leading to his love affair. He has even put it on his CV as an interest.
Rambling again: Stephen Gough, known as the Naked Rambler, was back doing what he loves yesterday – hiking with nothing but a pair of boots and a hat on

Naked: Stephen Gough was jailed for five months after he was arrested in July for being naked near a play park

When the case first came to court last October, he said: ‘I must admit that I was surprised when it came to court.

‘I don’t feel I have committed an offence or distressed anyone. People are a lot more accepting now than they were five or six years ago. On the whole, most people are quite happy with it.

‘I love walking about naked. It’s the feeling of being at one with nature and a feeling of liberation. If you are free of clothes you are free of worries.’

Artwork from Playboy. Way ahead of the narrow retards decades ago.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Suitable areas should be gazetted via maps which can be distributed to ramblers or ramblers on their ‘first offence’. Note that there really aren’t enough rambler friendly zones, especially in the central city areas. A nudist district in every international city seems about right . . .

ARTICLE 14

Lady Gaga visits Julian Assange as celebrity backers who acted as bail sureties for WikiLeaks founder are ordered by court to pay almost £100,000 – by Daily Mail Reporter – PUBLISHED: 19:29 GMT, 8 October 2012 | UPDATED: 07:42 GMT, 9 October 2012

Pop diva spent five hours with Assange and had dinner with 41-year-old
Chief Magistrate Howard Riddle said they had to pay cash by November 6
Assange has been staying in Ecuadorean Embassy in London since June
Wants to avoid extradition to Sweden for questioning over rape allegations

Pop star Lady Gaga visited WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange in the Ecuadorean Embassy as nine people who acted as his bail sureties were ordered to hand over a total of £93,500.

The singer emerged yesterday morning after spending five hours in Assange’s refuge in west London. She had arrived at 7pm and it’s believed she had dinner with the 41-year-old.

Assange, 41, has been staying in the embassy in Knightsbridge since June after going there to avoid extradition to Sweden to face questioning over allegations of rape and sexual assault made by two women.
Meeting: The world’s biggest pop star Lady Gaga met with WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange in London last night

Lady Gaga leaves the Ecuadorian Embassy at midnight, having spent five hours inside visiting WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange

He fears that if he is extradited to Sweden, he will be sent to the US to face interrogation over the whistle-blowing website, which has published secret military files and diplomatic cables.

Assange has been granted political asylum by Ecuador but faces arrest if he leaves the embassy after breaking bail conditions.

Chief Magistrate Howard Riddle has ruled his nine backers have to pay the cash by November 6.

Vaughan Smith, a friend who is one of the sureties, addressed Westminster Magistrates’ Court last week on behalf of the nine, who put up £140,000 between them.

HOW MUCH ASSANGE HAS COST HIS CELEBRITY BACKERS

Scientist: Nobel prize-winning biologist Sir John Sulston was ordered to pay £15,000
Sir John Sulston (Nobel prize-winning biologist, pictured) – £15,000
Lady Evans (the literary agent Caroline Michel) – £15,000
Phillip Knightley (journalist) – £15,000
Vaughan Smith (journalist) – £12,000
Sarah Saunders – £12,000
Tricia David (retired professor) – £10,000
The Marchioness of Worcester (the former actress Tracy Ward) – £7,500
Joseph Farrell – £3,500
Sarah Harrison – £3,500

He said all those who offered sureties of varying amounts are ‘convinced that they have done and are doing the right thing’.

At the court yesterday, the Chief Magistrate said he accepted that they had all acted in good faith.

‘I accept that they trusted Mr Assange to surrender himself as required,’ he said. ‘However, they failed in their basic duty, to ensure his surrender. They must have understood the risk and the concerns of the courts.’

He ruled that each of the sureties had to pay part of the sum originally pledged, as follows: retired professor Tricia David £10,000, Lady Evans (the literary agent Caroline Michel) £15,000, Joseph Farrell £3,500, Sarah Harrison £3,500 and journalist Phillip Knightley £15,000.

Also having to pay money were Sarah Saunders £12,000, journalist Vaughan Smith £12,000, Nobel prize-winning biologist Sir John Sulston £15,000, and the Marchioness of Worcester (the former actress Tracy Ward) £7,500.

It was revealed last week that the police bill for staking out the Ecuadorian embassy has reached more than £1million.

Scotland Yard confirmed it is costing £11,000 every day to ensure the Australian does not flee his bolthole at the Ecuadorean Embassy.

The final bill could be much more as the 41-year-old continues to defy extradition to Sweden.

Officers have been watching the property in Knightsbridge, west London, since Mr Assange breached his bail and claimed asylum in June. They have been told to arrest him if he puts ‘one toe’ outside.

Ecuadorean foreign minister Ricardo Pinto has warned Mr Assange he could be in the embassy for a decade if he is not allowed to leave Britain.
Lady Gaga arrived at 7pm and had dinner with Assange before leaving just after midnight

Lady Gaga seen at the Ecuadorian Embassy in London visiting the Wikileaks founder Julian Assange

Lady Gaga arrived at the embassy at 7pm and had dinner with Assange before leaving just after midnight

WikiLeaks founder: Julian Assange has been in Ecuador’s London embassy since June as part of his bid to avoid extradition to Sweden

Critics have called on the Metropolitan Police to end the costly stakeout.

Last week, Foreign Secretary William Hague admitted there is ‘no sign of any breakthrough’ after meeting Mr Pinto at the United Nations in New York.

The comments came after the hacking activist accused the U.S. of persecuting WikiLeaks and torturing Bradley Manning, the soldier accused of leaking classified documents.

At least four Met officers guard the embassy, on the second floor of a block of flats behind Harrods in Knightsbridge, West London, around the clock.

They have set up a £250,000 mobile command station on the doorstep of the building and occupy positions outside and in surrounding properties.

Officers from every London borough, specialist police units and undercover squads have been brought in to join the open-ended stake out.

One colleague said: ‘The officers are being moved around every three or four days to stop the boredom setting in.

‘There are certainly plenty of other things these officers could be doing than standing there around the clock.’

Holed up: The Ecuadorian Embassy in London where WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange has been staying at the embassy since June 19

Interviews: Vaughan Smith, a friend who is one of the sureties, addressed Westminster Magistrates’ Court last week on behalf of the nine, who put up £140,000 between them
The Marchioness of Worcester, formerly actress Tracy Ward

Involved: Vaughan Smith (left), a friend who is one of the sureties, addressed a court last week on behalf of the nine. The Marchioness of Worcester (right), the former actress Tracy Ward, was also a backer

London Mayor Boris Johnson confirmed the policing bill between June 20 and September 10 was £905,000.

If the costs continued at the average of £11,000 a day the total would now be over £1.1million.

Critics called on the Met to end the stand-off but sources said the force cannot step back from its responsibilities to arrest Mr Assange for breaching his bail.

Jenny Jones, a Green politician in the capital who sits on a committee that oversees the Met’s work, called for the officers to go back on the beat.

She said: ‘It is ridiculous at a time when the Met is stretched as never before that so many officers are waiting around the Ecuadorian Embassy for Assange to attempt an escape.’

Lib Dem Caroline Pidgeon, who also sits on the London Assembly, added: ‘For 100 days Assange has been evading an arrest warrant for the alleged offence of rape and trying to escape the fair judicial process of Sweden.

‘At a time when police counters are closing across London his actions are a gross waste of valuable resources.’

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Good show but as always more media frenzy oriented than concrete action. In a nasty scenario, the po-po could intentionally storm in AFTER Gaga visits, then we’d have an ‘Unidentified Woman Arrested along with Assange, Both Taken Under Rendition Laws To Timbuktu For Interrogation” (one can imagine the about of fun the FBI would have . . . ahem . . . ) headline while the US media will be going on about how Gaga disappeared or cynically black out on news on Gaga posting some fake news and manufactured articles that make it seem Gaga pulled a MJ . . . maybe they will feature a 7 foot + tall male entertainer/rapper wearing glittery 9 inch heels featuring similar cosplay/fetish/art-deco clothing called Gargarensis instead . . . maybe someone in Asia will throw a dice that will determine if either make out of there in one piece, or pieces of mind . . . or if that dice is not thrown, yet more people may yet become ‘unstuck in time’, courtesy and expense of you-know-who, so pay up as appropos or Apophis will propose against the posers poseuring . . . as someone else would say – Mr. Apocalypse goes into overdrive even as Apophis is not finished with the woody hollows . . . ‘pumpkin’ . . .

ARTICLE 15

Dutch architect dreams of future floating cities – October 09, 2012

A street scene in Amsterdam is seen in this file photo. When Koen Olthuis landed his first job in Amsterdam after graduating as an architect, his new firm wouldn’t let him work on the most historic or prestigious accounts. He only got houseboats. Today, Olthuis, who along with building partner Dutch Docklands, designed a section of floating islands for Dubai’s man-made Palm Islands development project, has also created a patent which scales up the technology used for a houseboat to floating structures big enough to hold cars, roads and houses. – Reuters pic

AMSTERDAM, Oct 9 – When Koen Olthuis finally landed his first job after graduating as an architect, his new firm wouldn’t let him work on the most historic or prestigious accounts in Amsterdam’s 17th century centre. He got houseboats. Floating boxes.

But the young Dutchman, who stems from boat building and architecture stock, dove right into his new job, and it wasn’t long before he started making connections between the principles of a floating house, and the battle the Dutch have been waging against the sea to reclaim land and stay dry for 500 years.

He thought, if a house can float, why not an office complex or a structure big enough to hold a whole city?

Olthuis, who along with building partner Dutch Docklands, designed a section of floating islands for Dubai’s man-made Palm Islands development project, has also created a patent which scales up the technology used for a houseboat to floating structures big enough to hold cars, roads and houses.

“Water is a workable building layer or a floating foundation and if you turn water into space, which is a dramatic change of mindset, there’s a whole new world of possibilities,” Olthuis said.

He said the basis for his design isn’t any different than the normal Dutch floating technology used for houseboats.

“It is just a floating foundation, mostly made of concrete and foam which is quite stable, heavy, and goes up and down with waves and up and down with the sea level,” he said.

The floating city of the future is still a dream, but Olthuis’s firm, WaterStudio, which he started a decade ago, designs buildings and floating structures which try to combat the challenges posed by rising sea levels.

“Because of urbanisation and climate change, all the big cities have space limitations. We can create space with water, space that others have never even seen,” he said.

He said he wants to create space where land is under threat from rising sea levels and compares the methods for building floating structures to the invention of the elevator.

“If the elevator were never invented, then cities wouldn’t have buildings with more than three or four levels, because nobody wants to walk up more than that. But with elevators, we can climb 20, 30 even 40 flights.”

Olthuis’s firm has designed plenty of floating homes in The Netherlands and is laying plans to start building an entirely new floating neighbourhood with 1,200 homes.

It has projects in India and China and has begun preparing the lagoons for a holiday resort project in the Maldives, a chain of islands in the Indian Ocean that is one of the world’s most endangered nations due to flooding from climate change.

“We started thinking seriously about designing a whole floating island when we got a request from the Maldives, which are threatened in the long-term by rising sea levels, and they are looking for new development opportunities.”

In response, Olthuis’s team and building partner Dutch Docklands designed an estate of 185 luxury floating villas, called The Ocean Flower, part of a larger development across five lagoons, including a conference centre and a golf course.

The islands are designed to move with the waves and sea levels but because they are so stable, Olthuis said being on one of his artificial islands is like being on normal land.

“You do not feel any waves.”

The islands will be connected to the seabed with the same sort of cables used in offshore technology, for oil rigs, which lets them stay in one location and not drift away.

“The development in the Maldives is for a happy few who can afford to buy their own floating holiday home,” Olthuis said.

But he said that building luxury resorts for the rich helps to refine a technology that can in turn be used to benefit the poor in places such as Bangladesh, where flooding regularly destroys lives and livelihoods.

“So we let the rich pay for the innovation for the poor,” he said.

Olthuis said future designs could see floating structures detached and moved to new locations, or new cities, put together like a puzzle, responding to particular urban needs.

For a man who was told as a young trainee to “forget about houseboats,” Olthius’s focus on water has had a resounding impact on the way he looks at space and the environment.

“I am a Dutchman, and for me, Holland is an artificial country. It is all fake. We live below sea level and it takes too much effort and money to keep the pumps working 24 hours a day,” he said.

Olthuis said that within 50 years, it won’t even be possible to pump all the water back to the sea and reckons it is time for the Dutch to forge a new relationship with water.

“We need to learn to live with it rather than fight it. We should let the water come back, and then build on it.” – Reuters

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Require that all buildings be built on foundations 30 feet high (with consideration for settling of buildings in waterlogged conditions) or more in anticipation of rising sea levels. Valuable or historical buildings can be raised as of now. Hi-rises can be modified starting from the lowest lying buildings. When all buildings are raised or modified, the pumps can be turned off. When the sea levels finally rise, Holland would become a canal city rather than a road city and instead of cars they could have boats and gondollas! Very charming! Time and the tide always winning . . .

ARTICLE 16

Is the afterlife full of fluffy clouds and angels? – What does the neuroscientist Colin Blakemore make of an American neurosurgeon’s account of the afterlife? – By Colin Blakemore – 8:47PM BST 10 Oct 2012

Dr Eben Alexander’s conscious self journeyed into another world. There was wonderful music and light. There were clouds, “big, puffy, pink-white ones that showed up sharply against the deep blue-black sky”.  Photo: ALAMY

Have you ever noticed that more people come back from Heaven than from Hell? We have all read those astonishing reports of near-death experiences (NDEs, as the aficionados call them) – the things that people say have happened to them when they almost, but don’t quite, shuffle off the coil.

They are nearly always pleasant and deeply reassuring in a saccharin-soaked way. Lots of spinning down warm, dark tunnels to the sound of celestial music; lots of trips along country lanes lined with hedges, towards the light of a welcoming cottage at the end of the road; lots of tumbling down Alice-in-Wonderland rabbit holes, but without the damaging effects of gravity.

True, Dr Maurice S Rawlings Jr, MD, heart surgeon in Chattanooga, Tennessee, and author of To Hell and Back, did have patients who reported very nasty NDEs after they came back on his operating table. Booming noises; licking flames and all that Mephistophelian stuff. But perhaps that tells us more about the challenges of living in Chattanooga, Tennessee, than about the metaphysics of life after death.

Predictably, the amazingly consistent, remarkably heaven-like experiences recounted by the majority of NDE-ers (yes, that really is what the experts call them) have been summarily dismissed by materialist sceptics – like me. Of course the brain does funny things when it’s running out of oxygen. The odd perceptions are just the consequences of confused activity in the temporal lobes.

But NDEs have taken on a new cloak of respectability with a book by a Harvard doctor. Proof of Heaven, by Eben Alexander, will make your toes wiggle or curl, depending on your prejudices. What’s special about his account of being dead is that he’s a neurosurgeon. At least that’s what the publicity is telling us. It’s a cover story in Newsweek magazine, with a screaming headline: “Heaven is Real: a doctor’s account of the afterlife”.

Just as you’d expect from a doctor, his account is precise and detailed. In the autumn of 2008, he contracted a very rare bacterial meningitis that he says made his brain “shut down” and put his “higher-order brain functions totally offline”. The soup-like state of Dr Alexander’s brain was, he writes, “documented by CT scans” (although CT scans don’t say anything about the activity of the brain) and “neurological examinations”.

Although the neurons of his cortex were “stunned to complete inactivity by the bacteria”, his conscious self journeyed into another world. There was wonderful music and light. There were clouds, “big, puffy, pink-white ones that showed up sharply against the deep blue-black sky”. And there were angels (well, perhaps birds): “flocks of transparent, shimmering beings”.

But then it gets really weird. It turns out that he wasn’t alone. “For most of my journey, someone was with me. A woman.” She had a lovely face and golden brown tresses, and she was dressed appropriately for a Cecil B DeMille movie, in peasant costume, in subtle shades of “powder blue, indigo, and pastel orange-peach”. She was quite a stunner. She looked at Dr Alexander “with a look that, if you saw it for five seconds, would make your whole life up to that point worth living, no matter what had happened in it so far”. It was a look “beyond all the different compartments of love we have down here on earth”.

Well, many of us, after a couple of pints in the pub with our chums, might say that we’ve had that kind of experience; but not with a woman flying on a butterfly wing, as Dr Alexander’s companion was. Although he “still had little language function” he was able to chat with the peasant lady, asking (understandably) where he was and why he was there. He was overwhelmed by the answers, which “came instantly in an explosion of light, colour, love, and beauty that blew through me like a crashing wave”.

After the clouds and the angels and the peasant lady, Dr Alexander went on to a “pitch-black” void, “brimming with light” from a “brilliant orb” that acted as an interpreter, explaining that the “universe itself was like a giant cosmic womb”.

You might have sensed a subtle hint of scepticism in my account. As Eben Alexander says, he considers himself a faithful Christian, and it’s therefore not surprising that he interpreted the chaos in his brain when he was almost dying in terms of his model of the afterlife.

His, and the multitude of other memories reported by people who have been close to death, have to be seen first through the prism of hard science. The crucial question is not whether such astounding experiences should lead us to abandon materialist accounts of brain function, but whether materialist accounts can possibly explain them.

Dr Peter Fenwick, senior lecturer at King’s College, London, consultant at the Institute of Psychiatry, and president of the British branch of The International Association for Near Death Studies, acknowledges that there are deep problems in interpreting first-person memories of experiences that are supposed to have happened when the brain was out of action. Since the lucky survivor can only tell you about them after the event, how can we be sure that these things were perceived and felt at the time that their brains were messed up, rather than being invented afterwards?

The same problem applies to dreams, indeed to any memory. Memory is notoriously fallible, and is treacherously easily misled by expectation. The cognitive psychologist Elizabeth Loftus has done brilliant experiments showing how the recall of real experiences can be transformed by what people think should have happened, and by what they are told might have happened.

In 150 years the science of perception has taught us that the way we appreciate the world around us is as much dependent on our expectations, our experiences, our inferences, as it is on the hard evidence of images on our retinas or vibrations in our ears. Remember the occasions when you have seen a face in the flickering flames of a fire, or been certain that you saw a person in the distance as you walked along at night – only to discover that the face in the fire disappears with the next burst of flame and the person in the dark is just a letterbox.

Is it not significant that the NDEs of Christians are full of Biblical metaphor? Either this confirms the correctness of their particular faith or it says that NDEs, like normal perception and memory, are redolent of culture, personal prejudice and past experience. Perhaps if Eben Alexander were a Muslim, there would have been the mythical 72 virgins on the butterfly wing, rather than the bucolic one. If he were a Buddhist he would be called a de-lok, a person who has seemingly died, but who travels into bardo – an afterlife state – guided by a Buddhist deity.

What Dr Alexander and his PR people claim is that his description of the afterlife is more authentic because he is a neurosurgeon. But when there is no evidence except the word of the beholder, a scientist’s accounts are no more reliable than those of anyone else. Would we literally believe the contents of a scientist’s dream because he or she has a PhD? If a scientist sees the lines of a visual illusion as wonky, should we believe that they really are wonky?

Science has progressed by challenge and disagreement. But what is needed to consider seriously the kinds of claims made by Dr Alexander is not flowery prose and hyperbolic headlines. It’s hard evidence.

But I am trying (not very convincingly, I know) to keep an open mind. I remember the story of the nobleman who asked the Zen Master Hakuin, “What happens to the enlightened man at death?”

“Why ask me?” said Hakuin.

“Because you’re a Zen master.”

“Yes, but not a dead one.”

Colin Blakemore is Professor of Neuroscience and Philosophy, School of Advanced Study, University of London

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Theory on Spirit and Eternal Soul

Inculpated imagery and studies will reflect in what a person experiences during a NDE. Speed of memory and recall also probably changes during NDE, allowing a person to experience LIFETIMES in the process. Actual death is of the body and the mind which allow perception. the SOUL however remains as so many philisophers say eternal and likely based on the EARTH’s magnetic and ionospheric field. All life and consciousness stems from the Earth though on the non-physical levels we may also exist but not in awareness of ourselves. Perhaps we ALL have a mirror image in Ethereal, Astral, Infernal and Celestial regions as well. When the body dies after experiencing the ‘visions of afterlife’, these portions of ourselves will instruct some living human-or animal bodies to have sex, and hence the immortal soul is reborn again . . . refutes or arguments welcome.

ARTICLE 17

Columbia classmate: Obama using IRS to punish me – Outspoken 2008 VP candidate claims president trying to ‘silence critics’

Art Moore entered the media world as a public relations assistant for the Seattle Mariners and a correspondent covering pro and college sports for Associated Press Radio. After graduating from Seattle Pacific University, he served with a Christian ministry during the “Iron Curtain” era in Eastern Europe for 10 years. His return to media included two years as senior news writer for Christianity Today before joining WND shortly after 9/11. He met his wife of more than 20 years at Wheaton College Graduate School, where he earned a Master’s Degree in communications. They have three children and a new son-in-law.More ?

The former Libertarian Party vice presidential candidate who has claimed Barack Obama was unknown to him and his fellow Columbia University classmates charges the president is using the Internal Revenue Service to punish and silence him.

Wayne Allyn Root – a pre-law and political science major in the class of 1983, like the president – told WND that despite a spotless tax record, he became the target of an audit in January 2011 when he received an “unsettling” call from an IRS agent who called himself a fan of his and considered it “an honor” to audit him.

Root won a complete victory three months ago in tax court, which found no taxes owed in his 2007 and 2008 filings. But then, he said, something shocking happened – something his tax attorney has never heard of in his entire career. Root was hit with a new audit just five days later, for 2009 and 2010.

“That order had to come from the highest levels of government,” he asserted.

“Obama is using the power of the IRS and other government agencies to punish his political opposition and intimidate and silence his critics,” Root charged.

Root has been a relentless critic of Obama in more than 4,000 appearances on political talk shows on TV and radio over the past four years, focusing on what he calls the president’s anti-business and anti-capitalist policies. He also writes columns and commentaries for many of the most popular conservative websites.

Root is now calling for congressional hearings “to determine if the Obama administration is misusing its power to damage or ruin the lives, drain the finances, or just distract Obama’s critics and political opposition.”

“It is time to demand an end to government witch hunts ordered by powerful politicians,” he told WND. “It is time to shine the light of day on government attempts to intimidate and silence political opponents. This just isn’t right, but especially to a small businessman who happens to have a media megaphone. I have a wife and four young children. This is just so wrong on so many levels.”

The IRS national media office told WND that Section 6103 of the tax code prohibits the agency from discussing matters relating to any taxpayer. An IRS media officer said she also would not be able to comment, in general terms, on accusations that the agency is being used by the administration to punish political enemies.

Purchase a copy of “Fool Me Twice” by Aaron Klein and Brenda Elliott and receive a FREE copy of their New York Times bestseller “The Manchurian President.”

Root began his career as network oddsmaker for CNBC, then called Financial News Network. He’s one of only 60 people to have a star on the Las Vegas Walk of Stars.

He believes he’s not alone, contending there is a pattern of abuse by Obama, targeting foes with IRS audits and government investigations.

He’s had numerous conversations with high-profile friends who contribute to the Republican Party or are GOP bundlers and also have been audited by the IRS.

Root cited, as an example, billionaire Frank VanderSloot, who became the target of investigations by both the IRS and the Labor Department after he gave $1 million to a super PAC that supports Republican presidential nominee Mitt Romney.

VanderSloot, 63, told the Wall Street Journal in July that he has been working since his teens, and neither he nor his accountants recall his being previously subject to a federal tax audit.

The GOP’s biggest donor, Las Vegas casino magnate Sheldon Adelson, believes a federal criminal investigation into his company’s business practices is politically motivated. Another casino giant, Steve Wynn, also is being investigated.

The D.C. watchdog Judicial Watch obtained IRS documents in 1999 that showed an audit of the non-profit Western Journalism Center – the parent of WND, which now has no affiliation – originated with a complaint forwarded to the IRS by the Bill Clinton White House.

The complaint had been faxed by a California resident directly to Clinton, Judicial Watch found. Once the audit began, an IRS agent told representatives of the Western Journalism Center that the audit was “political” and that decisions on the audit were being made out of the “national office.”

The Wall Street Journal and National Public Radio reported in the 1990s that under the Clinton IRS, an unusually large number of organizations critical of the Clinton administration had been audited, while no liberal organizations had been examined. A White House document, created by then-White House lawyer Jane Sherburne, showed that the Western Journalism Center was a concern as far back as 1994.

No sign of Obama at Columbia

Root noted he drew wide attention as the Libertarian Party vice presidential candidate in 2008 when he contended that although he and Obama were both pre-law and political science majors in Columbia’s class of 1983, he never even heard of Obama during his time at the university. None of the classmates with whom he’s spoken, knew of him either, he claimed. A 2008 Wall Street Journal article cited a Fox News survey of 400 people who were Columbia students from 1981 to 1983 and found no one who remembered him.

On the campaign trail, Root predicted Obama would follow the radical, collectivist strategy of former Columbia professors Richard Cloward and Frances Fox Piven to overwhelm the welfare system for the purpose of collapsing it and replacing it with a system of guaranteed annual income.

Columbia University in New York City

Root declared in 2008 that Obama “is going to try to badly damage the economy and bankrupt the business community,” sowing doubts about capitalism, by “overwhelming the system with spending, addicting a record number of Americans to entitlements, exploding the debt, demonizing business owners, and then trying to convince the masses to redistribute wealth (with massive tax increases).”

After the election, he published more predictions that Obama would carry out a purposeful plan to overwhelm the system, including a commentary, “The Real Obama Economic Plan: Overwhelming the System to Destroy Capitalism,” that ranked No. two for many months in 2010 on Snopes.com’s list of the most popular stories circulating the Internet. Another Root commentary, “Obama The Great Jobs Killer,” was quoted by Time magazine.

He has made frequent appearances on the Fox News Channel and Fox Business Network, debated a former Clinton White House press secretary on CNBC and appeared on left-leaning media outlets, such as MSNBC and CNN, including “Larry King Live.”

On an NBC special, “Inside the Obama White House,” he pointed out, NBC’s cameras showed the entire Obama staff in crisis mode over political pundits criticizing the controversial comments of Obama Supreme Court nominee Sonia Sotomayer. The scene in the special happened to feature a shot of Root criticizing Sotomayer in an appearance on the Fox News Channel.

In a commentary just two months ago, Root repeated his charge that Obama was unknown at Columbia, issuing a call for the president to release his college records. Calling himself “one of the most accurate Las Vegas oddsmakers and prognosticators,” Root wrote that it’s his “gut instinct” that “Obama has a secret hidden at Columbia.” He discussed the column on Fox News, dozens of national radio shows and in numerous commentaries on the Web. Talk host Rush Limbaugh read Root’s column on the air.

Last month, Root announced that he was stepping down from his positions in the Libertarian Party to focus on helping elect Republicans to office who share his small-government values. He reasoned that it’s not enough to have a “philosophical foundation rooted in liberty” if you can’t win as a third-party candidate. He made the formal announcement on the Fox News morning show “Fox & Friends.”

‘Zero odds’

Root told WND he believes the audits were a direct attack from Obama, because “the odds are zero” that the IRS “would be hounding and harassing a small businessman … not a jet setter, not a Fortune 500 CEO, not a billionaire … just a small-businessman who happens to be an outspoken critic of Obama.”

“I have a perfect tax history,” he emphasized. “Not a single blemish. Thirty years of filing taxes without a problem.”

Prior to the January 2011 audit, he said he had been chosen at random for an audit only twice in his life and came away both times owing “not a single dollar.”

“I’ve never been late with a tax bill in my life,” he argued. “I’ve never owed money on a payment plan to the IRS. Nothing. I’m a model citizen and taxpayer for 30 years. And now this?”

His ordeal began in January 2011, he said, with an “unsettling” call from an IRS agent that became “a highly unusual and intimidating situation.”

The IRS agent called his home and left a message, Root said, then, without waiting for a response, immediately called his accountant.

“We were both shocked at how eager and excited he sounded to get started,” Root said.

The accountant told the agent to never call Root again, because the accountant had power of attorney. Nevertheless, according to Root, the agent called Root minutes later at his home to tell him he was a big fan, had requested to do the audit and was “honored” to be auditing him.

“He said he read my political columns in the Las Vegas newspaper, listened to me often on the radio, often went to my website,” Root said.

The agent said he loved Root’s libertarian-conservative politics and agreed with most everything he said.

“I found that very strange, actually chilling,” Root told WND. “It did not feel right. I got a sick feeling in pit of my stomach. Why would an IRS agent say such personal things? Why would he disclose that he’s a fan of mine and agrees with my politics? Isn’t that a conflict of interest?”

Root said his accountant remarked that in 30 years of dealing with IRS audits, he had never heard of an IRS agent starting an investigation with a phone call to the taxpayer. All audits begin with a letter from the IRS through the mail. The next steps, Root said, were even stranger, as the agent immediately called the accountant then called Root again to tell him he liked his politics and was “honored” to be auditing him? Root’s accountant said he found the agent’s actions highly unusual.

“That was the tipoff something was out of the ordinary, something just wasn’t right,” said Root.

Root said the only conclusion he could draw was that the agent was imitating “Columbo,” the famous TV detective from the 1970s, “and trying to throw me off the truth.

The agent, he said may have been “ordered to make my life very difficult, distract me or destroy me, and he decided to play ‘Columbo’ to try, first, to befriend me and get my guard down.”

“I knew then this was no ordinary audit,” Root said.

Root’s accountant called back a few weeks later, after dealing with the IRS agent, to inform him that it was unlike any audit he had ever experienced. The accountant advised Root to immediately get a tax lawyer to protect himself.

“I knew at that moment that all my gut instincts were correct,” Root said.

“This agent clearly had an agenda,” Root continued. “He was acting unreasonably. He disregarded facts. He simply disallowed virtually all of my legal deductions. There was even a debate over my mortgage deduction. Something was very wrong here. This was a classic case of government persecution. Soon the agent was auditing a second year. It got worse with each conversation.”

Just weeks later, Root said, his accountant, himself, received his own IRS audit notice.

Root researched and interviewed the top tax attorneys in the country, emphasizing he hired “the best.” His tax attorney reviewed the audit and concluded that the IRS agent was “taking an unusually aggressive stance,” and Root owed no taxes.

The attorney appealed the case to the IRS tax court in California. Root said that after nearly 18 months of “sleepless nights, lawyer bills I could not afford, accounting bills I could not afford, and damage to my marriage,” he won “a full and complete victory.”

He added: “Who knows how many years off my life I lost due to stress?”

The tax court, he said, ruled that I did not owe one cent.”

“All of the IRS agent’s unreasonable assertions were thrown out,” he said. “Case closed. One-hundred-percent vindication. Complete victory.”

But five days later, the tax attorney called with bad news.

“Are you sitting down?” Root recalled the attorney saying. “I don’t know what to say, but the IRS just contacted me. You’re being audited again.”

Root noted that just five days before he had won a complete victory for the years 2007 and 2008 and now was being audited for the 2009 and 2010 tax years.

His tax attorney said that he had never heard of such a case in all his years practicing law.

Root said the new IRS agent handling the new audit treated his attorney with disdain and, like the previous agent, simply ignored the facts and denied every legal deduction on Root’s tax return.

“It was the same treatment all over again,” Root said. “Even though we had just won a complete, 100-percent victory only five days before.”

Root said that “as a man who makes his living making predictions and beating the odds,” he is betting 1-million-to-1 that the audits were ordered “by Obama or his henchmen.”

‘Chicago style’

Root insists he is not angry with the IRS but blames Obama and “his Chicago style of politics – to persecute, intimidate and destroy the opposition.”

“The IRS is filled with good people,” he said. “They are just like you and me. They are just trying to do their jobs, as best they can.”

However, he said, when “they get a call from high above, perhaps from the office of the president of the United States, then they are fearful for their job.”

“My outrage is towards President Obama and his henchmen,” Root said.

“This is so wrong on so many levels. Whoever ordered this against me and against many other Obama critics across this country – and against GOP donors across this country and against so many tea parties – should be held accountable.”

He said it’s “time for congressional hearings.”

“The president of the United States has no right to target his political opposition, or to try to freeze free speech,” he said. “Our Founding Fathers would be rolling over in their graves.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Spiritual Theory Based Around Synchronicity

Someone ‘that was’ Root cheated elsewhere, so Obama knowing the esoterica on synchronicity (for certain all greek alphabet society illuminati types do), had to act. The game company was to be blamed. The only way for evil to end is for EQUALITY to rule and those who follow rules to win. Any attempt to cheat in the system results in ‘Unfortunate Series of Events”, with any protagonists in the right, even if their actions were wrong. This is the start of wisdom and this is the only evil tolerable, without which Good cannot exist. Obama does system based spiritual housekeeping. Root is not directly to blame, being affected by the players of the “game”.

A lowest caste ‘labourer’ becomes VP of a political party, little wonder Heavens fall and Lands break when the ethereal characters at the top of simple hierarchies intended for fun are depicted act . . . a serious study of spiritual effects and links to online games must be carried out and INCLUDED IN EDUCATIONAL SYLLABUS, so that people can enjoy games and yet not destroy themselves and the world or the natural system and order of reality as we know it. Meanwhile though note that ‘games’ will have as much effect as the uncorrected Crony-Prison Supplier-Contractor Complex, Financier Student Debt Complex and those who neglected to amend laws or abolosh abusive laws liek Forced Military Conscriptions, Road Tolls ending freedom of movement and laws that impinge on the sovereignty of all individuals like Eminent Domain or lack of Allodial titles . . . refutes or arguments welcome.

ARTICLE 18

New speech-jamming gun hints at dystopian Big Brother future | ExtremeTech – Mar. 07, 2012

A speech-jamming gun by Japanese researchers. They say the gun can be useful for “facilitate discussion” or “mobile speech-jamming”.

New speech-jamming gun hints at dystopian Big Brother future – by Sebastian Anthony on March 1, 2012 at 6:37 am

Japanese researchers have created a hand-held gun (pictured above) that can jam the words of speakers who are more than 30 meters (100ft) away. The gun has two purposes, according to the researchers: At its most basic, this gun could be used in libraries and other quiet spaces to stop people from speaking — but its second application is a lot more chilling.

The researchers were looking for a way to stop “louder, stronger” voices from saying more than their fair share in conversation. The paper reads: “We have to establish and obey rules for proper turn-taking when speaking. However, some people tend to lengthen their turns or deliberately interrupt other people when it is their turn in order to establish their presence rather than achieve more fruitful discussions. Furthermore, some people tend to jeer at speakers to invalidate their speech.” In other words, this speech-jamming gun was built to enforce “proper” conversations.

The gun works by listening in with a directional microphone, and then, after a short delay of around 0.2 seconds, playing it back with a directional speaker. This triggers an effect that psychologists call Delayed Auditory Feedback (DAF), which has long been known to interrupt your speech (you might’ve experienced the same effect if you’ve ever heard your own voice echoing through Skype or another voice comms program). According to the researchers, DAF doesn’t cause physical discomfort, but the fact that you’re unable to talk is obviously quite stressful.

Speech jammer, in a library. Suffice it to say, if you’re a firm believer in free speech, you should now be experiencing a deafening cacophony of alarm bells. Let me illustrate a few examples of how this speech-jamming gun could be used.

At a political rally, an audience member could completely lock down Santorum, Romney, Paul, or Obama from speaking. On the flip side, a totalitarian state could point the speech jammers at the audience to shut them up. Likewise, when a celebrity or public figure appears on a live TV show, his contract could read “the audience must be silenced with speech jammers.”

Then there’s Harrison Bergeron, one of my favorite short stories by Kurt Vonnegut. In the story’s dystopian universe, everyone wears “handicaps” to ensure perfect social equality. Strong people must lug around heavy weights, beautiful people must wear masks, and intelligent people must wear headphones that play a huge blast of sound every few seconds, interrupting your thoughts. The more intelligent you are, the more regular the blasts.

Back here in our universe, it’s not hard to imagine a future where we are outfitted with a variety of implanted electronics or full-blown bionic organs. Just last week we wrote about Google’s upcoming augmented-reality glasses, which will obviously have built-in earbuds. Late last year we covered bionic eyes that can communicate directly with the brain, and bionic ears and noses can’t be far off.

In short, imagine if a runaway mega-corporation or government gains control of these earbuds. Not only could the intelligence-destroying blasts from Harrison Bergeron come to pass, but with Delayed Auditory Feedback it would be possible to render the entire population mute. Well, actually, that’s a lie: Apparently DAF doesn’t work with utterances like “ahhh!” or “boooo!” or other non-wordy constructs. So, basically, we’d all be reduced to communicating with grunts and gestures.

http://www.extremetech.com/computing/120583-new-speech-jamming-gun-hints-at-dystopian-big-brother-future

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is how incriminating thoughts can even be inserted into unsuspecting mind. Remember that the mind’s signals etc. are all probably replicable via neurotech. So when a brain is repeatedly inculpated with certain patterns of thought, we end up with no autonomy at all. While the bottom 70% are busy working, the top 30% no-working classes are busy ‘molding’ those working class minds into the form they want. To accept bad laws, to ignore nepotism, to ignore oligarchy, to be bribable, corrupt etc. and the top 1% will print all the fiat and bribe, while destroying the finance system and controlling those bought with wealth as well as poisoning the food via food manufactuers putting all kinds of colourings and flavourings and GMOs in food that destroy critical thought by weakening the blood brain barrier, flouridating the pineal etc..

Causing ‘grunts and gestures’ by the ‘Speech Gun’ will then be used by the colluding psychiatric establishment to label potential challengers of the insane system ‘insane’, even getting political party members whop happen to be neighbours or to move into the neighbourhood to harrass, and disturb, provoke into retaliating (preferably with enforcement actionable actions – the foul minded creeps know who they are) . . . then justify drugging the dissenters with dangerous mind destroying psychiatric drugs etc. if killing such persons is too obvious to further render them incapable of being a viable challenge. I know I have been there and that was for promoting things as responded to in this blog. And this is not even the spiritual dimension of the matter as well which goes deep into the nature of society, the caste system, and those of ‘dirty spirituality’ which is not the same as physical dirt or even jobs considered disresepectable.

Meanwhile though, the financial system will indeed collapse, then riots and war can break out etc.. and when every last clear thinking or critical thinking person is bought up or killed, destroyed, rendered politically non-viable, the oligarchs will place their sons and daughters in political positions while fawning political members in the respective political parties fearfull do not speak up due to ‘Supremos’ and Oligarchs, use neurotech against all dissentors, use NLP articles in news/radio, use neurotech to identify dissenting minds which are critical to democracy etc..

DO NOT VOTE FOR FIAT PROTECTING, GLC PROXY LINKED, MORE THAN 2 TERM, PLUTOCRAT, ALLODIAL REFUSING, FORCED CONSCRIPTION PURVEYING, STATE LAND/NATIONAL WEALTH SEQUESTERING MPs or candidates. They only care about themselves and will never protect the people will end the people’s free will with technology the instance such technolgies are sufficiently proliferated! Vote carefully and don’t care about who’s likable but who will protect democracy and diversity than anything else!

TV Reporters Speaking Gibberish on Live TV…Why Is it Happening …

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-1372538/Are-government-microwave-mind-control-tests-causing-TV-presenters-brains-melt-down.html

ARTICLE 18.5

A bionic prosthetic eye that speaks the language of your brain – by Sebastian Anthony on December 21, 2011 at 3:44 pm

They probably can tap into what one is seeing as well . . . so the end of privacy is here and unless voters vote properly, there will be a new form of dictator – the Technofascist who will decide even what you think.

In the grand scale of things, we know so very little about the brain. Our thick-headedness isn’t quite cosmological in scale — we really do know almost nothing about the universe beyond Earth — but, when it comes down to it, the brain is virtually a black box. We know that stimuli goes in, usually through one of our senses, and motor neurons come out, but that’s about it. One thing you can do with a black box, however, is derive some semblance of a working model through brute force testing.

Take prosthetic arms, for example: We don’t have a clue about the calculations that occur in the brain to trigger arm muscle motor neurons, but that doesn’t stop us from slapping some electrodes onto a subject’s bicep muscles and measuring the electric pulses that occur when you tell him to “think about moving your arm.” By the same logic, a brain-computer interface can measure what our general cranial activity looks like when we’re thinking something and react accordingly, but it can only do this through training; it can’t actually understand our thoughts. Taking this one step further, though, Sheila Nirenberg of Cornell University has been trying to work out how the retina in your eye communicates with your brain — and judging by a recent talk at TEDMED (embedded below), it seems like she’s actually cracked it.

Now, reading the brain’s output (as in a prosthetic arm) is one thing, but feeding data into the brain is something else entirely — and understanding the signals that travel from the retina, through the optic nerve, to the brain is really about as bleeding edge as it gets. Nirenberg still used a brute force technique, though: By taking a complete animal eye and attaching electrodes to the optic nerve, she measured the electric pulses — the coded signal — that a viewed image makes. You might not know what the code means, but if a retina always generates the same electric code when looking at a lion, and a different code when looking at a bookcase, you can then work backwards to derive the retina’s actual encoding technique.

Nirenberg did this until she produced mathematical equations that, with startling accuracy, encode images into neuron pulses that can be understood by an animal brain. In the image below, the far left picture represents the pre-Nirenberg state of the art prosthetic eye, and the mid two images are what her prosthetic are capable of. Not quite as good as the real thing, but when you imagine that this is a silicon chip being implanted into the eye of a blind animal and then wired into the optic nerve, you really ought to be awestruck. In case you’re wondering, the “transducer” that the image references is a piece of hardware that converts the output from the silicon chip into signals that are ready to travel along the optic nerve to the brain.

Comparison of various prosthetic eye/retina technologies

You’ll note that we’ve used the word “animal” throughout, and not “human.” So far, Nirenberg seems to have carried out most of her experiments on mice — but as far as we know, the eye, optic nerve, and visual cortex in mice and humans are fairly similar. The next step must surely be working out the mathematical equations that simulate the human retina, and then full-blown human trials. Personally, as someone who is short-sighted but not blind, I would rather go down the wireless contact lens display route — but imagine, just for a second, if one day a prosthetic retina with a higher resolution than its flesh-and-blood counterpart is made. Imagine if you could hit a button to digitally zoom in with your eyes — or, more likely, just think about zooming in.

Perhaps even cooler, though, Nirenberg insists that this same technique — wiring up electrodes to our sense organs and brute forcing the encoding technique — could also be used to produce prosthetic ears, or noses, or limbs that can actually feel. Presumably, at some point, with enough data points under our belt, we might begin to unravel the human brain’s overarching communication codecs, too. The age of bionics is almost here!

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Citizens, vote properly, the next thing we know, voting ‘suggestion bombardments’ will be subtly broadcast via Wiifi directly into your brains. When that happens, dictators and oligarchs will end all freedom and all democracy. There must be white zones which are gazetted in ALL public places including private residences. This could be allowed in certain ‘Techno-pubs’ or whatever districts, but nowhere else.

Technofascism and mind control are already here, and with the advances state of cell phone satellite technology, not inconceivable that voting patterns and ignorance of term limitless dictators’ abusive policies will end up ending democracy or even creating the Suicidal rich people, Columbines and Suicide Bombers that can be enhanced under exstacy or chemical druggings of psychiatric drugs that the bottom 70% civilians in a democracy will not want, but the 1% types, a Dictator or Ayatollah led theocracy would love. Bring on the Luddites. Demand white zones, or laws against use of such technologies or begin seeking only candidates for politics aware of and willing to ratify such laws or start tearing down telecoms structures.

10 Articles – 4 Articles on Tech and Policy, 4 Articles on War and Civilation, 2 Articles On Plutocrat Sheeple Entertainers : Ending the Labour of Driving, Ending Pollutive Energy, Ending Wasteful/Corrupt/Crony-Collusive Air Industry, Ending Road Tax and Road Tolls Entirely, Warmongers Need To Think Clearer, Far Right Yet Right (as in not wrong) – Ending the Tyrannical Among Muslim Mindsets and Handling Subtle Psychological Terrorists Without Contravening Their Rights, War Without Nukes, More on the Active Denial System (Millimetre/Microwave Gun), Fiona Apple and Bristol Palin – 2 Examples of Sheeple Plutocracy – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 27th September 2012

In Abuse of Power, Apartheid, Bumiputera Apartheid, conflict of interest, critical discourse, dhimmi, dhimmitude, diversity, electronic weapons, electrosmog, green, individualism, Informed Consent, Invasive Laws, Iran, Iraq, Islam, Israel, Judaism, lack of focus, Law, LGBT, LGBT Hate Groups, non-Muslim rights, non-Muslim Rights in a Muslim country, organic psychedelics advocacy, Organic Psychedelics Zone, Orwellian, political correctness, politics, privacy, product ideas, proselytization, Prostitution, public spaces, sex positivism, Sexuality, social class distinct programmes, social freedoms, spirit of the law, sub-culture advocacy, subculture persecution, technofascism, Technology, TSA, USA, vehicle modification on September 26, 2012 at 9:12 pm

ARTICLE 1

Self-driving cars are now street legal in California – by Tecca | Today in Tech

The state’s governor signs into law a bill explicitly allowing smart vehicles like the ones being developed by Google.

California has become the third state to welcome driverless cars with open arms. Governor Jerry Brown signed a bill into law today that officially legalized self-driving vehicles, following in the footsteps of Nevada and Florida. The signing event was held at the Google complex in Mountain View, Calif. where engineers have been working on driverless car concepts for years and employees routinely use them to commute to and from work.

Such vehicles weren’t technically illegal to operate before passage of the bill, but Google and others working on similar technology hope that by making their use explicitly legal it will clear up any confusion on the part of law enforcement and limit the chance they might be disallowed in the future. California’s bill reportedly contains fewer restrictions on the cars’ use than other states, such as Nevada where each vehicle must log a certain amount of testing hours before hitting the open road, but the door is open for potential regulations to be amended at a later date.

Google believes that smart cars will prove to be much safer than those with human drivers, in part because they won’t need to worry about distractions and typical reaction times. That belief was given some validity this summer when the search giant revealed that its driverless cars had completed 300,000 miles of testing without a single incident.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Thats the end of the chauffer’s job and the driving lessons for most of the middle and lower wealth classes, but lives of such users will be in the hands of the AI programmers. Non-Orwellian offenders need not bother, but anyone in 3rd world states had best avoid the system until some form or assurances are given. Potential for sabotage is immense.

ARTICLE 2

Tesla Supercharger Stations Let Electric Car Owners Drive Long Distances – AP  |  Posted: 09/24/2012 11:37 pm EDT Updated: 09/25/2012 10:36 am EDT

HAWTHORNE, Calif. (AP) — Tesla Motors Inc. unveiled a solar-powered charging station on Monday that it said will make refueling electric vehicles on long trips about as fast as stopping for gas and a bathroom break in a conventional car.

CEO Elon Musk said at a news conference at the company’s design studio that the company’s roadside Supercharger has been installed at six highway rest stops in California.

The innovation is “the answer to the three major problems that are holding back electrical vehicles, or at least people think are holding back electrical vehicles,” Musk said before a curtain was lifted from a giant model of one of the devices. “One is this question of being able to drive long distances conveniently.”

The free stations are designed to fully charge Tesla’s new Model S sedan in about an hour, and a half-hour-long charge can produce enough energy for a 150-mile trip, he said.

The first six, which were developed and deployed in secret, are in Barstow, Hawthorne, Lebec, Coalinga, Gilroy and Folsom. Tesla spokeswoman Christina Ra said they are open only to company employees, but would be available to the public in early October.

Musk said his Palo Alto-based company planned to have more stations running throughout California and in parts of Nevada and Oregon by the end of the year, and expected to blanket “almost the entire United States” within two years.

Tesla unveiled the Model S, its first mass-market vehicle, in June. The base model costs sells for $49,900 after a federal tax credit.

Along with persuading consumers that electric vehicles are practical, the charging stations were developed with an eye toward alleviating doubts about their environmental effects. Musk said the solar-powered stations in California would produce more clean energy than is needed to keep cars running.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

With solar power, the reliance on oil and coal also ‘terrorist’ states will end. Green and ends funding for terror. Well UN? Make that bulk order of solar panels from China now! Enrich those manufacturers instead of dangerous people who hate the 1st world and freedom!

ARTICLE 3

Via Victoria Monjo: Moller International is planning to launch a “personal vertical takeoff and landing aircraft (VTOL)” Vertical Take-Off = What might this news mean for NYC, America’s most vertical city? – By Adrian Covert – Jul 19, 2007 11:08 PM

Family sized and more conventional looking please.

The M200G Volantor will fly around 50mph and cost about $90,000. The Moller M200G Hover-Car In Production and Selling for ~$125k

oller International, creators of that stunning red flyingcar prototype seen web-wide, has started production on the M200G, the consumer-ready derivative of the M200X volantor, and is readying the machine for the open market. Depending on engine costs, the M200G will cost between $90,000-$125,000.

According to the press release, the machine can hover 10 feet off the ground and cruises at a speed of 50 mph. Because the M200G is classified as a recreation device and not an aircraft, it is not subject to FAA regulations and anybody can operate one. No official release date has been announced.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Contact TataNano or some Chinese firm with lost cost labour and get those prices down to 2.5K. Then build family size and limousine form versions or even bus sized versions. This flying car should destroy the overpriced ground car market, end traffic problems, end the need to build and maintain roads, as well as end the aviation industry permanently.

Abit more aesthetic, probably larger.

ARTICLE 4

Road tax facing the axe… but before you celebrate, it is likely to be replaced by pay-as-you drive tolls – by Daily Mail Reporter – PUBLISHED: 10:08 GMT, 23 September 2012 | UPDATED: 10:08 GMT, 23 September 2012

Transport Minister warns of new pricing for every mile travelled
Drivers who use their cars less will be winners in future
Government figures show 50 per cent cut in fuel revenues by 2030

Vehicle tax will be replaced by pay-as-you drive tolls,Transport Minister Norman Baker has predicted.

He warned that a projected fall in Treasury fuel revenues and the growth in electric and greener cars made a new road pricing system inevitable.

Mr Baker said the scrapping of excise duty and a cut in fuel taxes would be evened out by new charges monitored by a ‘black box’ in the vehicles.
Toll: Drivers are charged for using the M6 motorway

Drivers who use motorways would pay more, but those on short local journeys will be the winners if the tolls get the go-ahead nationwide.

Tolls are a common sight in Europe and America, but currently, only the M6 bypass and a small number of bridges and tunnels in the UK charge drivers for using them.

The Liberal Democrat minister’s announcement ahead of the party conference in Brighton this week was last night greeted as ‘hugely significant’ by transport campaigners.

In an interview with the Sunday Express, Mr Baker claimed all parties would have to act to make up for the the billions expected to be lost through carbon tax revenues.

Road charges: A common sight in Europe and America, but there are few road tolls in Britain

‘Every government of every colour will get there, whatever parties say now,’ he said. ‘The Exchequer is not just going to say, ‘Oh, we’ve lost some money’, they’re going to do something about it.

‘So I think we should actually face up to that now in a mature way as a society and address how we’re going to deal with that.’

Minister: Norman Baker want a ‘revenue neutral’ road pricing system in future

The newspaper has seen graphs produced by the Treasury’s Office for Budget Responsibility which show that revenues from fuel duty will almost halve by 2030.

Receipts will fall from 1.8 per cent as a share of GDP in 2010 to 1 per cent by 2030.

Mr Baker claimed that the cost to average motorist would not be higher and wants a ‘revenue neutral’ road tax revolution.

He said there could be system of charging motorists per mile which would be matched by axing road tax and cutting the price of petrol at the pumps.

His comments were described as ‘hugely significant’ by Stephen Joseph, chief executive of the Campaign for Better Transport.

He told the Sunday Express: ‘It’s one of those political realities that no one has been prepared to talk about, so all credit to Norman for raising it, but there are clearly going to be big political acceptability issues.’

But Paul Watters, head of roads policy at the AA, said his members do not trust Governments on  ‘revenue neutral’ road pricing.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

If enough voters vote for MPs who will remove BOTH road tax AND drive tolls, then both will not exist. The country is molded bny the peoples hopes and dreams. In this case freedom of movement without hughway robbery.

ARTICLE 5

3 Reasons the US and Israel are Lying About Iran – Repeated Lies Call for Repeated Truth Regarding Iran. – Tony Cartalucci, Contributor – Sunday, September 16, 2012

As Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu calls “for the US to establish a firm ‘red line’ that Iran’s nuclear program can’t cross without risking a military response,” and the West is marched ever closer to war with the Islamic Republic based on tired and repeated lies, three important points must be kept in mind.

Image: Israeli Prime Minister has been granted air-time to dictate US foreign policy to American viewers in the latest indication that interests other than those of the American people drive American destiny. Make no mistake, however; Netanyahu is not in America to represent the Israeli people, but rather the same corporate-financier interests of Wall Street and London that created and sustain him politically.

1. The US and Israel admit in their own policy papers that Iran threatens Western hegemony, not Western security (let alone survival):

The very engineers of US-Israeli policy to subvert and destroy Iran, detailed in the 156-page “Which Path to Persia?” report out of the corporate-financier funded Brookings Institution, admit that Iran threatens not the security of Israel or the United States, but the hegemonic geopolitical order the West maintains over the Middle East.

In March 2012’s “Israel & US: Partners in International Crime,” direct quotes from the “Which Path to Persia?” report, as well as excerpts from RAND Corporation documents and else where illustrate these admissions in their entirety.

2. The US and Israel already struck first:

By using US State Department-listed foreign terror organization (#30) Mujahideen-e-Khalq (MEK) , the US and Israel have been waging years of covert war against the Iranian people.

In March 2012’s “US State Department Hands Terror-Cult US Base in Iraq,” the history of MEK as well as advocacy for supporting its terrorist activities inside of Iran is exposed through a series of Western-media reports, government testimony, and US foreign policy papers.

In February 2012’s “US Implausibly Denies Role in Israeli Terror Squads,” reports of both US officials admitting Israel’s backing of MEK terrorists to carry out assassinations inside of Iran, as well as evidence of US support for MEK are exposed.

It should be remembered that political and military subversion of Iran by the West stretches back to “Operation Ajax” in 1953, where the United States and the British overthrew the democratically elected nationalist government of Prime Minister Mohammad Mosaddegh.

This violent subversion played out long before the current political order in Iran came to power. Iran has been the subject of sovereignty-violating foreign intervention for over half a century – with the West long ago drawing first blood, and continuing to do so up to present day through admitted campaigns of political, economic, and military subversion.

3. Israel’s current leaders have Wall Street-London hegemony, not Israel’s self-preservation, at heart:

Perhaps the greatest myth in regards to US-Israeli policy toward Iran is that it is driven by concerns for national security and the survival of the “Jewish State” of Israel. In reality, the overall foreign policy pursued by Israel’s government has demonstrably run contra to both the Israeli people’s survival and their own prosperity. The Israeli government’s posture toward Iran is perhaps the most dangerous and unhinged manifestation of this.

In August 2012’s “Israel’s Netanyahu Attempts to Shame UN,” it was reported that, “the Israeli government is the greatest enemy of the Israeli people,” because:

Western corporate-financier oligarchs have done more to send both Americans and Israelis to their deaths than any combination of suicide belt-wearing, Kalashnikov-waving ‘terrorists.’ The ‘War on Terror’ is indeed a fraud, and Israel’s government has masterfully played a pivotal role – maintaining a strategy of tension to keep its own people in perpetual fear, while keeping their perceived enemies in perpetual and absolute rage. When enemies are difficult to find, the government of Israel and its corporate-financier backers upon Wall Street and in the city of London create them, including the Muslim Brotherhood, Hamas (and here), and Al Qaeda.

The result is a nation at constant war, with an inexhaustible supply of enemies in an unending conflict giving the interests of Wall Street and London – the very interests that created the modern state of Israel to begin with – an excuse to remain perpetually engaged in the Middle East with a military encampment the size of a nation at their constant disposal.

Augmenting this camp are the Israeli people themselves, just as lied to, manipulated, and kept in constant fear as their counterparts in the West to keep the rank and file of the Israeli Defense Force (IDF) as full as Wall Street’s American Armed Forces or Europe’s NATO foot soldiers.

The Israeli people are no less well-intentioned, talented, or full of potential as any other people on Earth, but they are likewise just as susceptible to being indoctrinated, misled, and terrorized into taking a course of action in no way beneficial to themselves or their nation. The Israeli government does not pursue a foreign or domestic policy conducive to its own self-preservation, let alone its prosperity as a nation.

Constant warmongering, meddling geopolitically beyond its borders, and the creation and perpetuation of its alleged ‘enemies’ have indeed killed more Israelis than any ‘terrorist.’ The Israeli government and the corporate-financier interests they represent are the Israeli people’s worst enemy. It would be wise for both the Israeli people, and those who perceive themselves to be ‘enemies of Israel’ to remember that and make a clear distinction when moving forward.

Israel should be enjoying standards of living and prosperity amongst the highest on Earth considering Israel’s extensive human resources, but is instead facing austerity and economic hardship as the collective talent and potential of the Israeli people are squandered in the pursuit of armed corporate-financier hegemony instead of peaceful progress. The same could be easily said of the United States, whose vast military supremacy and geographic location makes its narrative of “Iran, the imminent threat” all the more tenuous.

To depict Iran as an irrational enemy of Judaism, rather than simply a rational nation-state responding to and defending against the decades of provocations carried out by the West and its Israeli proxies, does not hold historical or social water. Iran hosts the largest Jewish population in the Middle East outside of Israel itself, with an ancient and proud Jewish community that has both refused to leave Iran, as well as condemn it for the benefit of Western propaganda campaigns.

Conclusion

PM Netanyahu’s latest propaganda tour of the US is nothing less than a blatant conspiracy against world peace – the premeditated fabrication of a war that puts at risk hundreds of millions of people and the survival of both Israel and Iran itself. Netanyahu and his corporate-financier compatriots hope that fear, terror, and ignorance prevail long before all the myths, lies, and propaganda wear off and the populations of the respective nations involved, Iran, America, and Israel, come to their senses and identify their real enemy – the corporate-financier elite who have driven half a century of conflict with the Iranian people.

When these myths wear off, it will not be wars and the pursuit of hegemony that guide the hands of each nation’s respective people, but a drive to both free themselves from the monopolies of thesecorporate-financier interests, and the pursuit of progress on their own terms, for their own benefit rather than for a manipulative elite.

Tony Cartalucci’s articles have appeared on many alternative media websites, including his own at
Land Destroyer Report.   Read other contributed articles by Tony Cartalucci here.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Netanyahu’s government will simply be voted out and a peaceful coalition voted in. Israel is a fraction the size and population of Iran. there is no way the USA is going to put their neck that far out into the Middle East when USA can’t even consolidate (colonise) Iraq. And with the hive minded Muslims (no turban or bee puns please) and Russia or China, and even Pakistan or India lurking in the background, USA cannot afford to get involved. Israel should be able to see this. Perhaps Israel should try to help USA COLONISE Iraq properly for a minimal 3 decades of a controlled Iraq first, THEN consider Iran. Otherwise no go without USA becoming beholden to Russia or others in the region. USA cannot want that so Netanyahu’s faction had better wake up.

ARTICLE 6

French National Front leader Marine Le Pen calls for ban on wearing of the Jewish skullcap in public – ‘in the name of equality’ – By Peter Allen – PUBLISHED: 16:55 GMT, 23 September 2012 | UPDATED: 18:01 GMT, 23 September 2012

Ban on full-face coverings – including the Islamic veil –  came into force in France last year
Marine Le Pen is now calling for a ban on all religious headgear, as well as kosher and halal food in schools

‘What would people say if I only asked to ban Muslim clothing? They would burn me as a Muslim hater’

Far right politician Marine Le Pen has caused outrage across France by calling for the banning of the Jewish skullcap in public.

The leader of National Front won a fifth of the popular vote during the first round of May’s presidential election on a largely anti-Muslim immigration agenda.

Now in an interview she has called not just for a ban on the wearing of Islamic veils in public, but also the kippah – leading to France’s most senior Rabbi to describe her view as ‘deeply deplorable’.

Her inflammatory words come at a time of heightened tensions caused by a Paris satirical magazine’s decision to publish a series of cartoons mocking both Islam and Judaism.

One of the images in Charlie Hebdo shows a Prophet Mohammed character being pushed around in a wheelchair by a Rabbi.

Ms Le Pen told Le Monde that all religious headwear should be banned ‘in shops, on public transport and on the streets’.

‘It’s obvious that if the veil is banned, the kippah should be banned in public as well,’ she said. The French parliament passed a ban on full-face coverings, including the Islamic veil in 2010 and the law came into force last year.

Miss Le Pen, whose infamous father Jean-Marie Le Pen is a convicted racist and anti-Semite, also called for a ban on public prayers.

And she said kosher and halal foods should be outlawed in schools, along with foreign governments being allowed to pay for mosques.

‘Jewish skullcaps are obviously not a problem in our country,’ she said, insisting nevertheless that France has to ‘ban them in the name of equality’.

‘The situation in our country has changed. We used to have a fragile balance between religions, but massive immigration has changed that,’ Ms Le Pen said.

‘Veils and jilbabs are putting us under pressure. France is a victim of sectarian political groups due to the ruling parties’ incapacity to deal with the problem.

‘What would people say if I had only asked to ban Muslim clothing? They would burn me as a Muslim hater.’

President Francois Hollande attacked Ms Le Pen’s comments.

‘Everything that tears people apart, opposes them and divides them is inappropriate,’ he said. ‘We must apply the rules, the only rules that we know – the rules of the Republic and secularism.’
Religious headgear: The kippah, or yarmulke, is usually worn by Orthodox or Hasidic Jews who believe the head must be covered at all times

Religious headgear: The kippah, or yarmulke, is usually worn by Orthodox or Hasidic Jews who believe the head must be covered at all times

On Friday Mr Hollande opened a new Holocaust memorial in Paris, commemorating the thousands of Jews who were sent to their deaths after being held at the Drancy internment camp.

The camp was run by French policemen working alongside the SS, and rolling stock from France’s national railway, SNCF, was used to take victims to Germany.

Jean-Francois Cope, leader of the opposition UMP party, was similarly outraged, saying Ms Le Pen barely knew what secularism was.

Mr Cope said: ‘Marine Le Pen wants to ban any signs of religion on the streets, starting with the veil and the kippah.

‘By doing this, she shows she does not understand anything about secularism. Secularism is not about the eradication of all religious expressions in society.’

Gilles Bernheim, France’s Chief Rabbi, said: ‘Mixing up the tradition of the skullcap and the veil only generates more confusion in people’s minds. I deeply deplore her statement.’

And Richard Prasquier, leader of the  CRIF Jewish council in France, said the Ms Le Pen’s claims showed there were ‘secular fanatics just as there are religious fanatics’.

‘Obviously, I am hostile to both,’ he said.

The CFCM, France’s main Muslim council, meanwhile said that Le Pen wanted to ‘set up a totalitarian regime in France.’

There are around half-a-million Jews in France, many of them living in major cities like Paris, where skull caps have been a familiar sight for centuries.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

How about allowing everything instead of allowing nothing? Bring back the Hijab if Nudists are to also be legal. Like hijabs, if skullcaps are illegal Orwellian government will be what France degenerates into if anything is disallowed, much like the way Malaysia persecutes LGBT culture and practises APARTHEID against near 40% of the population for not being Muslim and not being ethnic Malay.

Set an example of Malaysia as a bad Islamist country, not be punitive, but do condemn and bar from France, Malaysian MPs or even Trade Delegations and even close Malaysian Embassies, who have accepted apartheid or cause apartheid to continue out of sheer hate. One does not have to do the wrong thing to make a point, the right thing though would be to pointedly shame the offending governments at the UN and withdraw the embassies, or make public lists of ‘pariah’ nations or ‘pariah officials who will not be allowed entry into France and the rest of the free world.

That will be better than attacking local citizens who have nothing to do with extremism but wish to be ‘markedly Muslim’ as is their UN human right, much like adult industry or sub-culturist activists in Malaysia need their RLDs, LGBT lifestyles, Nudist Colonies and END OF APARTHEID. Le Pen should know that it’s not impossible to be far right yet not be on the right side of logic. Would Marine Le Pen like to address Malaysia about  the lack of :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;and let those minorities be as Jewish or Muslim as they please? Much like the LGBTs would like to be as campy or the Adult Industry goers/workers would like to be as dacadent as well but do not have proper zones for their activities and can be punished for activities in private properties. A civilisational discussion perhaps?

And if the Muslims identified as trying to dhimmify, do black ball all those who have received degrees from 1st world countries by getting the UN to recommend removing their degrees, their society memberships, using the above suggested methods as well – along with barring them from entering France and naming the same offending people in open lists at UN for being undemocratic domestic terrorists in their own countries.

Malaysia currently is and unconscionably a member of the Human Rights Council, would France like to have Malaysia removed from the Human Rights Council for causing APARTHEID or attacking LGBT rights or oppressing the rights of Adult Industry workers and Adult Industry operators and users, even Organic Psychedelics (suggest zones or ‘using’ areas over seen by local enforcement) users in Malaysia?

Removing Malaysia from UN access because of contravening articles in the UN signatory list? Bar Council in Malaysia has been a disappointment so far, I hope Marine Le Pen will use the above method which is fairer to Muslims and Jews in France and targets the offending persons instead.

ARTICLE 7

World War 3 Conditioning in La La Land – by Zen Gardner – Tuesday, September 25th, 2012. Filed under: Alternative Knowledge Big Brother Consciousness Esoterica media and politics National Emergency Spirituality

The hypno-induced psychotic public can’t even hear the war drums any more, no matter how loud and obvious. They’re intoxicated with intense, repetitive and confusing war propaganda and images of overthrown dictatorships that have only given birth to more chaos.

But that’s OK in La La land.

All the distracted dystopian subjects can hear is that for some reason American boots march unopposed into far regions of the world, protecting liberty and democracy.

So “keep up the good work, boys. Honey, put the game back on, I have to go to f*ing work in the morning and this is my only chance to think…..”
WW3 Conditioning Complete – They Won’t See It Coming

Such is today’s surreal world environment. 11 years of genocidal wars and now these latest barbaric atrocities have made their inroads even broader, not just in the middle east but in the human mind. And as they continue their saber rattling and massive propaganda campaigns, little do people realize these globalist warmongers are garnering a tsunami of unspoken public permission with each passing day.

What few are realizing is that war with Iran will no doubt initiate at least a limited nuclear conflagration, the effects of which will change history forever. Diabolically couched as a preemptive strike on a rogue nation to save Israel and US interests, such a move will inevitably draw China and Russia into the conflict.

Don’t think so? When you come to realize that’s exactly what they want in the end, that’s when you’ll know you’re waking up.

When you know a New World Order is the desired outcome, you realize the old world order needs to be debunked, crippled, smashed and reset.

Our global financial and economic structure has been effectively brought to the brink. Sovereignty is being scuttled worldwide, and the population is taking to the streets.

Need I say more?

The Dire Straights of Hormuz

Since the highly charged first years of OPEC the strategic Straight of Hormuz have been a hot button issue, with scenario after scenario envisioned that would drastically affect the planet.

It’s true.

If they were cut off it would undoubtedly precipitate a crisis. For everyone. And drastic action would be broadcast as inherently justified.

Current news reeks of this pre-framed scenario. It’s been going on for a long, long time..this article is from 5 years ago!

U.S. Vice Admiral Kevin J. Cosgriff speaks to journalists in Bahrain, Monday, June 30, 2008. Cosgriff said that any attempt by Iran to seal off the Strait of Hormuz would be viewed as an act of war.

Newser – Is Washington, or its Israeli allies, really ready to attack Iran? “The threats, counterthreats, and counter-counterthreats … have reached new levels of hysteria in recent days,” Dana Milbank writes in the Washington Post. Rumblings of an Israeli strike prompted Tehran threats to close oil-shipping lanes. That would be an “act of war,” declared one US admiral—a statement superiors didn’t back down from.

President Bush reiterated that “all options are on the table,” while the State Department said it couldn’t deter Israel. Dick Cheney’s daughter Liz was more direct, saying: “The Iranians have to believe that we will use force.” So is this a bluff? And could it lead to real war? “It is high stakes,” the chairman of the Joint Chiefs says. “I’d just leave it at that.” Source

Long Time Coming…

The concept of a third world war is rife in historical data and even prophetic writings from the likes of Nostradamus, Edgar Cayce, Jean Dixon, throughout the Bible and even heavily reinforced by those who study the Bible code.

A host of political science analysts who track these trends have also seen this coming. Below is Webster Tarpley, respected researcher and author, on the insanity of the very real possibility of a Third World War.

Be Prepared

Any way you look at it, be forewarned and prepared emotionally, psychologically, spiritually and practically.

While a nuclear world war seems an unlikely horror that sane men and women would want to avoid at any cost, a quick look at history, and especially current events, shows something very ugly and aggressive is marching towards a self defined goal that does not represent you and me. It’s their design, and apparently must be done at any cost.

That, my friend, is a fact of life in the world we’re living in. However, we are conscious humanity and we will triumph despite the death throes they are willing to put themselves and the innocent people of the earth through.

Don’t Despair

We’re all here for a purpose and it’s really a wonderful time to be alive. Only not facing the truth will bring on trauma in the days to come. As we participate in this amazing consciousness shift and spiritual awakening that’s taking place and realize the empowerment it gives us, the very reality of this planet will continue to change.

Their tool is fear, to keep us preoccupied and distracted and living in their projected reality. Turn it completely off.

If we stop participating, stop conforming through fearing and fixating on their projected assaults of their visual and mental states, and separate and expose their falseness, love and truth will manifest in increasingly amazing ways. And each of us then becomes a vessel to help enliven and encourage the brave souls we have the privilege to be with on this wonderful journey!

I know…wild ride, eh? Ha! Laugh in their faces!! We are eternal!

Much love, Zen

http://www.zengardner.com

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Nukes are lazy, non-tactics based, and irradiative. Try block to block wars with small arms instead. Build better moral and infantry elitism. The other option is to fly an ‘Independence Day’ sized series of ‘UFOs’ equipped with the Active Denial System and park above ALL cities. Not much of a fight either but less loss of life. Since the ‘Total Recall’ (1990 Paul Verhoeven) ‘Richter’ types would prefer mass cullings of the herd on either side though, small arms will probably appeal to the US mindset.

England would use the Active Denial system being all Orwellian and b.s., though carpet bombing with conventionals to the stone age would be just fine as well. But nukes? No thanks. Thats a worldwide ecologgical and humanity suicide scenario from fallout. No slaves to rule, no lands to divvy up for 50K years potentially? Whats the point?

ARTICLE 8

The Pokemon Plot: How One Cartoon Inspired the Army to Dream Up a Seizure Gun – by Spencer Ackerman – September 26, 2012 |

The 1997 episode of Pokemon that triggered hundreds of seizures — and stoked the dreams of Army technologists. Photo: via YouTube

In 1998, a secret Army intelligence analysis suggested a new way to take out enemies: blast them with electromagnetic energy until their brains overload and they start to convulse. Amazingly, it was an idea inspired by a Pokemon episode.

Application of “electromagnetic pulses” could force neurons to all fire at once, causing a “disruption of voluntary muscle control,” reads a description of a proposed seizure weapon, contained in a declassified document from the Army’s National Ground Intelligence Center. “It is thought by using a method that would actually trigger nerve synapses directly with an electrical field, essentially 100% of individuals would be susceptible to seizure induction.”

This wasn’t the only method the Center suggested for taking down combatants. Other exotic, less-lethal weapons included a handheld laser gun for close-range “antiterrorist special operations roles”; a “flood” of network traffic that could overload servers and “elicit a panic in the civilian population”; and radio frequencies that could manipulate someone’s body temperature and “mimic a fever.”

The military needed weapons like these because TV news had hamstrung the military’s traditional proclivities to kill its way to victory: It now lived in a world where “You don’t win unless CNN says you win,” the report lamented. But while the Pentagon still laments the impact of the 24/7 news cycle on the U.S. military, it hardly thinks less-lethal weapons are a solution to it. In fact, the U.S. has kept most of its electromagnetic arsenal off of the battlefield, in part because the idea of invisible pain rays would sound so bad coming out of an anchor’s mouth.

Danger Room acquired this secret study on nonlethal technologies thanks to a private citizen, who filed a Freedom of Information Act request, and now wishes to remain anonymous. By coincidence, Sharon Weinberger wrote a 2008 Danger Room report after independently acquiring a piece of the document – an addendum that described using a “Voice of God” weapon, powered by radio waves, to “implant” a suggestion in someone else’s mind. It wasn’t even close to the strangest suggestion made for exotic weaponry.

Perhaps the most disturbing item on the Army’s nonlethal wish list: a weapon that would disrupt the chemical pathways in the central nervous system to induce a seizure. The idea appears to have come from an episode of Pokemon.

The idea is that seizure would be induced by a specific electrical stimulus triggered through the optic nerve. “The onset of synchony and disruption of muscular control is said to be near instantaneous,” the 1997 Army report reads. “Excitation is directly on the brain.” And “100% of the population” is supposed to be susceptible to the effects — from distances of “up to hundreds of meters” — “[r]ecovery times are expected to be consistent with, or more rapid than, that which is observed in epileptic seizures.”

That’s not a lot of time — the Army’s analysis noted that a grand-mal seizure typically lasts between one and five minutes. But the analysis speculated that the seizure weapons could be “tunable with regard to type and degree of bodily influence” and affect “100% of the population.” Still, it had to concede, “No experimental evidence is available for this concept.”

The document cautioned that the effectiveness of incapacitating a human nervous system with an electromagnetic pulse (EMP) “has not been tested.” But the analysis speculated that “50 to 100 kV/m free field of very sharp pulses” would likely be “sufficient to trigger neurons or make them more susceptible to firing.” And a weapon that harnessed an EMP-induced seizure could conceivably work from “hundreds of miles” away. The idea might as well have been stamped “As Seen on TV.”

“The photic-induced seizure phenomenon was borne out demonstrably on December 16, 1997 on Japanese television when hundreds of viewers of a popular cartoon were treated, inadvertently, to photic seizure induction,” the analysis noted. That cartoon was Pokemon, and the incident received worldwide attention. About 700 viewers showed symptoms of epilepsy — mostly vomiting — an occasional, if strange, occurrence with TV shows and videogames due to rapid, flashing lights.

The Army’s interest in the technology doesn’t appear to have gone anywhere. When Danger Room asked the Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Directorate, the command overseeing the Pentagon’s weapons that can’t kill you, if they had ever developed or explored developing an EMP seizure ray, spokeswoman Kelley Hughes flatly replied, “No.” But at a minimum, it’s bizarre that the U.S. military would entertain the idea of neurological weaponry.

The seizure ray was just one of several futuristic nonlethal weapons the National Ground Intelligence Center envisioned. Another favorite: “handheld laser weapons” for blasting focused light against nearby terrorists. These weren’t supposed to be the sorts of lasers that can burn through steel — after all, nearly 15 years after the Army intel report, the Navy still doesn’t have a laser cannon small enough to mount on a ship. The “point and shoot” lasers were supposed to be dazzlers, to disrupt sensors or even blind assailants from up to 50 meters away. Alas, the paper lamented, causing “permanent blindness” was prohibited by binding international treaties, so development of handheld dazzlers would likely be restricted. (As it would turn out, “gross mismanagement” by U.S. military bureaucracy would be the larger obstacle.)

Then came the cyberweapons. The Army intel report presciently predicted using “information technology as a nonlethal weapon.” It had in mind “a campaign to disrupt a nation’s infrastructure so that they feel they are not ready for a formal conflict.” No, the Army wasn’t thinking of any kind of proto-Stuxnet. It had in mind sending torrents of traffic to “flood” foreign servers until “a panic in the civilian population,” now without internet access, “persuades the [adversary] military not to execute a planned attack.” Pay attention, Darpa and U.S. Cyber Command. Alternatively, the military might disrupt an enemy’s ability to control its forces by flooding the internet with tons of inaccurate information — “either through distribution of disinformation or illegally altering web pages to spread disinformation.” It isn’t clear if the report meant to restrict that “illegal” activity to foreign web pages.

And then came the fever. The report speculated that blasts of radio frequency waves could “mimic a fever” to the point of incapacitating an enemy. (“No organs are damaged,” it assured.) “Core temperatures of approximately 41 degrees Celsius are considered to be adequate” — the equivalent of a 105.8 degree fever, which is frighteningly close to inducing a coma or brain damage.

The idea would involve a “highly sophisticated microwave assembly” that could induce “carefully monitored uniform heating” in “15 to 30 minutes,” depending on someone’s weight and the wavelengths employed. “The subjective sensations caused by this buildup of heat are far more unpleasant than those accompanying fever,” the report assured. Yet the military would have to be careful not to cause any “permanent” organ damage with such a weapon — which would take careful monitoring, as the report noted that increasing someone’s body temperature a single degree Celsius beyond the envisioned 42 degrees would probably be fatal.

As it turned out, the military would develop a microwave weapon — the Active Denial System. That’s a microwave gun that, as I learned first-hand one fateful afternoon, makes victims feel like they’ve stepped into a blast furnace. But its frequencies are too shallow to penetrate the skin, and can’t even pop a bag of popcorn. (It’s been tried.) Still, the idea of being heated with something like that for 15 minutes to a half hour is unbearable: I lasted maybe two seconds before my reflexes forced me to jump out of the way of its beam. And in 2010, the device was recalled from Afghanistan when commanders realized it was a PR nightmare. It has one of the many downsides to these weapons that the Army’s 1998 that report didn’t consider. Of course, few things age worse than predictions for the future.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

They will get the telco grids on the ground to broadcast these waves instead. The entire telco grid likely can be shifted for this use and hapless governments are building or allowing these telco grids to be built. The weapons need not be mounted on a craft, the weapons are already there in almost every Wiifi or cellphone covered area across the world and from what this blogger has experienced, can extract thought out of any person’s head, Orwell style. Electronic/Wiifi/Satellitephone-tech White Zones please! This is a Human Rights Abuse, not giving an opt out option! See below link for ‘White Zones’ (a human and civil right to opt out if anything, much like abstention options in Military Conscriptions) :

Lambton Shores looking at creating white zones

http://www.sarniathisweek.com/2012/05/27/lambton-shores-looking-at-creating-white-zones

Isolation and Safety Standards for Electronic Instruments

http://www.ni.com/white-paper/2827/en

Liberate ‘Zones of Electronic Repression’!

http://www.nationalreview.com/articles/296479/liberate-zones-electronic-repression-clifford-d-may

ARTICLE 9

Fiona Apple : I REALLY Regret My Weed Arrest

Fiona Apple desperately regrets her hash and weed arrest last week — because the drug bust is taking ALL the spotlight away from her new album … and she bitched about it last night … on tape.

Fiona was performing at the House of Blues in New Orleans — and before she kicked off her set, she addressed the crowd, saying, “This record with me … I’m really sorry … All the work we did is being overshadowed by this bulls**t.”

Fiona’s obviously referring to her Texas drug bust last week, when she was allegedly popped with a baseball-sized chunk of weed and a bunch of hash. According to cops, Fiona admitted the drugs were hers.

Fiona then ignited a firestorm by publicly blasting 4 police officers for allegedly mistreating her during the arrest. In a bizarre moment on stage the other night … She said she kept a log of the abuses in a “lockbox” and planned to use it against the officers.

But last night she took it all back, saying … “There are no f**king lock boxes. I didn’t make up a code. It was my way to make a parallel between the south. I am not that f**ked up.”

Sure.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Sure? Whats with the sarcasm? Don’t go ‘sure’?!? Use of psychedelics should be legalized. Challenge the court by running for local candidacy with your fellow stars, and change the law – legalize. All that money and fame and time but no effort of democratic freedoms? Tsk tsk tsk, someone’s been on the stuff roo long to think straight. If Arnold S. could become Governor (unfortunately ended up writing no policy for the people), no reason why Fiona couldn’t do the same, simply to redress this arrest and regain respect in the community (which looks down on psychedelics simply because that is illegal). Think prohibition and how people frowned on the bottle. Then alcohol became legal. The same frownnig is going on at Fiona, so Fiona should at least be part of the effort to End Prohibition Against Psychedelics. I wrote about this ‘to’ Snoop ‘Lion’ (formerly Dogg), Fiona could stop apologizing and take the b.s. to the lawmakers instead of tacitly accepting ‘Prohibition’.

https://malaysiandemocracy.wordpress.com/

ARTICLE 10

Bristol Palin Fears Drug Tape! – posted by Adam – Wednesday September 26, 2012

BRISTOL Palin is up in arms over a video showing her using drugs — fearing it’ll ruin her bid to relaunch her showbiz career on Dancing with the Stars.

The daughter of Sarah Palin, 21, is desperate to boost her brand with a second stint on the reality TV competition, insiders say, but she’s terrified the video will ruin her comeback.

“The video was shot in 2006, and Bristol is scared to death that it will surface now,” a source told the National Enquirer.

“Since the first time she was on Dancing in fall 2010, Bristol has lost a lot of weight and had plastic surgery on her jaw line. She’s ready for her close-up, but if that video comes out, it would destroy her!

“The video was filmed right before Bristol’s mom became governor.

“Bristol was parting like a rock star, as usual, and one of our pals was videotaping everyone as they drank and got high.

“At one point, he gets to Bristol and one of her friends holds the pot pipe to Bristol’s mouth and says out loud, ‘And here’s the future governor of Alaska’s daughter!’

“Bristol smiles at the camera, puts her lips around the pipe and inhales deeply. She holds in the smoke for a while, exhales, coughs a few times then laughs uncontrollably.

“With her previous ventures failing miser­ably, this could be it for Bristol. To have her ‘drug party’ tape finally come out would send her back home to Wasilla in shame!”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Use of psychedelics should be legalized. Challenge the court by running for local candidacy with your fellow stars, and change the law – legalize. All that money and fame and time but no effort of democratic freedoms? Tsk tsk tsk, someone’s been on the stuff roo long to think straight. If Arnold S. could become Governor (unfortunately ended up writing no policy for the people), no reason why Bristol couldn’t do the same, simply to redress this arrest and regain respect in the community (which looks down on psychedelics simply because that is illegal). Think prohibition and how people frowned on the bottle. Then alcohol became legal. The same frownnig is going on at Bristol, so Bristol should at least be part of the effort to End Prohibition Against Psychedelics. I wrote about this ‘to’ Snoop ‘Lion’ (formerly Dogg), Bristol could stop fearing and take the b.s. to the lawmakers instead of tacitly accepting ‘Prohibition’. Are you sheep or plutocrat entertainers with a mind of your own? Snoop Lion still quiet as a mouse on Organic Psychedelics Zone Advocacy?

10 Articles On Malaysian Politics – Ambiga goes Cop, BN Addresses Protestors, Road Rage Malaysia, Democracy that DAP-Pakatan Promised but Failed to Bring (Local Council Elections not Implemented), Dong Zong Should Stop Barking up the MCA Tree and Grow their Own Tree (Field DJZ Independent Candidates), YM CM Lim Guan Eng a Specialist in ‘Not a Word On Apartheid or Democracy’ but Lots of Noise About CM Unrelated things, East Malaysia Regains Voice – Potential for Seccession If Bumi-Apartheid not Ended, DAP’s Undemocratic Culture, DAP’s Veiled Attack on Malays, Neurotech Repost (High Tech Weaponry Used Against Civilians) Postulations – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 7th May 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, Abuse of Power, Apartheid, Bumiputera Apartheid, critical discourse, electronic weapons, electrosmog, Freedom of Expression, freedom of speech, Human Rights Council, Informed Consent, Invasive Laws, Malaysia, Mind Control, Nepotism, neurolinguistics, Neurotech, Political Fat Cats, preventing vested interest, subtle insults, unprofessional behaviour, voting methods, voting strategy, waste of mandate on May 7, 2012 at 2:54 pm

ARTICLE 1

Ambiga: Violent protesters ‘must face full force of the law’ – The Malaysian Insider – By Clara Chooi – Sun, Apr 29, 2012

KUALA LUMPUR, April 29 — Datuk Ambiga Sreenevasan has urged that all violent protesters face the “full force of the law” if they had indeed staged attacks against the police yesterday without being provoked.

The Bersih co-chair told The Malaysian Insider that she was “very perturbed” by numerous reports that protesters for the sit-in, which was meant to be peaceful, had provoked and even attacked the police during yesterday’s event.

“To me, there is no question about it. We have never and will never ever condone that type of violence. They must face the full force of the law. This is wholly unacceptable,” she said over the phone yesterday.

Ambiga was responding to claims that protesters who insisted on staying on after Bersih 3.0 was declared concluded had used force against the police, including flinging hard objects like broken concrete slabs, traffic cones, mineral water bottles and stones at them.

But, the former Bar Council chairman stressed that she had not seen these incidents occur, pointing out that from where she had been standing, the event had gone on peacefully.

“I was on the mobile stage and from there, they were all very peaceful. I do not know who these people are… but they must face the full force of the law. No excuses at all,” she said.

She repeated concerns raised by observers that the melee may have been started when “agent provocateurs” deliberately broke through the police barricades surrounding Dataran Merdeka, which had been cordoned off to protesters due to a police court order.

She said she found it “difficult to believe” that the thousands of protesters, who had earlier been careful to remain orderly, had suddenly decided to turn unruly.

“But be mindful that I am not downplaying this violence. I do not know the facts,” she said.

Ambiga added that Bersih officials are still gathering information about the rally to ascertain who had provoked the violence and if Bersih’s protesters were indeed at fault.

But be mindful that I am not downplaying this violence. I do not know the facts. — Ambiga Sreenevasan

Riot police began making arbitrary arrests nearly four hours after the Bersih 3.0 rally was officially dispersed by its leaders when remaining protesters, numbering at least 1,000, refused to leave the streets of the capital.

In the ensuring melee, pockets of demonstrators continued to challenge and even mock the police despite being receiving repeated warnings to disperse.

Things took a violent turn when a police officer was seen dragging a man across Jalan Tun Perak, which resulted in Bersih supporters attacking the police with broken bottles, mineral water bottles and broken concrete slabs.

Amid the chaos, rumours spread that at least four protesters had died in the melee, with claims that one was even shot dead, further fuelling the crowd’s anger.

It was also reported that a convoy of police vehicles ferrying KL Mayor Tan Sri Ahmad Fuad Ismail in one of its cars was forced to make a U-turn near Masjid Jamek when met with a hostile reception from protestors.

They threw shoes and the broken concrete slabs at them, smashing the windows of two cars in the process.

A Pakatan Rakyat (PR) lawmaker has also privately admitted that the violence was a far cry from last year’s rally, and that attempts at “crowd control” were dismal at best.

“The order to disperse and go home has been given, please do so.

“The Pakatan leadership has said it is over. If you all still do this you suffer your own consequences,” a PAS Unit Amal officer was heard chastising some Bersih rally participants.

Tens of thousands of protesters took to the streets yesterday to demand for free and fair elections in the third such rally organised by Bersih, a coalition of 84 NGOs.

http://0-my.news.yahoo.com.precise.petronas.com.my/ambiga-violent-protesters-must-face-the-full-force-063143140.html

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

They do not need to face ANYTHING. They can instead sue the BN for not having :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter, the issue here in Malaysia is for non-punitive Apostasy for Muslims that will not reduce Malays from becoming 2nd class citizens.)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

ARTICLE 2

‘Students, own up… or else’ – Monday, May 07, 2012 – 12:44 – posted by Ram Anand – by Thasha Jayamanogaran

PETALING JAYA: Own up before we come after you.

This strong warning came from Deputy Higher Education Minister Datuk Saifuddin Abdullah to university students who have been identified by police for allegedly creating chaos during the Bersih 3.0 rally on April 28.

He said the students, whose faces were among the photographs of 49 people released by police, last Thursday, should surrender themselves rather than wait for the police to locate them.

“I urge them to come forward and assist in police investigations rather than wait.”

Saifuddin said if the students were indeed non-partisans, then they should step forward and provide details of their whereabouts on that day and what they were doing at the particular time.

“I understand there could be some of them who just went there to observe the happenings. There could also be those who went to support the 84 NGOs that form Bersih.

“They might not be part of the group involved in the chaos that day, or the group that broke police barricades.

“But they need to establish that they are not political supporters,” he said.

Earlier yesterday, police released a university undergraduate who allegedly posted comments on the Facebook website, urging and supporting an idea that all policemen be killed.

Khalid Ismath, 22, was released by Kuala Lumpur police in the morning following his arrest last Friday after a magistrate’s court rejected an application to remand him.

Confirming this with The Malay Mail, Selangor police chief Datuk Tun Hisan Tun Hamzah said Selangor police were currently assisting in the investigations and might make an arrest on their side.

“We’re investigating the location from where he made the postings. He could have been doing it from a cyber cafe, a friend’s house or via (mobile) phone,” he said.

“If the location falls under Selangor, we will make an arrest.”

In the posting earlier this week, Khalid allegedly said “I would agree if all the policemen be killed, because of the way they have treated the rakyat (during Bersih 3.0). So every time we hold demonstration, there is no more need to negotiate with the police again. We will fight on.”

Khalid’s family had reportedly denied this posting, claiming his account could have been hacked.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Students who did get angry and emotional and in mitigation, can still blame the BN for causing the lack of the below 3 items which caused psychological streess that will be blamed on bad policy of BN. A legal precedent could be set that protects the ‘rioters’ then. It is all true and evident by BN’s racism and corruption, also the lack of proper address of effectively disallowing apostasy which means Human Rights were violated. Gather together and file a lawsuit you protestors on the below 3 items.

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

And get a foreign lawyers like a Queen’s Counsel if possible (the Sultans and many MPs are almost English educated, this shuld help). So that the blame for your supposed violence will be exonerated, know that your anger was not your fault, BN goaded you into rioting over years of psychological suppression, oppression and bad policy, being nepotists, being corrupt, being term limitless and undemocratic, refusal to make education free, refusing to lower election deposits so that young people can run for candidacy etc..

Ambiga you FAKE! Do something for the ‘protestors’ use those contacts and the imelight the protestors gave you instead of saying they need to be punished. Use the above suggested to clear charges against people who gathered because of Bersih! Otherwise do not expect anyone to marhc if the government throws Ambiga into prison for ‘fomenting riots’.

ARTICLE 3

Snatch thief killed, Man rams motorcycle after duo grab Singaporean’s handbag – Monday, May 07, 2012 – 11:49 – by Aizat Sharif

KUALA LUMPUR: A pair of snatch thieves thought they had it easy when they snatched a handbag from a Singaporean woman early yesterday.

They did not expect to be pursued by an witness — ending in the death of one of them.

The incident occurred after the two men, aged 18 and 19, had snatched the handbag from their victim in Jalan Batu Tiga, Cheras, here at about 1am yesterday.

Cheras district police chief ACP Mohan Singh Tara Singh said the woman had just finished supper with friends at an outlet and was walking to her car when the duo, who were on a motorcycle, pounced on her.

“One of the men grabbed her handbag and fled with his accomplice on the motorcycle. The woman screamed for help and a witness, who happened to be in the car, pursued the suspects,” he said.

He said the witness gave chase in the car and caught up with the motorcycle before ramming it.

“The suspects fell and sustained grievous injuries and were taken to Hospital Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia for treatment,” Mohan said.

One of the men later succumbed to his injuries. His accomplice is still warded in the hospital with broken legs. He is being investigated under Section 395 of Penal Code for gang-robbery.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Who made the driver the executioner of the thief? How hard did the driver ram the thief, how fast did he drive? This sounds like a manslaughter charge that the family of the deceased could well take to court. the thief could be apprehended with slight injuries at most, NOT killed. The law is for everyone and none may be executed until a fair trial was conducted. All samaritans should take care that apprehending criminals does not mean they get to be the executioners, on the spot to boot.

Ei incumbit probatio qui dicit, non qui negat, is the principle that one is considered innocent until proven guilty. This looks like ‘Manslaughter’ to me. No jury, no trial but execution on the street?

ARTICLE 4

‘Locals should run home councils’ – This guarantees Penangites control in deciding what’s best for them – Monday, May 07, 2012 – 11:47 – by A. Sangeetha

THOMAS: KL mayor’s barring of Dataran Merdeka from the Bersih rally portrays a dictatorial authority

GEORGE TOWN: The first tabling of a Bill to restore local government elections has created a stir among Penangites, especially those favouring locals running the councils instead of appointed political affiliates.

This is because the Local Government Elections (Penang Island and Province Wellesley) Bill 2012, to be tabled and eventually passed during the ongoing State Legislative Assembly sitting, strives to encapsulate the democratic rights of people.

Constitution lawyer Tommy Thomas, who worked on the legislation, said Penangites should take control in running the local councils to avoid decision-making by others that could deny them their rights.

“Kuala Lumpur City Hall mayor Tan Sri Ahmad Fuad Ismail’s decision to bar the Bersih rally participants from entering Dataran Merdeka showed the wielding of authority by a higher power,” he told a forum here yesterday.

“To avoid such incidents, locals must take control of local councils. It has been more than 45 years since the government promised to resume local elections.”

In Penang, local elections were introduced by the British in 1857 but stopped during World War I in 1913.

It resumed in 1951 with elections in all the state’s five councils but stopped again in 1965 when the federal government issued an Emergency Regulation suspending local elections in view of the Indonesian confrontation.

Then prime minister Tunku Abdul Rahman promised to resume the elections after the confrontation, that ended in 1966, but it never happened.

During the three-hour forum, some 60 participants, although supported the Bill by a show of hands, suggested the state look into several concerns in drawing up a flawless enactment including the level of independence local councillors will have in decision-making, the amount of money required to hold local elections, the ratio of councillors to each constituency, and if the mayor will be elected as well.

Women’s Centre for Change member Lim Kah Cheng, also expressed hope there would be more women representation in local councils when the enactment comes into action.

Another panel speaker, Aliran president Dr Francis Loh, said candidates must be committed in serving their community.

“Candidates should not just look at which is a higher position — federal, state or local. It’s a shift in the mind. Determine which fits the role you want to represent,” he said.

Pusat Komas director Jerald Joseph said a similar effort to introduce local elections in Petaling Jaya City Council (MBPJ) failed because the appointed councillors were not ready for a change.

“We hope Penangites will show the country the way. Having a referendum on this is a good way to create awareness of local elections on people,” he said.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Locally selected Mayors and Councillors are just a start, we must also have :

a) TERM LIMITS (2 four year term limits, after which the post holder may NEVER hold another similar pos anywhere in Malaysia)
b) QUORUMS

; to ensure democracy and RENEWAL of the ‘dead wood’ politicians that have stayed beyond 2 terms.

ARTICLE 5

Dong Zong Pull Out Won’t Affect Committee’s Work – Bernama – Sunday, 06 May 2012 00:07

KUALA LUMPUR — The decision by the United Chinese School Committees’ Association of Malaysia (Dong Zong) to pull out from the special committee to address the shortage of teachers at Chinese primary schools would not affect the committee’s work, said Deputy Education Minister Wee Ka Siong.

He said the special committee which was set up under a cabinet directive would continue its work with other stakeholders as it was set up in good faith to consult and seek views from various stakeholders in resolving the issue.

“I regret that they (Dong Zong) have decided to pull out. However, we will continue to convene meetings and thoroughly resolve the issue. We can’t force them (Dong Zong) to attend. However, our conscience is clear and we will move forward,” he told Bernama when contacted.

On Friday, Dong Zong chairman Yap Sin Tian announced that the chinese education movement was pulling out from the special committee, claiming it did not make sense to stay on as “the committee is not a policy making body” and “not able to handle the fundamental problem” faced by the Chinese schools.

Yap also claimed that the committee could only handle technical issues and resolve problems on a case-by-case basis.

However, Wee explained that the scope of work of the special committee had been clearly spelled out, that was to deal with the problem, regardless of whether it was technical or at policy level.

He said the committee, chaired by him, had so far has come out with various efforts under an eight-point plan to address the issues which included sending teachers who were not very proficient in Mandarin to teach in Chinese vernacular schools.

The plan, endorsed by the cabinet and announced by Deputy Prime Minister Minister Muhyiddin Yassin, who is also Education Minister, in early April, also stated that teachers with the minimum Chinese language qualification at the Sijil Pelajaran Malaysia (SPM) level would teach in grades A and B Chinese vernacular schools for Level One (Year One to Three) while teachers with the minimum SPM Chinese language qualification would teach in schools with a low enrolment.

Meanwhile, Federation of Chinese Associations in Malaysia (Huazong) president Pheng Yin Huah has urged Dong Zong not to quit the committee as as it was akin to giving up a direct communication channel.

“The special committee cannot make any changes to the existing policies and systems, but its recommendations reach the highest policy making decision level, that is Cabinet. Therefore, we should not give away this opportunity to solve the problem,” he said in a statement.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

DJZ has enough grassroots to field their own candidates which could wipe out MCA. What say you DJZ? Field candidates AGAINST MCA wherever MCA runs. We cannot tolerate 2nd class citizsenship anymore, and education alone is no longer the issue, apartheid and MCA’s inability to represent the Chinese community is.

ARTICLE 6

MAS-AirAsia debacle : Typical of BN’s financial malpractice – by  YM Ketua Negeri Lim Guan Eng – Monday, 07 May 2012 15:25

After eight months, the controversial MAS-Air Asia share swap has been terminated, purportedly because it has become an impediment to the recovery efforts of the loss-making flag carrier. Under the original deal, MAS would swap a 20.5% stake for 10% in Air Asia. Now, as part of the reversal of the deal, AirAsia’s chief and founder Tan Sri Tony Fernandes and deputy Datuk Seri Kamarudin Meranun have resigned from the MAS board, with MAS director Mohamed Azman Yahya following suit from AirAsia’s board.

Eight months ago, Malaysians were told that the share swap would be the cure needed to save the ailing national airline. Unfortunately, not long after that, MAS recorded a shocking net loss of RM2.52 billion for 2011, which is the tip of the iceberg for the airline that has been on a downward spiral since the departure of Dato’ Sri Idris Jala in 2009, with its bottomline declining from a net profit of RM490 million in 2009 to RM234 million in 2010 to the staggering loss of RM2.52 billion in 2011.

And now in a complete reversal, Khazanah has admitted that the latest merger of cross-holding of shares, which was intended to create economies of scale for the major shareholders, Khazanah and Tune Air, had become a distraction to the management’s efforts to turn around MAS. In other words, first we were told that the MAS-Air Asia swap would save the airline, and now after eight months we are told that it was actually causing it to fail.

Making money at the public’s expense

The failure of MAS is a direct reflection of the fundamental problems of the BN legacy, from firstly privatising and subsequently re-nationalisation. Even the 2001 bailout in which the Federal Government paid double the market price at the time could not rescue MAS from its fundamental problems. The Federal Government paid RM1.8 billion or RM8 per share to Tan Sri Tajudin Ramli instead of the market value of RM3.68 at the time.

The failure of the MAS-Air Asia share swap is not just an ordinary failed corporate merger but a failure of the Prime Minister’s much lauded ETPs that is supposed to stop the rot of mismanagement, financial malpractices and failed strategies in Government-Linked Corporations(GLCs) such as MAS.

LIM GUAN ENG IS THE DAP SECRETARY-GENERAL (brought to you by Carl’s Junior)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

We are paying that CM’s salary to ensure democracy freedom from apartheid, not for snide remarks on mere money issues that definitely are less obvious than APARTHEID ! The airline can fail or succeed but APARTHEID continues while our so-called leader does not wish to address APARTHEID but willingly wades into a non-CM purview related spat like this. This is a job for any of the Chambers of Commerce, NOT the CM of Penang, who is supposed to ensure democracy and ‘lead’ by speaking against apartheid not be a busybody on Commerce related issue. Still selling that CM’s post short I see?

Now ‘Parachute Minister Lim’ of the quorumless, nepotistic and term limitless DAP becomes a Financial blogger or is that an Airline CEO or Chamber of Commerce leader as well? Airline spats this time? Chairman of Journalists Association earlier on? So when is the CM going to  act like a CM, stop talking rubbish to the media about companies that don’t belong to Pakatan Coalition, and demand an END TO APARTHEID? Give over that CM’s post to the REAL politicians who will address democratic and political issues (via lawsuit and delegation to the UN, as well as readiness to quit the CM’s post) for lack of :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter, the issue here in Malaysia is for non-punitive Apostasy for Muslims that will not reduce Malays from becoming 2nd class citizens.)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

;and at least be able to keep campaign promises like declaring assets for MPs without asking for 750K funerals. Liars, cowards who do not know what apartheid is, and nepotists from family bloc centred political parties which exclude the general public (more so intelligensia and grassroots) rather than include out of fear of toppling party hierarchy for democratic principles, do not deserve CM’s posts or the Rakyat’s vote. Which man in Penang will challenge the APARTHEID Federal Governent with that lawsuit for apartheid and prepare a UN delegation for democracy and equality in Malaysia? Secretary General Ban Ki Moon would be happy to help Malaysia END APARTHEID than watch this meaningless floundering by ‘Parachute Minister Lim’. If Lim Guan Eng can’t do that, then Lim Guan Eng needs to GTFO out of the Dewan and let someone who will address the above 3 issues take over. Nepotistic 1st term as CM almost over but not a word on APARTHEID thoughout the entire Pakatan Coalition. This Y.M. Ketua Menteri of Penang might outdo PM Najib in refusal to address REAL ISSUES.

ARTICLE 7

Jeffrey to Pakatan, BN: Get out of Sabah Monday, 07 May 2012 Super Admin

Sabah opposition STAR has refused to endorse Pakatan Rakyat de facto leader Anwar Ibrahim as prime minister if the opposition prevailed in the coming 13th General Election.

(Free Malaysia Today) – State Reform Party (STAR) Sabah chairman, Jeffrey Kitingan, has again called for all Peninsula-based political parties to get out of Sabah.

The maverick politician urged the opposition Pakatan Rakyat coalition parties – PKR, DAP and PAS – and the ruling Barisan Nasional coalition members – Umno, MCA MIC and Gerakan – to fold up their tents and leave Sabah to Sabahans.

He advised the Peninsula-based opposition parties to instead focus their strength on wresting all the 165 parliamentary seats at stake in the Peninsula and let the opposition here battle it out for the 25 parliamentary seats in Sabah.

“Leave Sabah and Sarawak political parties to stand in the rest 57 (parliamentary seats) in both states and in Labuan. We will know what is best to do for Sabah and help form a federal government when the right time comes,” Jeffrey said when he launched Paginatan Ranau near here Saturday.

“We don’t want to consider Pakatan as our enemy, but we plead to its leaders to consider the fact that it already has ave 165 out of 222 parliamentary seats to contest.

“Why should they still come here and take our Sabah and Sarawak seats?

“Let Sabah and Sarawak political parties contest in the two states and we will support you to get Putrajaya,” he told the more than 400 supporters who attended the function in Kampung Tagudon Baru, Ranau.

Jeffrey singled out PKR in his plea when he said: “If PKR wants to take Sabah and Sarawak seats, it would expose itself to the danger of being labelled as another Umno or even worse than Umno because it wants to take more seats than what Umno already has in Sabah.”

However, the younger brother of Sabah Deputy Chief Minister Joseph Pairin Kitingan, the Parti Bersatu Sabah (PBS) supremo, refused to endorse Pakatan de facto leader Anwar Ibrahim as prime minister if the opposition prevailed in the coming 13th general election.

Observers note that Jeffrey has left the door open to STAR helping the BN form the next government if it could wrangle a better deal for Sabah from them unlike other opposition parties in the state.

Anwar has Yong’s backing

This is in contrast to another Sabah opposition leader, Yong Teck Lee, who helms the Sabah Progressive Party (SAPP), and has said his party would support Anwar as prime minister if the opposition wins.

Yong and his party have also rejected the all-or-nothing stand by Jeffrey and have indicated that they are willing to let Pakatan contest in two-thirds of the parliamentary seats in Sabah in return for Pakatan’s support for it to contest in two-thirds of the 60 state seats.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Good call. Without the neglected East Malaysia (which could well set up their own country anyway) BN in Peninsular Malaysia is finished. PM Najib might still make GE13 *IF* PM Najib uses that mandate to grant :

1) Freedom from Apartheid/Fascism (Article 1 Human Rights Charter)
2) Freedom from Religious-Persecution/Religious-Supremacy. (Article 18 Human Rights Charter, the issue here in Malaysia is for non-punitive Apostasy for Muslims that will not reduce Malays from becoming 2nd class citizens.)
3) Equality for all ethnicities and faiths in all aspects of policy, Law and Constitution. (Surah An Nisa 4:75)

Congrats to East Malaysia in regaining their autonomy from among the worst, most racist and most corrupt political coalitions in the world. Also no state needs to be a slave to any Federal Government when they can UN style exercise a dignified existence as a democratic TERM LIMITED and equal society. Strange how adults make other adults pander to their buddy-buddy b.s.. Well here’s one happy ending on Malaysia, the East Malaysians found their sense of self and self determinism again! to To demand equality or at least what is due to Sabah and Sarawak. Good idea on creating more states and hence mire votes too.

ARTICLE 8

DAP wants vice-chair to explain new anti-Bersih remarks – Sunday, 06 May 2012 Super Admin

(The Malaysian Insider) – The DAP disciplinary board wants Senator Tunku Abdul Aziz Tunku Ibrahim to confirm if he has repeated his public criticism of Bersih 3.0 despite recently earning the party leadership’s rebuke.

“I am trying to locate Tunku for the statement,” Tan Kok Wai, the board’s chairman, said while confirming the issue with The Malaysian Insider today.

Tan declined, however, to comment further on the matter.

Tunku Abdul Aziz was reported yesterday as saying that the organisers of Bersih 3.0 cannot solely blame the police for the violence that occurred during last Saturday’s rally for free and fair elections.

“The Bersih organisers should accept that there are substantial elements within the rally from people whose intentions were to create havoc and cause chaos as long as it is possible,” the DAP vice-chairman was quoted by The Star as saying.

“Instead of shifting all the blame on the police, they need to realise that they are at fault too. Besides, they are not a group of angels descended from heaven who are completely blameless,” he added.

Tunku Abdul Aziz, who was Transparency International Malaysia’s founding president, said that although he did not deny there were some Bersih rally participants who genuinely sought electoral reforms, “but as evident, there were people who thought differently”.

“Bersih 3.0 lost control of their agenda because their agenda was hijacked,” said the DAP leader.

Tunku Abdul Aziz has been the lone voice within DAP and Pakatan Rakyat (PR) who had openly declared his rejection of Bersih 3.0, saying the event encourages Malaysians to “break the law”.

“My opposition to this kind of demonstration is — we are encouraging people to break the law and we are supposed to be lawmakers. I think there is a contradiction here.

“I am in favour of us assembling if that is not breaking the law but breaking the law is something that I cannot support,” he had said days before the April 28 rally.

The open criticism earned him a censure from DAP secretary-general Lim Guan Eng, who said Tunku Abdul Aziz had embarrassed the party with his remarks.

Commentator Comments

written by doitanyway, May 08, 2012 00:39:19
Dear DAP disciplinary board , whatever you all wish to do, please do so in private and out of respect for the Tunku. BN govt is out to gain mileage from this episode. As for the rest of us lets be patient.
+0

written by I am a believer, May 07, 2012 15:21:12
But Tunku have you not read that a revolution is not a dinner party, so magnanimous, restrained or orderly ?
A revolution is a rebellious action where the one suppressed class overthrow another ! Please don’t talk about ‘ respecting’ the law here ! Najib and Dr M have both trespassed a million times to cling on power.
I have not heard a single ‘ wise word ‘ from you regarding corruption at the highest office ! I leave it to the French judge to investigate !
+9

written by e477081, May 07, 2012 14:19:25
TAZ is just another UMNO undercover, once he’s got no chance to stand a seat in the coming election he will display his true color. DAP has to be aware of UMNO undercover, stick to your fair, justice and meritocracy principles. Recruit those who put Malaysian first, their race second. Once DAP proven to be a right party for the righteous Malays, they will join DAP soon. No rush but has to take aggressive actions now, it will take a long time tocorrrect the wrong perception implanted by UMNO among most of the Malays.
+2

written by Angry bird, May 07, 2012 12:22:46
Turku aziz should be allowed his opinions, DAP should just say “we respect Tunku Aziz opinions but sometimes when the laws and those that enforce them do so in a biased manner, it is our responsibility to oppose them. To do nothing is to support such oppression. We hope that the Tunku understands the need to protect the people rights if the laws and those that enforces them conspires to detrimance of those rights”

For democracy to be preserved, it must first exist.
+16

written by Crookinparadize, May 07, 2012 12:06:11
Tunku is asking the rakyat to sit by and allow the evil empire to rape , torture and humiliate us while he stand by and nod approvingly! I know in that situation he won’t help and rescue the rakyat by force if neccessary. He won’t be breaking the evil law . He want to be on the good book of the evil empire. He’s a traitor to the rakyat! He’s as morally corrupted as the evil BN. He’s not the opposition of the evil BN. He’s a conspirator to evil BN encouraging his rakyat to accept the evil treatment forced on them! He’s as devil in disguise!
+6

written by fandi, May 07, 2012 11:59:30
Well what is the opposition fighting for it is Freedom of speech and freedom to rally, so what is the fuz about Tunku giving his own opinion on the rally.Is he not entitle to his opinion although he is a DAP high ranking member. Everyone is entitled to his/her opinion. If he is not able to speak out then this episode becomes like UMNO you cannot talk freely and talk against the gomen. Is this what the opposition wants the people to be like the people of UMNO where you cannot talk against or advise the party the bad path it is taking. We are all grown up and listen to the old wise man. If you do not agree it is just too bad. Is it to be like George Bush if you are not agreeable with me then you are my enemy. Where have democracy gone to. People wake up and decide with your heart and vote not with your bad ear which you do not like to hear other people’s comment. Do you think other people also like to hear your comment.
+4

written by nostradamus, May 07, 2012 11:37:28
another zulkifli nordin, ezam mat nor, etc to be…..
+2

written by truthbespoken, May 07, 2012 11:03:54
Tunku Aziz is obviously on the wrong side of history. Why must he insist that it was the protestors who broke the law when it was the police who trapped them into doing it and fired tear gas and water cannon at them to ensure the melee prevailed? Where is your commonsense, Tunku? And what is the real reason that caused you to break ranks openly with your party-mates on this matter? You knew you are going to be deprived of a lot to stand for elections or what? Tunku, a senatorship is already good enough for you. For your own sake, you are too old to stand for elections. In the end of it all, I am of the opinion that you think too highly of yourself! History tells us no one is indispensible. Reconcile Tunku before you further disgrace yourself publicly.
+13

written by Jayendran, May 07, 2012 10:43:39
DAP is not practicing freedom of expression in this case. Funny thing is they want us to trust them to protect our rights and welfare.
-5

written by l0rd, May 07, 2012 10:11:35
DAP is the prison of mind and their shackles of choice is gag order but this prisoner Tunku Abdul Aziz is prove to be tougher than rock.
-4

written by jimmy lim, May 07, 2012 10:04:17
No one is denying Tunku’s right to speak up (hey DAP did just that) but he should be man n honourable enough to voice his view as an individual after he has resigned from DAP. If he cant even differentiate simple right from wrong then he has actually wasted his life all these years sitting on the fence
+9

written by oA, May 07, 2012 10:01:34
.
it is his right to freedom of speech BUT saying it with DOWN right lies is another story. this guy has something terrible to hide.
+2

written by Vincenzo, May 07, 2012 08:51:05
“My opposition to this kind of demonstration is — we are encouraging people to break the law and we are supposed to be lawmakers. I think there is a contradiction here.”

I do believe that he is too late. Umno/BN has beaten him to it by at least 22 years – thanks to Mahathir and his successors. Now, Pakatan is trying to get into Gov’t to reverse the situation and the Rakyat is supporting them. I believe Tunku has read the situation wrongly. Stockholm syndrome?
+3

written by zambri, May 07, 2012 08:18:17
He said ‘we should not break the laws, but he can’t even follow his own party’s rules and regulations!

What kind of logic this old fart is trying to tell us? Resign like a gentleman if you still have pride.
+5

written by Loyal Malaysian, May 07, 2012 06:51:04
I grant aziz his democratic right to voice his opinions.
Yet, he cannot ignore the fact he stands as the Vice Chairman of the DAP.
Since disciplinary proceedings have been initiated, perhaps Aziz may want to resign his post and the Senatoeship?
+15

written by plato, May 07, 2012 06:45:29
What law did they break ?They were allowed to a peaceful demonstration
+3

written by DapSupporter, May 07, 2012 02:52:03
ross: Convictions means do things with conscience, righteouness and justice. This is nothing about conviction but the freedom of speech. He didn’t even speak bad about any opposition parties, bersih is not even about opposition party but free and if free andif fair elections can make BN win more, so be it. So he didn’t really say bad about opposition though opposition will benefi the most about it, speak against opposition you are a BN cybertrooper, turncoat, boughtover, speak bad about BN, you are righteous and what’s not. Where is the respect for freedom of speech? If you have the conviction, then let him speak what he wants which is respecting people’s right of freedom of speech, obviously you have no conviction and at best a hyprocrite.
+9

written by Pro-arte, May 07, 2012 01:57:30
History will bear witness to the fact that the anti-Apartheid demostrations in South Africa, the demonstrations against Bashir Asad’s regime in Syria, the Tahrir Square demonstrations were also interpreted as being ‘against the law’ by these rogue regimes. Helping Jews to escape deportations to the concentration camps was also ‘against the law’ in the Third Reich. Tunku Aziz should openly declare which side of the moral divide he is on.

Tunku Aziz must realise that freedom assembly is a constitutional right. Why should gathering on ‘Freedom Square’ to protest against electoral fraud be regarded as an illegal gatheirng? Only a corrupt and immoral regime would try to violently suppress such a noble expression of multi-racial demcratic aspirations.
+26

written by John Jugalaks, May 07, 2012 01:21:46
He is right. The truth is a bitter pill to swallow.
-11

written by Lee, May 07, 2012 00:11:50
What can I say?, the Election is near, there will be hitting below the belt,spinning, lies ,u name it. Political Parties from both sides will be surprised by some of their collegues & comrades,this is Politics.Like what an old friend of mine an UMNO Veteran(Hamzah Abu Samah) during Tunku’s days said ,u have to expect the unexpected.Theres always a dagger behind u,it will strike when u least expect it.Don’t be surprised to find out too late that it could be ur own brother doing it.
+20

written by mahathir, May 06, 2012 23:32:25
What has Bersih got to do with DAP? Why must be ashamed?
-8

written by ross, May 06, 2012 23:30:01
Why is DAP treating this Bloke with kid gloves?
Give him the boot if you have the conviction.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Party line? F— DAP. Democracy HAS NO LINES. Or did DAP mean Lim Kit Siang and Karpal Singh’s line. DAP is a horrible nepotistic family business political party that only undiscerning idiots would join. F— DAP. Rules and party lines ae meant to be challenged. Just as parochial as BN then, and Xian Fundo to boot backed by their dangerous and weirdo 7th Day Adventistm psyche establishment backed POISONERS. Whats so great about DAP?

Time for the below list of nepotistic dynasties in DAP to be removed, Tunku Aziz could lead the revolution :

Please note the Oligarchs in Pakatan as listed below :

NEPOTISM IN PAKATAN RAKYAT Three of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Lim Kit Siang (MP Ipoh Timur – Perak)
Lim Guan Eng (MP Air Puteh – Penang)
Chew Gek Cheng (Assemblyman Kota Laksamana – Malacca) Guan Eng’s wife
Lim Hui Ying Guan Eng’s sister (Vice-Chairman)

Two of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Karpal Singh (MP Jelutong – Penang)
Gobind Singh (MP Puchong – Selangor)
Karpal’s son Jagdeep Singh (Asssemblyman Dato Keramat – Penang) Karpal’s son

Two of the below must be challenged so that only a single candidate without relatives remains :

Anwar Ibrahim (MP Permatang Pauh, Seberang Prai)
Wan Azizah
Nurul Izzah Anwar(MP Lembah Pantai – Kuala Lumpur) Anwar’s Daughter

Also either Ngeh (Pantai Remis) or Nga (Sitiawan) must go to prevent 2nd degree nepotism and the kind of environment that caused DAP’s Kulasegaran, PKR’s Gobalakrishnan, to be kicked out possibly an act of racism but more likely at the order of the Lim Dynasty clique.

BN of course we do not need to discuss, blocs of relatives galore.
Nepotism: Umno controlled by 3 families. – by Patric McClean http://macleanpatrick.com/category/published-articles/page/6/

For even stronger consideration, I also list seats that HRP demands :

1. Padang Serai (Incumbent: PKR – N Gobalakrishnan)
2. Batu Kawan (DAP – Ramasamy)
3. Sungei Siput (PSM – Dr D Jeyakumar)
4. Ipoh Barat (DAP – N Kulasegaran)
5. Bagan Datoh (BN – Ahmad Zahid Hamidi)
6. Cameron Highlands (BN – SK Devamany)
7. Hulu Selangor (BN – P Kamalanathan)
8. Kuala Selangor (PAS – Dzulkefy Ahmad)
9. Klang (DAP – Charles Santiago)
10. Kota Raja (PAS – Siti Mariah Mahmud)
11. Rasah (DAP – Anthony Loke)
12. Teluk Kemang (PKR – Kamarul Baharin Abbas)
13. Alor Gajah (BN – Fong Chan Onn)
14. Tebrau (BN – Teng Boon Soon)
15. Lembah Pantai (PKR – Nurul Izzah Anwar)

HRP might very well be aware of some things we are not aware of to list some surprising choices as well, do not discount their reasons. PSM’s Jeyakumar appears to have been bought by BN though, so their viability is uncertain until PSM’s clique leadership changes. I have done some probing and casual calls to PSM, they are not very grassroots, DAP of course (also tried earlier) is far worse and absolutely TREACHEROUS and clique based and beholden to SINGAPORE’s PAP. I would not be surprised if the nepotists in DAP are rounded up a 2nd time, for collusions with Singapore to subvert Malaysian Federal authority instead amongst other things like ‘neurotech abuse’.

Everyone else, should meanwhile stand as independents in any constituency with bad assemblymen or MPs or people who do not endorse term limits and asset declarations. Here’s something that will help voters decide if candidacy is not their thing or too expensive :

Barisan – Apartheid, Corrupt and Nepotistic-Oligarchs
Pakatan – Corrupt and Nepotistic-Oligarchs (excepting PAS)
3rd Force – Corrupt Only (watch Marina’s cliques as well)

Pick the coalition with the least flaws. End the APARTHEID ! Destroy the Oligarchs in all political coalitions ! 3rd Force is best.

ARTICLE 9

Tunku Aziz asked to quit – Sunday, 06 May 2012 Super Admin

(Malaysian Digest) – Democratic Action Party (DAP) vice chairman Tunku Abdul Aziz Tunku Ibrahim has been asked to leave the party for allegedly not toeing the party’s line.

Selangor DAP assemblyman for Kota Alam Shah M Manoharan is of the opinion that Tunku Aziz, who is also a Senator, should quit DAP if he doesn’t agree with the party’s stance on the Bersih street demonstrations.

Manoharan told The Mole: “Tunku Abdul Aziz should leave the party if he cannot agree with us, especially on Bersih.”

“If he is really a man of honor, he should not hold on to his Senator post too. Leave it and do not wait for his term to expire.”

In a scathing attack, Manoharan accused his vice president of not appreciating the struggles of DAP leaders in championing human rights, and disregarded the honor of senatorship awarded to him by the party.

“Despite him being aware that he was breaking the party’s stand on the matter, I find it unacceptable for him to continue defying the party and keeps reiterating his stand,” Manoharan stressed.

Manoharan who had previously been reprimanded by the DAP disciplinary committee for his slur against Jalur Gemilang was commenting on Tunku Abdul Aziz’s statement on Saturday, where he continued to criticize Bersih’s organizers for allowing politicians to hijack the demonstration and for solely blaming the police force for the clashes.

“Tunku Aziz was not there (at the demonstration). What does he know about what had transpired? It is outrageously wrong for Tunku Abdul Aziz to comment in such manner.

“DAP disciplinary committee should have taken stern action against Tunku Aziz when he first commented about Bersih 3.0 last week.

“I still believe it is the police who should be blamed and take the responsibility over what happened,” Manoharan added.

Tunku Abdul Aziz had said yesterday that the Bersih organizers should look at themselves first before being so quick to blame the police for last Saturday’s violence, when they had allowed politicians to hijack the demonstration.

The Mole reported on Tuesday that DAP had no plan for any disciplinary action against Tunku Abdul Aziz.

Tunku Aziz’s decision to join DAP in 2008 was lauded by many DAP leaders including its national publicity secretary Tony Pua, who once wrote that getting Tunku Abdul Aziz, whom many regard as a towering Malaysian in the party as a big catch.

However due to his latest remarks against the Bersih 3.0 demonstrations, Tunku Abdul Aziz was called an embarrassment to the DAP by the party’s secretary general Lim Guan Eng.

Bersih 3.0 steering committee Wong Chin Huat when contacted said he was surprised with Tunku Abdul Aziz’s statement.

“Coming from a police family, Tunku (Abdul Aziz) should not be defending the violence.

“Is he saying just because politicians spoke at the event, it is justified for any political violence? Are the police paid to beat the politicians and protesters?” Wong questioned, while blaming the police for the alleged violence at the demonstration that turned into riots…

Wong also questioned why the uniformed police were stationed at the barricades instead of the FRU, suggesting that the situation should have been handled differently.

Bersih 3.0 co-chairperson Datuk Ambiga Sreevanasan said in a text message in response to Tunku Abdul Aziz’s statement: “We do not blame all the police but some who were clearly there to create the trouble. When did we create trouble?”

“Remember there was no violence until after the police shot tear gas. Once tear gas was shot it became their responsibility. How can we be responsible for police violence?”

Commenting on the hijack by politicians during the rally, Ambiga said: “Bersih will never lose its cause. Ask anyone to say that to more than 250,000 people. While politicians were there it was the ordinary people who made it happen.”

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Tunku should QUIT **AT** DAP. How does a spate or ahem-ings of all DAP offices where nepotists and term limiteless trouble makers are seated sound? That should put paid to the non-grassroots corporatist creeps. Tunkgku’s presence is a gentleman’s pact sort of thing showing assent of the Ruler’s Collectove. Without Tunku in DAP, the gloves will come off, and not necessarily to bad effect either. Being a Tunku though, this is a deadly insult akin to an ORDER (more so in a supposedly democratic party to boot, we do remember why DAP only lasted 1 term in the 1990s) and Tungku should switch to supporting 3rd Force Coalition (3rd Force Coalition can gather the leaders and make a formal appointment to appoint Tungku as the LEADER of the 3rd Force instead if lending weight to ungrateful and nepotistic, also authoritaran Pakatan).

ARTICLE 10

Please note my findings (also feel free to dispute) below on the end of mental autonomy we are quite close to, and try to create awareness and eventually table laws.

*** “NEUROTECH” ***

Warning to Citizens of the World – FOR GOVERNMENTS AROUND THE WORLD :

There is a technological dimension of justice and element of consideration that nullifies the entire case of criminality or even LGBT (not that LGBT itself should be persecuted either for those naturally occurring cases) who are manufactured and influenced to a degree and is ignored (perhaps intentionally?) by the press and media and hidden by government which refuse to expose and write laws preferring to use as an extrajudicial weapon of torture or murder there can be no escape from. The legal system and education system has failed to warn or protect us from such manipulations which are contrived by the Telco or government in collusion against citizens.

Human civilisation has fallen to a wretched state today, even religious institutions have used these things to profit off the unsuspecting citizentry. Be aware of what is happening and those with any ethics would work to expose the technology or methods used against our fellow human beings in this manner.

Mental Autonomy / mental Privacy is likely to end with 2600 Mhz Telco GridsWhile the infrastructure appears not much different, the technological levels have reached unbelievable levels, and thus the government needs to be HONEST alongside any with supposedly privileged knowledge that they would keep secret to control and suppress free enterprise and ultimately freedom of society and supress equality in man or to suppress those deemed too superior genetically and socially.

“” There must be accountability and preventive laws as well as counter measures and Technology expositions made to warn the public as well as aid in apprehension of criminals currently using such technologies to profiteer off ailments or attempts to destroy reputation and subvert society or end free enterprise as well. Civil society opt out zones (i.e. EMF/Satellite dish free zones) should also be available, or at least EMF shielding devices made available to the public.

Make the world a ‘Free Neutral Nation’ or you will find asylum seekers from all corners of the world suffering with no legal recourse from Human Rights Abuses by Neurotech and Psychotronics, help other nations set up the same laws. “”

Hopefully the handful of free souls left or those who managed to corroborate evidence and experience as I did will be able to create new and protective laws via landmark cases as I now work upon to ensure the freedom of society and freedom of mankind.

For example Anwar and Saiful Sodomy Case Malaysia, Malaysia’s Minister Maid Rape Case, Prince Saud Abdulaziz Bin Nasir Al Saud’s Gay Lover Killing Case, the Catholic Priests overcome with lust for children, I strongly believe that due to their strong religious and family upbringing and even some of us due to our station, political beliefs and political alignments, or threat of presenting too powerful a social or psychological, even psychic competition, or even intelligence, or even failed relationships with people having access to such devices – have been groomed into rape, murder, LGBT or even simulated mental illness specifically to weaken their voice. Let them seek justice and reclaim their reputations.

Study the below links and learn about the existence and abuse of neurotech :

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-1346900/The-app-read-mind-iPhone-brainwave-detector-matter-time.html

http://www.examiner.com/human-rights-in-national/big-brother-watching-you-billboards-emerging

http://myweb.cableone.net/mtilton/index.html

http://www.examiner.com/conservative-in-midlandodessa/iran-breaks-u-s-monopoly-on-bio-implants

(See even Iran has bio-implants already)

http://fedgeno.com/links/secretly-forced-brain-implants-explosive-court-case-national-human-rights-examiner-com

http://www.rense.com/political/weapons/nsa.html

http://www.rense.com/general92/elcs.htm

http://educate-yourself.org/dc/gwentowersbybyronweeks.shtml

http://www.facebook.com/topic.php?uid=318515515322&topic=16346

http://www.facebook.com/topic.php?uid=318515515322&topic=15792

http://ongangstalking.blogspot.com/2010/11/deb-dupre-article-in-examiner-actor.html

NASA Research: Reading Thoughts Using Electromyography
http://sigint.wordpress.com/2008/02/09/subvocal-recognition-using-electromyography/

Air Travel Privacy – FOIA Documents (EEG based mind readers)
http://epic.org/privacy/airtravel/foia/foia1.html

http://www.alternet.org/module/printversion/140206

http://www.rense.com/general92/mile.htm

http://educate-yourself.org/cn/chinesepsychotronicvictims13nov08.shtml

http://educate-yourself.org/mc/

http://mindcon.wordpress.com/

There must be accountability and preventive laws as well as counter measures and Technology expositions made to the public as well as apprehension of criminals currently using such technologies to profiteer off ailments or attempts to destroy reputation and subvert society as well.

CRIMINALS who have abused people with what are weapons BEWARE. Your days of abusing the voters are numbered.

Those with the knowledge, please investigate and prepare for a landmark case and exposition on electronic weapons with bills tabled for criminalisation of usage against civilians, that will exhonerate so many victims that have been wrongly accused of being criminals as well for being victims of electronic manipulation.

Pls. google “Unmoderated Malaysian Comments” for more.

We hope PM Najib or Home Minister Hisahmuddin (Hussein Initiative pls!!!) gives us a break by implementing laws banning such Electronic Harrassment / EMF Wave technologies, because without free will, we will not be a country of men anymore but mere automatons run on alogarithms in some computer beaming who to vote for via satellite.

We are in a high tech era, don’t imagine 3G or 4G telecoms towers or the 2600 Mhz 700 Mhz or Wiifi frequency will not be used against us. Those people in the know here are already acting :

Taman Brown
http://thestar.com.my/metro/story.asp?file=/2011/1/5/north/7714778&sec=north

Lintang Macallum
http://thestar.com.my/metro/story.asp?file=/2010/12/8/north/7564937&sec=north

Now you know why 8 Billion FDI left Malaysia last year and that Malaysia may be limited to production industries only henceforth and that anything you hold private can no longer be private any more.

Start investigating or tabling anti Telcoms Tower, 2600 Mhz or 700 Mhz, Wiifi pre-emptive/prohibitive laws, or opt out zones – it already is very late, there is no more private mental space or industrial secret anymore.

Who knows if the Altantunya case was somehow caused by neurotech as well obtained by the opposition by PAP? A reason to use the ISA if true correct?

Also note the lorry driver Chow Yan Wai who if :

1) related to Chow Kon Yeow (Tanjung MP Penang PAP stooge very likely using neurotech – will be confirmed and a police report brought up in time if true) could be involved in the murder purportedly suicide of Ngeow Tie Wie (their murder inspired modus operandi which I currently am corroborating)

http://thestar.com.my/news/story.asp?file=/2011/1/17/nation/20110117141111&sec=nation

2) Chow Hon Chin might also have access to the same neurotech to similate and CHEAT people into thinking there are spirits in order to defraud them

ALL of the above Chow Kon Yeow, Chow Hon Chin, Chow Yan Wai could be relatives (a nepotistic thread in PAP and DAP) and have access to neurotech at LKY’s permission? Note that LKY’s daughter is involved in appointed tender Biopolis Neurotech Institute. And that LKY’s son controls Singapore Telecoms. What would Neurotech and Telecoms combined result in? Orwellian society without mental autonomy.

The links are becoming clear. Any reporters able to confirm the family links or DAP suicide inducement modus operandi via neurotech? In that case the Altantunya case could have been caused by PAP indirectly through DAP proxies. This should be investigated by the Special Branch and confirmed. If so, I will also corroborate evidence if needed. Hope we can ensure mental autonomy from these treasonous toads who have hurt the PM Najib’s reputation, the Human Rights Abusers, nepotistic oligarchs and technology based fraudsters will be exposed and taken in to ISA as they rightfully deserve.

http://thestar.com.my/lifestyle/story.asp?file=/2011/1/17/lifeliving/7784516&sec=lifeliving

The Surinders also need to be aware as someone (possibly from DAP) might be planning something worse with the lost hair as an excuse by technology based fraudsters to make a mockery of the Sikh community via the ‘black magic’ method based on technology as in the case of :

Neurotech Conjob Poseur
http://thestar.com.my/lifestyle/story.asp?file=/2011/1/17/lifeliving/7784516&sec=lifeliving

The Surinders
http://article.wn.com/link/WNATC7BCA71C377C6E4D0E952F574788964A?source=templategenerator&template=sikhpost/onephoto.txt

Is so called Chow ghostbuster related to Chow Kon Yeow? Then the PAP, DAP, neurotech connection is ever clearer.

From the information on the links below, they can use psychotronics or EMFs to simulate such things as well then later come in to ‘exorcise’ as if it was a spirit. Technological warfare against citizens simulated as spiritual issues. Many of such things are neurotech based con jobs and should be exposed for what they are.

There must be accountability and preventive laws as well as counter measures and Technology expositions made to the public as well towards apprehension of criminals currently using such technologies to profiteer off ailments or attempts to destroy reputation and subvert society as well.

CRIMINALS who have abused people with what are weapons BEWARE. Your days of abusing the voters are numbered. (Astro? Streamyx? Wiifi?)

Those with the knowledge, please investigate and prepare for a landmark case and exposition on electronic weapons with bills tabled for criminalisation of usage against civilians, that will exhonerate so many victims that have been wrongly accused of being criminals as well for being victims of electronic manipulation.

I hope all Human Rights NGOs I hope all Human Rights NGOs or goodly political parties will be able to get those laws tabled soon, there is little time and I would even say that the 2012 ‘End of World’ scenario specifically refers to end of mental autonomy. A massive Telco grid of some sort might be switched on or linked at the time and at that point, I fear that only bloody revolution could be the only thing that could save us, and that is something most of the world will not want and most civilians would be the worse for. Work fast and keep as many as possible informed, or at least make a LIST OF COUNTRIES which have laws against such terrible (though non physical/destroying souls is worse flesh wounds) Human Rights Abuses!

Work fast and keep as many as possible informed, or at least make a LIST OF COUNTRIES which have laws against such terrible Human Rights Abuses (though non physical/destroying souls is worse than flesh wounds)! Malaysia’s neutrality in the Human Mental-Spiritual Rights area has already been compromised, visit Malaysia at your own risk!

This is but the tip of the spying iceberg . . . try EMF/ELF Telco ad Clephone based neurotech . . .

 

MENTAL AUTONOMY IS AN ASPIRATION OF ALL HUMANITY.

AgreeToDisagree  –  January 25, 2011 at 8:32 am

 

7 Articles on ‘The West’ : 2 Articles Warning About Nepotism and 2 ‘Human Rights Subversive’ Feel Good Methods : ‘Political Wealth Distribution’ destroyed by nepotism, Bankers get liquidated, ‘Amma’ in Machine Form, English Tourism to Steal the Energy of Hope from the World, Attacking one nite stands with false flag articles (agenda feminists should stay at home and stop infiltrating organic fun venues), 3 Stooges raided by soulless generation, TSA abuses continue- reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 14th April 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, best practices, better judgments, criticism, cult of personality, domestic terrorists in the political sphere, education as a spiritual weapon, electronic weapons, Fat Cats, feminist saboteurs, Nepotism, neutral spaces, NLP, organic casting, Orwellian, Straw-women, TSA on April 14, 2012 at 3:10 am

ARTICLE 1

The practice of hereditary ambition and home-grown royalty demolishes the basic premise of equality – by Walter Rodgers – Published: 00:00 April 13, 2012 – Gulf News

Political dynasties betray American values

Once again, America’s leading political dynasties are holding high the family standard in an election year.

In Massachusetts, another Kennedy is racing toward Congress. This time, it’s Democrat Joseph P. Kennedy III, the grandson of the late Robert F. Kennedy, hoping to fill the vacancy of retiring Representative Barney Frank.

“I’m very proud of my family’s record of public service to the Commonwealth and the country,” the young Kennedy has said. I don’t doubt his desire for service, but he’s also trading on the family name — and fundraising and other powers and privileges that go with it. That’s not what the Founders envisioned for the new republic.

Meanwhile, in Texas and Florida, the Bushes are using their endorsement clout in an attempt to wrap up the messy Republican primary. It’s time for “the party to get behind” Mitt Romney, former president George H.W. Bush says.

His wife, Barbara — who referred to her son George W. as “the chosen one” before he even became president — has recorded a robocall for Romney’s campaign. Jeb Bush, another son and a former governor of Florida, has also endorsed Romney. (A reasonable question: If Romney loses to Obama, will Jeb run in 2016? It’s a job he has said he has wanted since he was a kid.)

The US has seen its share of political families: the Adamses, at the beginning, and in modern times, the Browns of California; the Cuomos of New York; the Daleys of Chicago; Ron Paul and his son Rand, now a US senator from Kentucky; not to mention Romney and his late governor father, George.

Sense of entitlement

But over the past half century, no two families have been as powerful as the Bushes and Kennedys. They share deep New England roots and a seeming sense of entitlement to the White House.

The Kennedy taste for dynastic prerogative has at times been shameless. Senator Robert Kennedy challenged a sitting president of his own party and tried to seize the presidential nomination — seeking to recapture his brother John’s lost legacy and rekindle the myth of Camelot. (Parallels can be drawn with the younger Bush president in attempting to finish off his father’s war with Saddam Hussain’s Iraq.)

Even after the Kennedys suffered two assassinations, the family’s ambition continued to soar. Brother Edward tried (and failed) to unseat his party’s president, Democrat Jimmy Carter. So strong was the family’s belief that the White House belonged to them, that a defeated Teddy petulantly refused to shake hands with Carter at the 1980 Democratic convention.

The youngest Kennedy brother never made it to the Oval Office, but he helped Barack Obama get there, acting as kingmaker along with his niece Caroline, as they pointedly favoured Obama over Hillary Rodham Clinton (from a would-be dynasty).

This practice of hereditary ambition and home-grown royalty betrays a basic premise of the American Revolution, “that all men are created equal.”

Andrew Jackson’s defeat of incumbent John Quincy Adams swept away much of Americans earlier faith in ruling families, and successive waves of immigrants made a mockery of it.

The Europeans spent centuries, sometimes knee-deep in blood, eliminating czars and kings. Yet in the past 50 years, America has had to ride out allegations of rape, manslaughter, drug abuse, infidelity, and drunkenness in its ‘royal families’, overlooking all this on the medieval assumption that those with better bloodlines are somehow beyond reproach or the law.

And, like kings of old, today’s royals seek to maintain position and power by plying supporters, friends, and family with gifts, whether they be tax breaks or cabinet posts.

At their peril, they forget that stability in any kingdom involved a delicate balance between the crown and nobility, and the people.

The republic could again use the same disdain for pretence employed by an earlier patriot who once said he wished that “wadding of the cannon fired to salute President [John] Adams would hit him in the seat of the pants.”

The progeny of political families will likely ever seek political power — and the public may well respond with a certain star-struck awe and hope for favourable treatment. But in this country, we ought to judge a candidate on merit. That’s what we were raised on.

— Christian Science Monitor

Walter Rodgers is a former senior international correspondent for CNN.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Unlike some so-called cults of personality POSING as good Christians under the auspices of the Church, this is a truly good Christian response that does not embrace nepotism and extremist Christian attitudes. Good article by Christian Science Monitor that all faiths (more so Christian denominations) could do to learn from.

ARTICLE 2

Icelandic Anger Brings Debt Forgiveness in Best Recovery Story – by Omar R. Valdimarsso – February 28, 2012, 8:03 AM EST – Businessweek

Feb. 20 (Bloomberg) — Icelanders who pelted parliament with rocks in 2009 demanding their leaders and bankers answer for the country’s economic and financial collapse are reaping the benefits of their anger.

Since the end of 2008, the island’s banks have forgiven loans equivalent to 13 percent of gross domestic product, easing the debt burdens of more than a quarter of the population, according to a report published this month by the Icelandic Financial Services Association.

“You could safely say that Iceland holds the world record in household debt relief,” said Lars Christensen, chief emerging markets economist at Danske Bank A/S in Copenhagen. “Iceland followed the textbook example of what is required in a crisis. Any economist would agree with that.”

The island’s steps to resurrect itself since 2008, when its banks defaulted on $85 billion, are proving effective. Iceland’s economy will this year outgrow the euro area and the developed world on average, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development estimates. It costs about the same to insure against an Icelandic default as it does to guard against a credit event in Belgium. Most polls now show Icelanders don’t want to join the European Union, where the debt crisis is in its third year.

The island’s households were helped by an agreement between the government and the banks, which are still partly controlled by the state, to forgive debt exceeding 110 percent of home values. On top of that, a Supreme Court ruling in June 2010 found loans indexed to foreign currencies were illegal, meaning households no longer need to cover krona losses.

Crisis Lessons

“The lesson to be learned from Iceland’s crisis is that if other countries think it’s necessary to write down debts, they should look at how successful the 110 percent agreement was here,” said Thorolfur Matthiasson, an economics professor at the University of Iceland in Reykjavik, in an interview. “It’s the broadest agreement that’s been undertaken.”

Without the relief, homeowners would have buckled under the weight of their loans after the ratio of debt to incomes surged to 240 percent in 2008, Matthiasson said.

Iceland’s $13 billion economy, which shrank 6.7 percent in 2009, grew 2.9 percent last year and will expand 2.4 percent this year and next, the Paris-based OECD estimates. The euro area will grow 0.2 percent this year and the OECD area will expand 1.6 percent, according to November estimates.

Housing, measured as a subcomponent in the consumer price index, is now only about 3 percent below values in September 2008, just before the collapse. Fitch Ratings last week raised Iceland to investment grade, with a stable outlook, and said the island’s “unorthodox crisis policy response has succeeded.”

People Vs Markets

Iceland’s approach to dealing with the meltdown has put the needs of its population ahead of the markets at every turn.

Once it became clear back in October 2008 that the island’s banks were beyond saving, the government stepped in, ring-fenced the domestic accounts, and left international creditors in the lurch. The central bank imposed capital controls to halt the ensuing sell-off of the krona and new state-controlled banks were created from the remnants of the lenders that failed.

Activists say the banks should go even further in their debt relief. Andrea J. Olafsdottir, chairman of the Icelandic Homes Coalition, said she doubts the numbers provided by the banks are reliable.

“There are indications that some of the financial institutions in question haven’t lost a penny with the measures that they’ve undertaken,” she said.

Fresh Demands

According to Kristjan Kristjansson, a spokesman for Landsbankinn hf, the amount written off by the banks is probably larger than the 196.4 billion kronur ($1.6 billion) that the Financial Services Association estimates, since that figure only includes debt relief required by the courts or the government.

“There are still a lot of people facing difficulties; at the same time there are a lot of people doing fine,” Kristjansson said. “It’s nearly impossible to say when enough is enough; alongside every measure that is taken, there are fresh demands for further action.”

As a precursor to the global Occupy Wall Street movement and austerity protests across Europe, Icelanders took to the streets after the economic collapse in 2008. Protests escalated in early 2009, forcing police to use teargas to disperse crowds throwing rocks at parliament and the offices of then Prime Minister Geir Haarde. Parliament is still deciding whether to press ahead with an indictment that was brought against him in September 2009 for his role in the crisis.

A new coalition, led by Social Democrat Prime Minister Johanna Sigurdardottir, was voted into office in early 2009. The authorities are now investigating most of the main protagonists of the banking meltdown.

Legal Aftermath

Iceland’s special prosecutor has said it may indict as many as 90 people, while more than 200, including the former chief executives at the three biggest banks, face criminal charges.

Larus Welding, the former CEO of Glitnir Bank hf, once Iceland’s second biggest, was indicted in December for granting illegal loans and is now waiting to stand trial. The former CEO of Landsbanki Islands hf, Sigurjon Arnason, has endured stints of solitary confinement as his criminal investigation continues.

That compares with the U.S., where no top bank executives have faced criminal prosecution for their roles in the subprime mortgage meltdown. The Securities and Exchange Commission said last year it had sanctioned 39 senior officers for conduct related to the housing market meltdown.

The U.S. subprime crisis sent home prices plunging 33 percent from a 2006 peak. While households there don’t face the same degree of debt relief as that pushed through in Iceland, President Barack Obama this month proposed plans to expand loan modifications, including some principal reductions.

According to Christensen at Danske Bank, “the bottom line is that if households are insolvent, then the banks just have to go along with it, regardless of the interests of the banks.”

–Editors: Jonas Bergman, Tasneem Brogger.

To contact the reporter on this story: Omar R. Valdimarsson in Reykjavik valdimarsson@bloomberg.net.

To contact the editor responsible for this story: Jonas Bergman at jbergman@bloomberg.net

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Hundreds more bankers are worth multimillions or even billions. Confiscate their wealth, leave them with a few million and every citizen gets their home back, Iceland becomes debt free. End of story. the ‘enemy (economic fifth columnists sabotaging and selling the nation to IMF by being in government in some cases) bankers’ who insist on retaining wealth can claim refugee status at the UN if they don’t like the ruling. Bravo Iceland!

ARTICLE 3

Now, hug vending machine to get a drink – ANI – London, April 13, 2012 – First Published: 19:43 IST(13/4/2012)

Coca-Cola has come up with a very innovative and attention-grabbing publicity stunt in Singapore – a vending machine which gives out free cans of Coke in return for hugs.

The ‘hug me’ machine is part of the company’s ‘Open Happiness’ campaign designed to target young people in a gesture-based marketing stunt, which is currently being tested out in Singapore.

Students at the National University of Singapore were surprised to find that the soft drinks giant had installed the vending machine on campus overnight.

But instead of the drinks brand’s logo, the words ‘Hug Me’ are emblazoned across its iconic red-and-white logo.

Instead of paying money, customers have to squeeze the sides of the drinks machine to receive a free can of Coke.

Public displays of affection are uncommon and have long been discouraged in Singapore, but are on the rise amongst young people.

The move is part of a campaign created by advertising firm Ogilvy ‘n’ Mather, and is ntended to position the brand as a non-threatening ally to demonstrating youth.

In a statement as part of the company’s Open Happiness campaign, Leonardo O’Grady, Coke’s Asia Pacific Director for Sparkling ‘n’ Activation Platforms, said that through the campaign the company wanted to spread some happiness.

“Happiness is contagious. The Coca Cola Hug Machine is a simple idea to spread some happiness,” the Daily Mail quoted O’Grady as saying.

“Our strategy is to deliver doses of happiness in an unexpected, innovative way to engage not only the people present, but the audience at large,” O’Grady said.

Marketing gurus behind the innovative concept hope that it will encourage consumers to ‘bring positivity, optimism and fun into their lives’ and to ‘open a Coke and share a little happiness’.

The machines have been such a success that there are plans to roll them out across Asia.

“The reaction was amazing – at one point we had four to five people hugging the machine at the same time as well as each other! In fact, there was a long line of people looking to give hugs,” O’Grady added.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

This is even worse but cleverer in some ways. Any person has ethnicity and gender so what more neutral than a machine eh? No gender, no race, no facial look to prefer (we can though identify scum from a look at times . . . ) or hate as well. BUT STILL same method. Singaporeans are the most Orwellian lot ever. meanwhile the Lee Dynasty gets to ‘lead’ and have term limitless nepotistic family blocs in government. Strawman AGAIN and when politicians resort to the inanimate to cheat the people, while retaining bad laws and making the world an increasingly difficult place to live in, we know the vicious dictatorship loving creeps are entirely out of touch with the people. Combined with neurotech and other methods of mind monitoring they have now, we are already finished unless we vote for a government that is not comprised of cronies, plutocrats and nepotists. This is neo-feudalism, especially when family blocs and family political dynasties occur.

Straw-woman Agent of the 1% : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mata_Amritanandamayi

ARTICLE 4

Search on for ‘England’s biggest fan’ to travel the country, in a campervan – 04 April 2012 7:13 PM – EnglandfanCORBIS

Once upon a time, if a destination wanted to announce itself as the sort of place where you would really wish to spend some of your hard-earned holiday allowance, it would pay for a colossal billboard, slap a lovely colourful picture on it, and hope for the best.

But three years ago, the game changed when the Queensland tourism department decided to do things somewhat differently. Rather than design an advert showing a beach and a pretty girl, it offered up ‘the best job in the world’ – a year-long position as ‘caretaker’ of Hamilton Island, in the Whitsunday archipelago of eastern Australia.

All the successful candidate had to do was hang out, grab a suntan, and write a blog about their experiences. Cue a near-endless torrent of applications from hopeful types, and a self-promotional coup before the winner had even set foot Down Under.

Now something similar is happening again. Except that, this time, the venue is not a Pacific Ocean beach – and you have to be able to handle a campervan.

In short, VisitEngland is looking for someone suitably enthusiastic – ‘England’s biggest fan’, to quote their exact words – to spend 70 days driving the country in the build-up to the Olympics while writing a daily update on what they find on the way.

The itinerary will follow in the flame-steps of the Olympic Torch Relay as it cuts a swathe through the country during the pre-Games months of May, June and July.

Presumably, VisitEngland have weighed up the possibility of the search for ‘England’s biggest fan’ resulting in a large fellow with a bulldog and a grainy tattoo of Wayne Rooney on his back – and decided that such a person-hunt is still worth the effort.

The chosen wanderer will have their expenses paid as they trawl the country for titbits. Interested parties must be over 21, and should send 100 words on their favourite part of England, along with a photo, to http://www.visitengland.com/faninavan, by April 9th.

The anointed one will be selected by May 8th, ready to hit the road on May 14th.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Soul harvesting time! Out of a potential 77,777 fifth columnists (one can say they seserve to be treated this way, but being a product of their environment and being the more powerful party, the onus is on the English to not behave in this manner to take advantage of people instead of educating them AFTER subverting them via neurolinguistics and other siubliminal symbolic languages etc..) among camper van owners, only 1 will win. 77,776 minds worth of effort, hope and consideration will be harvested when 77,776 mind’s worth of effort, hope and disappointment occur. This amounts to a very cynical holiday and inconsiderate promotion stint that will only muddy England’s tourist ‘energy’. Would be better to honestly get England’s 5 star hotels to offer 10 free rooms to 10 people who are declared blue collar workers and be done with the promotion. Not a moment’s thought or time for this lot or sort of promotional method. Who knows the ‘winner’ has already been selected so that the ‘hope energy’ can be collected for use in some nefarious reality bending intention! One does not even need to study Freemasonry to figure this out. Just look at that atrocious language! Anointed one? Very not *like* (both the noun and adjective)!

ARTICLE 5

Woman impregnated at Motorhead concert seeks father on Craigslist – Helen A.S. Popkin – Craigslist

If you’re a dude with a red Mohawk who recently got lucky at a Motörhead/Megadeth concert in the bathroom at the Aragon Ballroom in Chicago — or if you know a dude who matches such a description — you totally need to keep checking the Missed Connections section on Craigslist. The woman with whom you had an encounter has something that was left behind.

“Did we hook up at the Megadeth/Motorhead concert? – w4m – 28 (Aragon Ballroom),” reads the anonymous post that was live through Thursday:

Me: Blue hair, silver tube top, fishnets, Knee high black biker boots.
You: Red mohawk, black pentagram gauges, viper piercings.

The poster then goes on to describe in detail the passionate encounter — the NSFW reproduction you can find here via the Fuse website, which initially spotted the post. Suffice it to say, the couple did not qualify to post their encounter on the Where Did You Wear It? – Planned Parenthood’s Foursquare-of-condom-use website. So …

Anyway I’m pregnant. It’s yours. contact me if you want to be part of your child’s life.

Rather than judging this young woman —  and you know you are, jerk —  let’s help her out. Consider the near impossible odds of the Craigslist Missed Connections for reconnecting with any random encounter.

Take you, for example. The hottie you stared at a little too long at Starbucks this morning is not looking for you. Of that you can be 99. 9 percent sure.

What’s more, according to those same statistics I totally made up just now, if he or she is posting about you on Craigslist — the creep who stared at him or her a little too long at Starbucks this morning — it’s not in your city’s “Missed Connections” section. The hottie is doing it somewhere in the community or discussion forums in a post tagged FML, the NSFW  acronym used by texting teens with obtuse parents and Craigslisters bemoaning their unfornatuate — or in your case, creepy — life circumstances in the community and forums sections of the online classifieds site.

If we take blue hair/silver tube top at her word — because of course, nobody ever lies on Craigslist— she isn’t a creepy stalker, but a future mom looking out for her impending child. Like everyone else these days, she’s using social media of a sort to get things done. So spread the world so she never has to have this discussion with her young head banger: “It’s not that your daddy didn’t have a Facebook account, I just don’t know his name …”

Hat tip to @JediJon

Helen A.S. Popkin goes blah blah blah about the Internet. Tell her to get a real job on Twitter and/or Facebook. Also, Google+.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Do not respond. This sort of article is to ferret out the real party goers even fake some ‘rape charges’. Even as some party girls (some married but posing as unmarried) are little more than fakes and gold diggers, not here for the organic fun but some manipulative agenda like addicting people with synthetic drugs so their dealer boyfriends (or husbands) can get richer. Protect the sanctity of the basis of reality – randomness. Also this action will doubtless be studied for casual links to regulate society and reality. An orphan or million more could well be the way Orwellian society can be prevented. The choices made here will doubtless be paid for or accrue wealth. Let go you sick agenda poseurs fronting for fundo values, or try to trap further – we’re beginning to see now why random slayings occur . . . to rid the world of sick minded individuals brainwashed by Orwellian agenda peddlars, in the world of gross matter. Meanwhile do partake and enjoy but consider the above for preservation of this plane. The cynical thing of course could be a FBI brainwashed person who will be ASSIGNED some newborn dumped in a hospital ‘baby chute’ intent on feretting out jocks and studs who do fuck for fun while concerts occur and REAL fans flashing whatever. The militant feminists who throw about ‘chilling’ effect emasculating language are the one’s to watch. The policy they write and the advocacy of emasculation of males at every turn is a form of insanity.

Orwellian society is here, so careful of such articles and people who write such articles and their associates and families. V!

ARTICLE 6

Say what you will about Hollywood’s lack of originality, but don’t you think the younger generation deserves a big-time introduction to The Three Stooges? “Dumb & Dumber” (1994) writers/directors Peter and Bobby Farrelly certainly believe so, and they’ve worked hard for the last 14 years to finally see that happen, as “The Three Stooges” opens wide this Friday the 13th. The Farrelly’s created this film as a tribute to their heroes, with the actors not so much acting as mimicking the original Stooges while terrorizing the modern world. We all know the Stooges will engage in plenty of nyuk nyuk nyuking, but here are five fun facts about the film you may not know.
[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Do a CGI version using the ACTUAL actors from the old films. They have the technology, and the 3 stooges are a classic that no existing ‘stars’ with that sort of immense wealth can properly depict. Alternatively, hold a lookalikes contest and make sure the actors are serious about being the new face of ‘slapstick’, meaning they best need to be humorous people in real life rather than ambitious careerists whp expect MILLIONS and to act in decades’ worth of films after this.

One off film types from th 99% would be perfect. The 1% actors can’t play fools, the fooling will be on the audience instead and the audience of today are no fools. Want to do a film about fools? Get REAL organic fools (that are smart enough to act). Maybe career clowns at very least who do like being the source of slapstick based laughter. Organic actors, not the plastic plutocrat chameleons, and of course another 1%ter gets to be modestly wealthy instead of the extrem wealth by actors who end up being chameleons who cannot set a role model for REAL society. These actors just teach duplicity . . . and are milking every last bit of ‘feel good factor’ accrued by these ‘old school method casting’ selected ORGANIC actors.

ARTICLE 7

How the US uses sexual humiliation as a political tool to control the masses

Believe me, you don’t want the state having the power to strip your clothes off. And yet, it’s exactly what is happening – Naomi Wolf – guardian.co.uk, Thursday 5 April 2012 15.50 BST

Bagram airbase was used by the US to detain its ‘high-value’ targets during the ‘war on terror’ and is still Afghanistan’s main military prison. Photograph: Dar Yasin/AP

The discussion continues today at 12pm ET (5pm UK time) when Naomi Wolf takes your questions about her column. Join us for an hour long live chat about the supreme court, strip searches and sexual humiliation.

In a five-four ruling this week, the supreme court decided that anyone can be strip-searched upon arrest for any offense, however minor, at any time. This horror show ruling joins two recent horror show laws: the NDAA, which lets anyone be arrested forever at any time, and HR 347, the “trespass bill”, which gives you a 10-year sentence for protesting anywhere near someone with secret service protection. These criminalizations of being human follow, of course, the mini-uprising of the Occupy movement.

Is American strip-searching benign? The man who had brought the initial suit, Albert Florence, described having been told to “turn around. Squat and cough. Spread your cheeks.” He said he felt humiliated: “It made me feel like less of a man.”

In surreal reasoning, justice Anthony Kennedy explained that this ruling is necessary because the 9/11 bomber could have been stopped for speeding. How would strip searching him have prevented the attack? Did justice Kennedy imagine that plans to blow up the twin towers had been concealed in a body cavity? In still more bizarre non-logic, his and the other justices’ decision rests on concerns about weapons and contraband in prison systems. But people under arrest – that is, who are not yet convicted – haven’t been introduced into a prison population.

Our surveillance state shown considerable determination to intrude on citizens sexually. There’s the sexual abuse of prisoners at Bagram – der Spiegel reports that “former inmates report incidents of … various forms of sexual humiliation. In some cases, an interrogator would place his penis along the face of the detainee while he was being questioned. Other inmates were raped with sticks or threatened with anal sex”. There was the stripping of Bradley Manning is solitary confinement. And there’s the policy set up after the story of the “underwear bomber” to grope US travelers genitally or else force them to go through a machine – made by a company, Rapiscan, owned by terror profiteer and former DHA czar Michael Chertoff – with images so vivid that it has been called the “pornoscanner”.

Believe me: you don’t want the state having the power to strip your clothes off. History shows that the use of forced nudity by a state that is descending into fascism is powerfully effective in controlling and subduing populations.

The political use of forced nudity by anti-democratic regimes is long established. Forcing people to undress is the first step in breaking down their sense of individuality and dignity and reinforcing their powerlessness. Enslaved women were sold naked on the blocks in the American south, and adolescent male slaves served young white ladies at table in the south, while they themselves were naked: their invisible humiliation was a trope for their emasculation. Jewish prisoners herded into concentration camps were stripped of clothing and photographed naked, as iconic images of that Holocaust reiterated.

One of the most terrifying moments for me when I visited Guantanamo prison in 2009 was seeing the way the architecture of the building positioned glass-fronted shower cubicles facing intentionally right into the central atrium – where young female guards stood watch over the forced nakedness of Muslim prisoners, who had no way to conceal themselves. Laws and rulings such as this are clearly designed to bring the conditions of Guantanamo, and abusive detention, home.

I have watched male police and TSA members standing by side by side salaciously observing women as they have been “patted down” in airports. I have experienced the weirdly phrased, sexually perverse intrusiveness of the state during an airport “pat-down”, which is always phrased in the words of a steamy paperback (“do you have any sensitive areas? … I will use the back of my hands under your breasts …”). One of my Facebook commentators suggested, I think plausibly, that more women are about to be found liable for arrest for petty reasons (scarily enough, the TSA is advertising for more female officers).

I interviewed the equivalent of TSA workers in Britain and found that the genital groping that is obligatory in the US is illegal in Britain. I believe that the genital groping policy in America, too, is designed to psychologically habituate US citizens to a condition in which they are demeaned and sexually intruded upon by the state – at any moment.

The most terrifying phrase of all in the decision is justice Kennedy’s striking use of the term “detainees” for “United States citizens under arrest”. Some members of Occupy who were arrested in Los Angeles also reported having been referred to by police as such. Justice Kennedy’s new use of what looks like a deliberate activation of that phrase is illuminating.

Ten years of association have given “detainee” the synonymous meaning in America as those to whom no rights apply – especially in prison. It has been long in use in America, habituating us to link it with a condition in which random Muslims far away may be stripped by the American state of any rights. Now the term – with its associations of “those to whom anything may be done” – is being deployed systematically in the direction of … any old American citizen.

Where are we headed? Why? These recent laws criminalizing protest, and giving local police – who, recall, are now infused with DHS money, military hardware and personnel – powers to terrify and traumatise people who have not gone through due process or trial, are being set up to work in concert with a see-all-all-the-time surveillance state. A facility is being set up in Utah by the NSA to monitor everything all the time: James Bamford wrote in Wired magazine that the new facility in Bluffdale, Utah, is being built, where the NSA will look at billions of emails, texts and phone calls. Similar legislation is being pushed forward in the UK.

With that Big Brother eye in place, working alongside these strip-search laws, – between the all-seeing data-mining technology and the terrifying police powers to sexually abuse and humiliate you at will – no one will need a formal coup to have a cowed and compliant citizenry. If you say anything controversial online or on the phone, will you face arrest and sexual humiliation?

Remember, you don’t need to have done anything wrong to be arrested in America any longer. You can be arrested for walking your dog without a leash. The man who was forced to spread his buttocks was stopped for a driving infraction. I was told by an NYPD sergeant that “safety” issues allow the NYPD to make arrests at will. So nothing prevents thousands of Occupy protesters – if there will be any left after these laws start to bite – from being rounded up and stripped naked under intimidating conditions.

Why is this happening? I used to think the push was just led by those who profited from endless war and surveillance – but now I see the struggle as larger. As one internet advocate said to me: “There is a race against time: they realise the internet is a tool of empowerment that will work against their interests, and they need to race to turn it into a tool of control.”

As Chris Hedges wrote in his riveting account of the NDAA: “There are now 1,271 government agencies and 1,931 private companies that work on programs related to counterterrorism, homeland security and intelligence in about 10,000 locations across the United States, the Washington Post reported in a 2010 series by Dana Priest and William M Arken. There are 854,000 people with top-secret security clearances, the reporters wrote, and in Washington, DC, and the surrounding area 33 building complexes for top-secret intelligence work are under construction or have been built since September 2011.”

This enormous new sector of the economy has a multi-billion-dollar vested interest in setting up a system to surveil, physically intimidate and prey upon the rest of American society.

Now they can do so by threatening to demean you sexually – a potent tool in the hands of any bully.

© 2012 Guardian News and Media Limited or its affiliated companies. All rights reserved.

http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/cifamerica/2012/apr/05/us-sexual-humiliation-political-control/print

So which 1%ters are using their own private jets?

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Ironic that they make customers naked at the airport but disallow nudism or at least nudist districts, much less Red Light Districts. Where are those private airfields and private owned craft or small fleet private airlines (in every state? Lady Gaga, I am disappoint – heres a reminder – NY, LA private airstrips and smaller, cheaper maybe older aircraft for a start. Talk to Alec Baldwin or anyone who has had trouble with the TSA or airline, if plutocrat singers don’t care about the 99%ters, so how do they expect to stay popular or want to buy tickets to concert when they should be pooling cash to buy their own airstrips or their own private aircraft? Fakes.

Damn 1% mentality 1%ters . . . little wonder people like that Branson character have carte blanc to collude with government to abuse human rights to DIGNITY . . . USA fails, the ‘Stars’ also fail . . . )??? Meanwhile nudism is still illegal (at least for appropriate zones and perhaps not near declared non-nudist friendly schools or places of worship – no signages needed, but the responsibility should be on the nudist to study maps of where a nudist can or cannot be nude).

5 Articles on the West : Starbucks Disenfranches, Taking Advantage of F&B Industry Media-hunger and how have the same effect as the ‘Masterchef’ show on the cheap, Innocuous Crypto-Racism?, Plutocrat Actor Capers, Nerd and kid minded Priorities when Orwellian Hell Looms – reposted by @AgreeToDisagree – 22nd March 2012

In 1% tricks and traps, best practices, better laws, conflict of interest, criticism, electronic weapons, freedom of choice, Freedom of Expression, Informed Consent, intent, lack of focus, media collusion, Mind Control, Neurotech, neutral spaces, Orwellian, Plutocracy, wrong priority on March 22, 2012 at 2:43 pm

ARTICLE 1

Opening of Starbucks’ first juice bar a sign of what’s to come

Starbucks’ launched their first premium juice bar store in the US this week called Evolution Fresh. — AFP Businesswire
WASHINGTON, March 22—  A newly opened juice bar by coffee giant Starbucks in Washington provides a first glimpse into what’s poised to become a major trend, akin to the ubiquitous green and white logo around the world.

After acquiring California-based juice company Evolution Fresh four months ago, the company has wasted no time in setting up their first outlet which opened in Bellevue, Washington this week and will serve freshly-pressed premium juices in addition to healthy snacks and food options.

The experience begins with an interactive wall display featuring digital illustrations of juices and smoothies being made.

Juices are made without the need for heat treatment due to a technology called High Pressure Processing, which Evolution Fresh says retains more of the flavours, vitamins and nutrients of raw fruits and vegetables.

While the premium juices will be available as ready-to-drink bottled beverages, customers will be able to personalise their food orders like wrap sandwiches, salads, soups as well as vegetarian and vegan options.

The Washington store was designed to meet LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) certification with locally-sourced, reused and recycled components.

The ready-to-drink bottles will also line grocery store shelves in the US.

The latest venture into premium juice comes following vocal warnings by Starbucks’ sustainability chief who has been sounding the alarm on dwindling coffee supplies due to climate change.

The move is also seen as a big step in the company’s overall strategy to enter the health and wellness sector.

Over time, the company says it plans to expand Evolution Fresh into additional channels.

News that Starbucks will be entering the premium juice market has existing retailers on high alert. US-based Jamba Juice, which sells smoothies and freshly squeezed juices and anti-oxidant ‘shots’, has embarked on an ambitious global expansion that includes locations in Toronto, Canada, South Korea and the Philippines which just opened this month.

Canadian-owned Booster Juice also sells nutrient-packed juices, smoothies and energising fruit shots, and has locations in India, Mexico, the Netherlands and Saudi Arabia. — AFP-Relaxnews

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Barring quality comparisons, a company that has no focus should not be considered a specialist anymore. Other coffee ONLY CAFE companies will take over where Starbucks has left.

General Categories (not complete) are :

Tea
Coffee
Deserts (milkshakes, candies etc.)
Cakes
Ice Cream
Yoghurt
Fruit
Beer
Non-beer Alcohol

;for food

Pizza
Burger
Chicken/Barbeque and Grill/Seafood (single cooking style or even food animal i.e. Kentucky)
Pasta
Mexican
Sushi

Indian Cuisine, Curries etc.
Chinese Cuisine, Dimsum etc.
etc..

All in one restaurants in general could well be less elitist being more inclusive rather than exclusive in specifics only restaurants, though F&B specialising in extreme low prices to control entire markets are also a second type of specialist – they specialise in bringing cheap to the masses banking on large numbers of 99% ters rather than small num,bers of 1% types as in above specialists attempt to do. Both arevalid and each has their own demographic.

;with each additional food type ‘thrown in’ lowering the ‘competitor ethics’ / ‘focus product’ value of the franchise. The best and most focused, largest product chain offered at best prices by any will likely win. The ‘encroach’ and ‘despecialise’ factor will doubtless dampen enthusiasm for Starbucks, and as the franchise grows to include any and everything, the brand will fade into anonymity among a sea of already All-in-1 type franchises which we already know as ‘Mom-n-Pop’ stores that double as cafe/newspaper-magazine stands serving pork, mac-and-cheese (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eyF8__fR8PQ) or whatever in dirty ash trays or the toxic yet unbiquituous styrofoam cups foil packages. Say good bye to the franchises unable to respect the unwritten specialist franchise code. Major fail packaged as a major in. Much like when Arnold Schwarzeneggar stopped being the ‘Terminator’ (1984 James Cameron) and became pregnant in ‘Twins’ (Ivan Reitman 1988) or when Noriyuki Morita (d.2005) from The Karate Kid (1984 John G. Avildsen) became a gay waiter in Spy Hard (1996 Rick Friedberg). Not just advertising and media dominance is needed, the REAL stuff 0 consistency and specialisation are needed to stand out!

ARTICLE 2

The Masterchef effect: Chefs see bookings for their restaurants soar up to 400 per cent after guest roles on show – by Liz Thomas – PUBLISHED: 00:04 GMT, 23 March 2012 | UPDATED: 00:04 GMT, 23 March 2012

There may be only one champion on Masterchef but it seems even a guest appearance on the BBC1 prime time show can make you a winner.

Guest chefs, who feature on the show for little more than ten minutes, are seeing bookings for their restaurants soar by as much as 400 per cent.

Branding experts said a cameo appearance on such a prestigious programme is “priceless” advertising.

Winning formula: Chefs who have appeared on BBC1’s hit TV show Masterchef have seen bookings soar by up to 400 per cent

Despite the difficult economic climate it seems a brief cameo is enough to boost business for the chefs that appear.

David Thomson, who is head chef at London’s exclusive Nahm restaurant, saw bookings rise at the venue by 400 per cent in the week he appeared on the show.

He advised contestants on how to cook street food on location in Chang Mai, Thailand.

Benjamin Tish, executive chef at the Salt Yard Group which owns three venues in London, said his restaurants had seen a 100 per cent jump.

Star chef: Australian Michelin starred restaurant owner David Thompson cameoed on the show, featuring his London restaurant Nahm

He appeared on the show in an early task to show contestants how to prepare dishes from his restaurants.

Mr Tish added: ‘The spike [in bookings] was amazing we had literally 500 bookings over about 36 hours, which is absolutely incredible. We are always busy so it means that people are booking further ahead.’

A spokesman for Gordon Ramsay at the Royal Hospital Road said it was fully booked and operating a waiting list of up to three months.

…And in the week he appeared he saw bookings at the venue rise by an astounding 400 per cent

Head chef Clare Smyth, who has three Michelin stars, helped the finalists prepare a three course meal for seven of the world’s best chefs.

Leading brand consultant Paul Hitchens said the power of Masterchef was “priceless” and could have a long term positive effect.

He said: ‘To be endorsed by a BBC family entertainment show which has been running since 1994 is priceless.
Feeling the effect: Clare Smyth, head chef at Gordon Ramsay’s restaurant in London’s Royal Hospital Road, helped the finalists in one episode of the culinary show

Feeling the effect: Clare Smyth, head chef at Gordon Ramsay’s restaurant in London’s Royal Hospital Road, helped the finalists in one episode of the culinary show

‘It is the best kind of publicity as the chef is introduced as an expert in their field and by association endorsed by the BBC.

‘The chef can then use this publicity to promote their restaurant, books and products with the endorsement ‘as seen on TV’.’

Marketing expert Allyson Stewart-Allen added: ‘The general rule-of-thumb is that PR is worth three times paid-for media.’
…The restaurant has since become fully booked and is operating a waiting list of up to three months

Masterchef broadcasts on BBC1 in peak prime time to around 5 million viewers.

To buy a 30 second advert at a similar time on ITV ranges between £59,549 and £ 43,243.

So a ten minute appearance is worth between £865,000 and £1.2 million worth of advertising.

This cameo could then lead to further TV projects, endorsements, and build the chef’s reputation longer term.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

The response-postulation may be wrong, but this response is to warn-prevent kickback/bribery abuse by media monopoly that this sort of article could give to Masterchef and the subsequent culture of bribery that occurs backstage. No hard feelings ‘Masterchef’! Any F&B does not need a Masterchef programme. They only need live cams at all times at all angles monitoring the kitchens counters and staff attitudes. It’s not the reality programmes that are valuable, the transparency and accountability (which cams also can provide) is what the consumers want. So put those inhouse and live stream cams up in your F&B, and the effect will be the same as a ‘Masterchef’ appearance. Also helps if the local government thinks highly of the establishment and features local officials at the places of work. Meanwhile the endorsements and adverts’ income could directly be earned by the F&B instead of going through ‘Masterchef’ and creating a monopoly effect which this article could well be written and paid for the purposes for – mercenary journalism is not unknown dear readers.

ARTICLE 3

Obama disowns De Niro white First Lady joke (AFP) – 21st March 2012

WASHINGTON — President Barack Obama’s re-election campaign distanced itself Tuesday from a joke by Hollywood veteran Robert de Niro about the prospect of a white First Lady returning to the White House.

The reaction came after Republican candidate Newt Gingrich slammed the jest, — made by Democrat-supporting actor De Niro at a fundraising event with Michelle Obama — as “unacceptable.”

“We believe the joke was inappropriate,” said the first lady’s campaign press secretary Olivia Alair after Gingrich’s comments triggered a tide of online argument about the joke.

“Raging Bull” star De Niro made the contested remark as he introduced Michelle Obama at a fundraising event on Monday in New York’s trendy Greenwich Village district.

“Callista Gingrich. Karen Santorum. Ann Romney. Now do you really think our country is ready for a white first lady?” the actor said, referring to the wives of Republican candidates Gingrich, Rick Santorum and Mitt Romney.

“No” yelled one person as the crowd roared, while De Niro added: “Too soon, right?”

The joke played on the ubiquitous discussion four years ago about whether America was ready for its first black president, ahead of Obama’s November 2008 election victory.

But Gingrich — struggling in his campaign to win the Republican nomination to take on Obama in November — took issue at a campaign stop on Tuesday, demanding an apology from the president.

“I do want to say one thing on behalf of both my wife, and on behalf of Karen Santorum and on behalf of Ann Romney, and that is I think Robert De Niro is wrong,” the former House Speaker said on the campaign trail in Louisiana.

“I think the country is ready for a new first lady, and he doesn’t have to describe it in racial terms.” He added: “I call on the president to apologize for him.”

De Niro insisted the comments were a joke.

“My remarks, although spoken with satirical jest, were not meant to offend or embarrass anyone — especially the First Lady,” he said in a comment forwarded by his publicist.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

“My remarks, although spoken with satirical jest, were not meant to offend or embarrass anyone — especially the First Lady,” Look up ‘nepotism’ De Niro, this is also kinda racist. This is not a club or casual setting where satire is normal, the WH and ‘official opinion’ factor counts, if people go around Obama or any officials spouting semi racist, unethical nepotism b.s., USA will lose credibility because a whole lot of angry people in the world are still fuming at USA Mr 185 Million Plutocrat.

Money makes you tough? Well not to the psychos ready to blow themselves and everyone else up. USA is in deep sh1t, technically collapsed from default, too many wars and a bunch of plutocrats sequestering much needed wealth while the country falls apart. Instead of making worthless remarks, how about supporting 300+ 401Ks for veterans who are protecting Hollywood’s candy a$$? Acting and film is NOT real life, and any slips Obama makes here could cost USA far much more than 300+ veterans to support. Nice to be ‘Hollywood Insular’ isn’t it? One wonders how USA even manages to function at all, well actually USA is crumbling from that fatcat 1% (that means you de Niro!) holding all the wealth (especially the liquid asset, not so much the first properties which are overvalued and needed for living in anyway – most housebuyers got cheated, condo dwellers totally conned . . . ) to no good purpose . . .

ARTICLE 4

‘Harry Potter’ actor jailed for joining riots – Associated PressAssociated Press – 21st March 2012

LONDON (AP) — A judge has sent a cast member of the “Harry Potter” films to prison for taking part in rioting that flared across England last summer.

Judge Simon Carr sentenced Jamie Waylett, who played Hogwarts bully Vincent Crabbe in six of the films, to two years in jail.

Prosecutors said Waylett was part of a small gang that took part in the riots in north London on Aug. 8.

A jury at London’s Wood Green Crown Court found Waylett guilty Tuesday of violent disorder, but acquitted him of another charge of intending to destroy or damage property with a fire bomb he was holding.

The 22-year-old had already admitted handling a bottle of stolen Champagne from a supermarket during the riots.

Waylett has a previous conviction for growing marijuana.

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Lets say that the damage caused by the riots could be repaired with a fraction of wealth a single of these ‘actor plutocrats’ have. The riots were caused by unequal wealthdistribution, Waylett was entirely inappropriate in participating – too rich.

ARTICLE 5

Drones to host Pirate Bay servers flying over intl waters – Published: 20 March, 2012, 19:09

Sky Pirates: Torrent site’s drone server solution.

Controversial file-sharing website The Pirate Bay has had more than its share of legal troubles over the past few years – investigations, raids, fines. Now the site has come up with a radical new plan: hosting its servers on unmanned flying drones.

­According to TPB’s most recent blog post, being down-to-earth is just not doing it for them anymore. So they are looking to take advantage of advanced technologies like the super-small Raspberry Pi computer, GPS-controlled drones and far-reaching cheap radio equipment.

The plan is to mount the cheap radio devices and computers on drones (“Low Orbit Server Stations”) and launch them high above neutral territory over the ocean.

“With modern radio transmitters we can get over 100Mbps per node up to 50km away. For the proxy system we’re building, that’s more than enough. This way our machines will have to be shut down with aeroplanes in order to shut down the system. A real act of war,” the blog says.

For what it is worth, most of the comments on the blog post are very supportive of this outlandish idea. And it certainly would lend support to TPB’s slogan, “the galaxy’s most resilient system”. The question now is: will they actually be able to pull it off?

Commentator Comments :

salparadise March 21, 2012, 01:02
+15

“With modern radio transmitters we can get over 100Mbps per node up to 50km away. For the proxy system we’re building, that’s more than enough. This way our machines will have to be shut down with aeroplanes in order to shut down the system. A real act of war,” the blog says.

Up to 50km’s away.
Isn’t International water some 200 miles off the coast (where permitting)?
And even if they could get the range it won’t help anyone who lives inland and it doesn’t matter anyhow because the Americans have declared the entire earth a battlefield and so there isn’t any such thing as “International waters” anymore. They’ll declare PB a “terrorist organisation” and shoot the things down.
A.Smith March 21, 2012, 00:46
+20

For decades Pirate Radio broadcasters used old shipping freighters or cargo ships as their base of operations in International Waters.

While it is possible for a goose stepping Zionist agency to move a counter jamming vessel near them to effectively shut them down, the cost would be enormous to any nation doing so on a regular basis. Of course US taxpayers have found the evil Zionists are the biggest parasites on planet earth and the backs of the 99% non-Jew American people.

I have zero doubts the gigantic buildup in the Mormon State of Utah on the new NSA base costing US taxpayers enormous domestic funding which would have repaired hundreds of US public schools, bridges, roads, harbours is intended on focusing on the darknet.

The new US Airforce cyberforce base appears entirely designed to wage endless US/Israeli Wars on Internet Users, creating 1000’s of faux military sock puppet social media accounts to spew propaganda and ensnare US citizens into various sting operations.

Soon privacy minded US citizens will follow what the Mexican Drug Cartels setup across Mexico with their own secure encrypted darknet and communications systems entirely independent of Mexican, US and Corporate forces, powers and eavesdropping taps.

Pirate Bay founders and darknet operators should join with independent nations such as Iran, Russia, India and possible North Korea to secure a satellite transponder to anchor some of their darknet traffic. US/Israel of course would try to jam the uplinks but that could be entirely minimised with uplinks in friendly non-western nations.

If slaves realised their tribute to their Caesar was used to buy a bigger whip to be used on their backs, would they stop paying and work to oppose that evil Zionist corrupted regime? Wake-Up Americans, that is precisely what is happening to YOU. Your tax funds are being used by the Zionist corrupted US Gov. to attack YOU, to wage war on YOU, your family and loved ones.

[[[ *** RESPONSE ** ]]]

Hey Technofreak Plutocrat IDIOTS (that means people like the Megaupload types). At very least build something like Death Machine (1994 Stephen Norrington) so that a Columbine could be pulled off in relative safety . . . if not able to break the world or rain hellfire on those destroying god given autonomy of humanity by druggings or non-consensual implantations psychically etc., or to be productive, use that money to lobby for abolition of Eminent Domain Laws and for granting of Allodial titles and protection of 2nd Amendment laws. Then buy as much land as possible and LIVE a REAL life in the real world and have real entertainments. Those drones can be ‘accidentally’ shot down or fried with EMPs/ELF weapons from weapons satellites you fools. This drone b.s. thing is a waste of time and money, mere nerd-bation.

How about developing and mass producing anti-mind control helmets instead? Those servers are useless if all citizens are electronic brain implanted zombies. FUND candidates to run for election in as many contituencies as possible. Lobby for electrosmong white zones and wiifi free zones. Stop running and start fighting politically. BUY the WH, not buy drones and nerd tech. Wheres the IRL Arm of the resistance? Stop hiding in cyberspace, nutjobs with bad priorities. try the below and create ‘flying’ squads able to detect and remove the implants from all illegally implanted citizens and activists as well as would be politicians taergeted for sabotage. These were intended for epilepsy but are being used as tools of control instead. So rich? So tech inclined? Then get those medicos  on your payroll, equip them, and help those abused by the psyche establishment on behalf of big government, fundo religious groups and the Orwellian state.

http://vnsandme.wordpress.com/2008/06/25/vns-and-me/

A minority of 1 – by Robert Ringer (A Voice of Sanity Blog from World Net Daily) – Posted: May 21, 2010 1:00 am Eastern Standard Time

In abstention options, advice, Apartheid, checks and balances, conscientious objection, Conscription, critical discourse, criticism, Democracy, domestic terrorists in the political sphere, dress code, drugs, electronic weapons, electrosmog, Equality, Equitable Distribution, Ethics, food prohibition, Forced Conscription, Forced Military Conscription, Freedom of Expression, freedom of speech, halal zone, halal zones, Hindu sumptuary law, Informed Consent, intent, Law, luddite, luddites, neutral spaces, one level up, organic psychedelics advocacy, political correctness, politics, privacy, psychedelics, separation of powers, social freedoms, technofascism, Technology, unique on February 20, 2012 at 2:20 pm

As BHO (FOX News Refers To Obama as “BHO”) continues to transform the United States into a socialist hell, yet another poke in the eye is the National Mediation Board’s proposal to make it easier for airline and railroad workers to unionize.

For 75 years, the rule has been that for any class of workers (e.g., pilots) employed by an airline or railroad to unionize, a majority of all employees in that class have to vote for unionization. But the proposed new rule would require only that a majority of employees who actually vote on the question of unionization would be needed to unionize.

All Democrats love unions; Republican progressives love unions; and even many conservatives believe that a worker should be allowed to join a union voluntarily, so long as those who do not want to join the union are not forced to do so.

Which probably makes me a minority of one. Why? Because not only do I believe that workers do not have a right to unionize a company through tyranny of the majority, I don’t believe that any worker has a right to join a union without the consent of his employer.

What would it look like if the federal behemoth were severely cut down to size? Read Wayne Allen Root’s prescription for the nation in “The Conscience of a
Libertarian: Empowering the Citizen Revolution with God, Guns, Gambling & Tax Cuts”

It is a basic tenet of libertarian-centered conservatism that without property rights, no other rights are possible. Unfortunately, most people do not understand this fundamental concept. They view property only as inanimate matter, separate and apart from a person’s life.

In actual fact, they are so connected that one is virtually an extension of the other. If you took everything an individual owned, the fact is that he would not own his own life, because whenever he attempted to create something for his personal gain, the fruits of his labor could again be confiscated.

The same is true of purchasing property. The money used to make a purchase presumably was earned through the purchaser’s efforts. That makes the money an extension of his life, and, therefore, the same would be true of anything purchased with that money.

A libertarian-centered conservative believes that no one has a right to any other person’s property, which includes both his body and everything he owns. When people make “humanitarian” statements about human rights being more important than property rights, they are, in a sense, correct. That’s because human rights include property rights, as well as all other rights of man.

A man has the right to dispose of his life and his property in any way he chooses, without interference from anyone else. By the same token, he has no right to dispose of any other person’s life or property, no matter what his personal rationalizations may be.

As explained in “Fundamentals of Liberty,” there are only three possible ways to view property:

No.1 ANARCHY/BARBARISM

Anyone may take anyone else’s property whenever he pleases.

No.2 ABSOLUTISM/DICTATORSHIP

Some (select) people may take property of other people whenever they please.

No.3 DEMOCRACY (One-man, one-vote) / Republicanism (Lesser Representative Democracy)

No one may ever take anyone else’s property without his permission.

It is self-evident to anyone who believes in individual liberty that the only morally valid way of viewing property is No. 3. Likewise, no one has a right to tell a property owner (property being land, buildings, a business, or anything else that a person may own) what he can or cannot do with his property.

Take a business, for example. It belongs to the owner, whether he started the business himself or bought it from someone else. No one has a right to take any part of someone else’s business, nor do they have a right to tell him what he can and cannot do with his business.

If a business grows large and has millions of shareholders, the business is the property of many people – the shareholders. Thus, size is irrelevant when it comes to property rights. When property rights are violated against a multinational corporation as opposed to a “mom-and-pop” business, it simply means that far more people become victims of government aggression. It is a moral absurdity to believe that bigness validates aggression.

Therefore, as a minority of one, I am compelled to say that regardless of the size of a business, the only way unionization is morally valid is if the owner of that business voluntarily agrees to it. Why? Because it’s his business! It’s his property! And it is his human right to set the rules for his own property!

In a truly free society, a worker has one inalienable, overpowering right with regard to his job: He can quit at any time. He is not a slave, so his employer cannot chain him to his work. If he wants to belong to a union, he is free to search for employment with a company that allows workers to unionize.

The fact that so many people reading this article will find my comments to be extreme speaks only to how far down the road toward socialism we have traveled. We no longer respect property rights, especially when the property is a business. Generations have been brainwashed into believing that abstract notions such as “the good of society” and “social justice” are more important than private ownership.

The proposed new ruling by the National Mediation Board opens a debate that is nothing more than a distraction. The real debate should be over whether or not employees should be allowed to unionize at all without the consent of the owner.

This is precisely the kind of issue that has caused conservatives to lose their way over the years. Until politicians have the courage to confront an issue such as unionization head on and stop buying into debates about whether to move further to the left or stick to what has become the status-quo left, America will continue its acceleration toward total collapse – both morally and economically.

It will be interesting to see if anyone reading this article has a strong enough belief in the absolute sanctity of property rights to agree with what I’ve said here. That would be nice, because it would instantly elevate me to the status of being part of a minority of two.

“Even if you are a minority of one, the truth is the truth.” Mahatma Gandhi

(The truth propounded in this site being, that Malaysia’s Laws and Constitution as currently standing ARE institutionalised APARTHEID from the Colonial era which neither BN nor PR, (much less the Bar Council or Judiciary of which both groups should have their degrees revoked, the earlier 2 coalitions mentioned unvotable,  for the tacit approval of APARTHEID via silence, lack of address and mention) have yet to honestly address and mention or discuss openly . . . )

  

MahatmaGandhi    Robert Ringer (article author)

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Try considering the above issue on property to social freedoms now. Even for a minority of 1 (being rhetorical here, generally such uniqueness is extremely rare), no matter how rarefied/antipathetic the meme or preference, equitable space reasonable to ‘life and liberty’ as considered against the UNHCR AND access to NEUTRAL spaces must be given, must be protected. In this the district by district concept of living space earlier discussed is the best way to apply unique and diverse mosaics of disyricts (preferably with the most incompatible districts being as seperate from the least compatible ones as possible).

Try the below groups for example in order of ease of implementation for closed districts, though with access to neutral spaces, such as traveling spaces etc.. :

i) Luddites/Anti-technology types (this district being ENTIRELY free of Electrosmog, ELF or EMF emissions)
ii) Smokers-Tobacco users/Coffee users (this district will allow use of tobacco throughout/the other coffee throughout – as we know Coffee is disallowed to Xians etc..) For more information on coffee use, see : https://malaysiandemocracy.wordpress.com/category/coffee/
iii) Fundo-religionists (wearers of Burkha to any dietarily limited persons)
iv) Conscientious military objectors (refusers of military culture, who must be offered abstention options and not punitive fines and jail terms to allow them to make a choice without being punished for making a choice)
v) LGBT (non-binary gender types – as sexual-energic exchanges appear to exceed beyond a street or neighbourhood at anytime, separate districts should be considered or dedicated living spaces in generally closed districts at night may be dedicated to these persons at a quantum suitable to the number of such persons)
vi) Red Light Districts (sex workers and sex worker patrons (nominally atheists) without religious injunctions to follow)
vii) Nudists (wearers of nothing, again the psychic-vibrancy issue arises, so dedicated places for nudists could be ensured)
viii) Organic psychedelic users (again the psychic-vibrancy issue arises, so dedicated places for organics users could be ensured)
ix) advocates of right to bear arms (they could live with others fine with the preference, though perhaps with high and thick walls to prevent any accidental misfirings – this should be at cost to the users of this district IF not a majority to warrant use of tax funds)
x) Synthetic psychedelic users (due to the sometimes permanent and undesirable mental effects synthetics cause, these persons could be required to distance themselves from certain groups again, physically or otherwise – with the very most toxic and debilitating drugs left entirely illegal unless a euthanasia or consensual waiver staying awarness of potential permanent mental debilitation is considered)
xi) Neurotech/Cybernetic/Electrosmog-causing-device Areas (the enhanced or debilitating effects may require inhibitants to give signed waivers and for service providers to give accurate readings of ionising radiation and EMF or ELF emissions on a street to street basis)

All these groups or combinations thereof should have dedicated districts or spaces appropriate to their community size for expression of self,self determinism etc.. and not be subject to discriminative disenfranchising and punitive laws or uncivilised harassment by citizens with differing preferences.

This must be assured WITH government awareness, formal recognition ofthe group, guarantees (administrators of government MUST be entirely neutral and non-judgmental and have no personal preferences or if they do have such prefeerence are very aware of the need to remain neutral in applicatio of thje law as oer professional administrators) of protection from discimination by other citizens, to ensure at least civilised treatment of the person is assured as per a responsible government.

The above suggested typifies an ideal First World Country’s conditions where any disparate group’s Human Rights may not be infringed on, via illegal electronic surveillance, secret druggings, theft of tangible or intangible property, tangible or intangible spiritual property, general harrassment or bullying by the mob-minded among the majority of citizens without consent or awareness in the most abusive cases.

Note : Building space issues notwithstanding, the above concept of separate districts was extrapolated from the ‘Nudist Colony’ and ‘Red Light Districts’ concept. So I thought why not specialised districts for every other disparate and diverse group? I have hence advocated closed districts based on a single street to a few streets (for example) since . . . with the narrow minded having condemened and smeared this one’s reputation no end with all forms of indirect retaliations from neurotech implantations/NLPs that have left some of us with no privacy, our human rights invaded upon, contrived car accidents (the last one being particularly serious), psychiatry-pharma neuro-poisonings to manipulative public reactions from people unknown no end. This world does not belong to any mob minded group, the world has enough space for everyone, the selfishness, hatred, unreasonable insularism and intolerance is a sign of a very vicious, sick, uncivilised and fundamentalist minded society. Hopefully the next generation of MPs and Senators or what not will have the presence of mind to develop a conscience and mental flexibility to appreciate the rarer mosaic parts that make up any and all societies . . . diversity is strength.

Neurotech Update : Reading a book really is better the second time round – and can even offer mental health benefits – By Rob Waugh Last updated at 12:50 PM on 15th February 2012

In Abuse of Power, electronic weapons, Neurotech, privacy, technofascism on February 15, 2012 at 2:22 pm

– Second read-through is ‘more emotional’
– Can offer mental health benefits, say researchers
– Same effect applies to watching films or holidaying in familiar places

Harry Potter fan: Scientists say that people who reread books over and over again could reap emotional benefits

Reading a favourite book for a second time often feels like a different experience – now scientists say that it actually IS different.

The habit of watching films or reading books multiple times encourages people to engage with them emotionally.

The first time people read – or watch – through, they are focused on events and stories.

The second time through, the repeated experience reignites the emotions caused by the book or film, and allows people to savour those emotions at leisure.

The ‘second run’ can offer profound emotional benefits, says a new study, based on interviews with readers in the U.S. and New Zealand.

By enjoying the emotional effects of the book more deeply, people become more in touch with themselves.

‘By doing it again, people get more out of it,’ says author Cristel Antonia Russell of American University.

‘Even though people are already familiar with the stories or the places, re-consuming brings new or renewed appreciation of both the object of consumption and their self.’

The same effect can even work on familiar holiday destinations, according to the paper in the Journal of Consumer Research, ‘reigniting’ emotions from previous visits.

‘Given the immense benefits for growth and self-reflexivity, re-consuming actually appears to offer many mental health benefits,’ Thomas writes.

‘People should not hesitate to go back and re-read or re-view what they have already done. A once in a lifetime experience can easily appeal to people again.
Here’s what other readers have said. Why not add your thoughts, or debate this issue live on our message boards.

The comments below have been moderated in advance.

I always read a book twice. You pick up more the second time around.

– busy as ever, worcestershire, 15/2/2012 13:48
Rating (0)

i am showing this to my mum who always laughs at me for reading books more than once!!

– just a girl, asking u to love her, 15/2/2012 13:46
Rating (0)

Great works can be read numerous times and when years elapse between readings, it’s sometimes surprising how differently the text affects us or how much more we notice about the writer’s craft. My current bedtime reading is an ambitious crime novel. It is appallingly written with confused use of tense, badly constructed sentences and quaint use of punctuation. I persevere reading it only to find out whodunnit. Many modern best sellers focus on plot. I read them to get to sleep at night and most go straight into the bin when finished. A few make it onto the bookshelves, worthy of rereading in the years to come.

– Samphirem, Derbyshire, 15/2/2012 13:39
Rating   2

I love reading and if I really enjoy a book then I will quite happily read it again later on. I often find you get a clearer understanding of some books after re-reading too, especially ones that have lots of twists and turns.

– georgie, middlesex, 15/2/2012 13:28
Rating (0)

Tell that to our today’s youngsters, they have to read it for the first time before a second, if they can read.

– mH, Hants, 15/2/2012 13:15

 

 

[[[ *** RESPONSE *** ]]]

Heres how neurotech works. After being neuro-recorded the first reading, first holiday, first film watch, Orwellian society throws situations and events at you for a few years. Then they ask promote re-experiencing the media a second time to match and compare the 2 sets of brainscans.

With the corroborated ‘vectors’ they will be able to better neuroprofile a brainwave pattern of control more accurate than without the comparison. Repeat the same process a few more times, then control becomes complete. They may not use the cellphone satellite tech emf/wlf waves but any and everyone will be easier to control eventually the longer you are recorded and re-matched to new patterns.

Protection Money and Extortion – ONLY after paying a fee, PG&E customers can opt out of SmartMeters — for $75, plus $10 a month – by Dana Hull dhull@mercurynews.com Posted: 02/01/2012 11:51:12 AM PST Updated: 02/01/2012 08:54:16 PM PST

In Abuse of Power, electronic weapons, social freedoms, spirit of the law, Technology, word of the law on February 4, 2012 at 9:49 am

Despite a chorus of complaints by SmartMeter opponents, state regulators voted Wednesday to give PG&E customers the right to opt out of having a SmartMeter and keep their old meters — for a fee.

The decision, which is being closely watched by smart grid advocates and utilities across the country, came after a year of highly organized protests by consumers who oppose SmartMeters, primarily because of alleged health effects.

PG&E customers who want to opt out of SmartMeters will be required to pay a one-time $75 fee and a monthly charge of $10. Low-income customers would pay an initial fee of $10 and a monthly charge of $5.

The fees are to cover the costs of installing analog meters on homes that have SmartMeters but want to switch back, as well as the cost of paying workers to read the analog meters each month. PG&E and others have argued that if one house on a block chooses an analog meter instead of a SmartMeter that automatically reports electricity usage, it is not fair to expect neighbors who keep their SmartMeters to have to pay for the cost of the meter reader.

The opt-out decision is widely viewed as a compromise on the part of state regulators and PG&E, who have been flooded with consumer complaints.

“The standard for metering has been transitioning worldwide from the older technology of analog meters to today’s smart meter technology,” said Michael Peevey, president of the California Public Utilities Commission, who crafted the decision. “We are not reversing that transition by allowing for an analog opt-out, but we are recognizing that certain customers prefer an analog meter.”

But the fight is far from over. Many PG&E customers are adamantly opposed to paying the fees, which they say amounts to extortion. Nearly 60 people, some from as far away as San Luis Obispo, attended the meeting Wednesday, speaking for more than an hour during the public comment portion of the proceeding. Speaker after speaker talked about their personal health issues and wider concerns about the growing use of wireless technology.

While many California residents regularly use cellphones, laptops, iPads and other devices, a small but vocal group of people do not. SmartMeters have become a flash point because of worries among some people that electromagnetic signals from the meters’ wireless mesh network cause migraines, nausea and other health issues.

“Obviously, PG&E’s SmartMeter rollout has been controversial, and I know that this proposed decision is also controversial,” PUC Commissioner Mark Ferron said before

casting his vote. “But this decision strikes a fair balance, and provides a choice without further delay. I recognize that there have been a number of health and privacy concerns raised, but I suspect that some may never be satisfied.”

As the opt-out vote passed 4-0, SmartMeter opponents erupted in anger and dismay.

“This is a crime against humanity!” screamed one woman. “Shame! Shame!” chanted another. Peevey had to ask security guards to clear the room.

“We’re not going to stop. We’re not going away,” said Josh Hart, a Santa Cruz County resident and organizer of a grassroots group called Stop Smart Meters. “People are going to refuse to pay these fees. You’re going to see personal injury lawsuits and class-action lawsuits.”

Hart does not use a cellphone and says his computer is connected to the Internet via landline; he tries to avoid wireless technology.

PG&E moved quickly Wednesday to begin the opt-out process. The utility estimates that 145,000 to 150,000 of its customers will opt out. About 90,000 customers have already indicated that they do not want SmartMeters and are on a “delayed installation” list.

“We know personal choice is important to our customers when it comes to the meters on their homes,” said Helen Burt, PG&E’s senior vice president and chief customer officer. “This final decision in support of analog meters is a positive step forward for those who have concerns over wireless technology. We understand some customers have been waiting for this decision, and we are actively reaching out to those who have expressed their desire for a SmartMeter alternative.”

Burt said PG&E will begin the opt-out process immediately, and will work as quickly as possible.

PG&E customers who have a SmartMeter and want it removed can let PG&E know by going to PG&E’s website, calling the dedicated SmartMeter hotline (866-743-0263) or visiting one of PG&E’s 74 local offices. PG&E customers who still have an analog meter will receive a letter from PG&E explaining the opt-out option and the fees

Smart meters have been widely heralded as a way to bring greater efficiency to the nation’s aging electrical grid and give consumers greater insight into how they use electricity.

But as utilities across the country have installed them, the consumer backlash has taken the industry by surprise. Organizations like the SmartGrid Consumer Collaborative have sprouted up to educate the public about the benefits of the smart grid.

“We’re pleased that the California Public Utilities Commission took a definitive step forward today in the regulatory process to address the issue of smart meter opt-outs,” said Laura Hernandez of the collaborative?. “The ruling will pave the way for the strong and equitable continuation of PG&E’s SmartMeter rollout, a project that represents a critical first step in the process of modernizing the electric grid.”

Contact Dana Hull at 408-920-2706. Follow her at Twitter.com/danahull.

PG&E customers who want to opt out of having a Smart Meter can call PG&E’s SmartMeter hotline at 866-743-0263. Consumers who want to keep their analog meters will have to pay a $75 fee and monthly charge of $10. For more information about SmartMeters and how to opt out, go to http://www.pge.com/smartmeter.

2 Neurotech Exposition Articles – posted by @AgreeToDisagree – 2nd February 2012

In electronic weapons, mental abuse, Mind Control, Orwellian, Radiation, social freedoms, spirit of the law, word of the law on February 3, 2012 at 10:16 am

ARTICLE 1

Smart Meters / Smart Meters in Laptops : MITRE, Belfer Center, ICLEI (Manned Trilateralists, Bilderbergers, and Members of the CFR) February 1, 2012 by ppjg – Author : Intelligence Memo – Gary Richard Arnold

Those implementing the  Final Solution Must be Named There has been enough victims … to grab attention. Time to name where this evil is emanating from, the participants and their purpose.

#1   The Ford Financed Belfer Center
John P. Holdren (population reduction mad man) advocated forced sterilization of women and adding sterilants to food and water in his book Ecoscience.
The Ford Foundation financed John P. Holdren’s Belfer Center located at Harvard. Investment banker Rowan Gaither headed the Ford Foundation and said their purpose was to “so alter the U.S. that it could comfortably merged with the Soviet Union“. (He also helped found the Rand Corporation)
Conspirators are satisfied with assaulting the former independence thinking of the American people. A large segment has now accepted themselves as “global citizens”.  The insiders have accelerated their dirty business of extermination.
American’s have been anesthetized ready for their killing.  The concerns for environment has been the perfect shield to hide the implementation of a “world tyranny.”
Listed participants running the Belfer Center include John P. Holdren, two ex-heads of the CIA, John Deutch, and James Schlesinger (CFR/T) plus Nathan Rothschild and central banker Paul Volcker (T/B).
John P  Holdren (CFR) is an advisor to the president.

#2 James Schlesinger runs MITRE out of McLean Virginia (CIA) .
MITRE does systems and procedures for FAA, DOD, and Homeland Security.  The coordination of these three groups are required for Operation Cloverleaf.
Operation Cloverleaf (Evergreen/Air America /CIA)
Operation Cloverleaf is one name given for the massive decade long dropping of contaminants. It should be an immediate wake up call to many of us duped by their phoney concerns about the environment when they deliberately poison the air, water, animals and people.
May 12, 2011 front page of USA Today, as reported in Air Auschwitz, identifies and lays out the deadly effects of the dust particles used in the massive military operation against Americans and the peoples of the world.

#3 On the MITRE web site there are references to Gestapo Meters, which they call Smart Meters.
The 2006 declassified Intelligence Report from Fort Meade delineates the pulsating radio waves as weaponized. Radio waves are designed to cause everything from headache, giddiness, nausea to unconsciousness.

#4 ICLEI (International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives) is financed by the World Bank, and the EU.
It’s purpose is enslave the people of the world through uniform laws that allow top down rule. (World Government)  They call it “harmonization”.  (United Nations Agenda 21)

ICLEI is partnered with local governments and energy and utility companies to create neighborhood concentration camps. They are in the lead with the coordination and propaganda for the forced weaponized meter installment of the control grid.
Each house is to have fastened on to it a Gestapo Meter (two way radio). These the meters monitor everything electronic.

Not only do spy meters violate the Fourth Amendment but operate as the next best controlling device next to an implanted two way bio chip.
The conspirator literally have your life in their hands. Their hands are around your neck. They can make you giddy or unconscious.
ICLEI needs to be thrown out of every community and those politicians who participated in the treason.
A new House Committee on Un-American Activities needs to be instituted in every State and members of the ICLEI,  and Trilateral Commission brought before it as active conspirators.
The Belfer Center’s Hitlerian program should be shut down and the funders arrested.
MITRE is merely off the record, rogue, CIA operations out of sight from our ignorant, bought off Congress. They have declared war against the freedom and lives of the American people.
ICLEI is the “iron fist” of World Government hidden in a green garden glove. They have murdered the economy of the free world and are proceeding to eliminate 95% of the world’s population.
Weak minds doused in decades of environmentalism have been programmed out of a will to survive. These well intentioned people can’t distinguish between … a cure from a killer.

It is as if Charlie Manson would only have to put on a minister’s rope and be invited to dinner. Or be invited to drink some Kool Aide. The tragedy in front of us. People around us are egesting poison. From fluoride, to vaccines, from chem trails to the Final Solution.
The Final Solution is the Gestapo Meter. Hitler’s Dream come true.
A half a Century ago weaponized radio waves were used to cause physical and mental illness. Trilateralist Henry Kissinger acknowledged the Soviet causing cataracts, heart attacks, malignancies, circulatory problems and permanent deterioration of the nervous system with after effects becoming evident as long a  decade later.
The Malthusian world wide conspiracy has already stated their goal to reduce the world population. They already began … many of us are dead men walking.
Russia’s population is being reduced by 700,000 people per year.
Those paid to be in position to protect us and our health are busy pouring fluoride in the waters, injecting poisons via vaccines, conducting death dumps in the skies and reducing the worlds food supplies and outlawing vitamins. The Gestapo Meter is the Final Solution. That is in your face. And if you don’t see it and stop it you lack the will to survive.
The ICLEI adopted Agenda 21 laws are in place awaiting the depression by design to be paired with a serious False Flag (nuclear, flu outbreak). It is a matter of time when the people will finally wake up and resist the Holocaust and be too late.

Foot notes:

#1 Russia’s population peaked in the early 1990s (at the time of the end of the Soviet Union) with about 148 million people in the country. Today, Russia’s population is approximately 143 million. The United States Census Bureau estimates that Russia’s population will decline from the current 143 million to a mere 111 million by 2050, a loss of more than 30 million people and a decrease of more than 20%.

The primary causes of Russia’s population decrease and loss of about 700,000 to 800,000 citizens each year are a high death rate, low birth rate, high rate of abortions

#2 From 1960 to 1965, the American Embassy in Moscow was targeted by a mixture of electromagnetic waves and microwaves causing a wide range of physical and mental illness among personnel serving there, which culminated in the eventual death of the US Ambassador. The electromagnetic waves beamed at the embassy were in the short ‘S’ and long ‘L’ spectrum and had complex modulations, some of which were random. P. 191, 192

In April 1976, Secretary of State Henry Kissinger sent the following telegram to the US Embassy in Moscow: “Beginning in 1960, the Soviet Union directed high frequency beams of radiation at the US Embassy in Moscow which were calculated not to pick up intelligence, but cause physiological effects on personnel. It has been verified that the effects are not temporary. Definitely tied to such electromagnetic waves are: (A) Cataracts, (B) Heart attacks, (C) Malignancies, (D) Circulatory problems, and (E) Permanent deterioration of the nervous system. In most cases, the after-effects do not become evident until long after exposure – a decade or more.” P. 189, 191, 192

#3 ICLEI purpose is to promote and enforce UN Agenda 21 who’s purpose is to “control every human action” and eliminate all human free choices. Those who don’t comply will be punished or killed.

#4  http://refusesmartmeter.com/Bioeffects_of_Selected_Non-Lethal_Weapons.pdf   2006 de classified Army Intelligence report weaponized radio waves.

 

 

ARTICLE 2

Chemtrails, HDTV — SSSS Waves as Mind Control
http://www.henrymakow.com/chemtrails_and_other_mind_cont.html

July 14, 2011
obey-tv.jpg”In his next campaign, Obama won’t need to idiotically repeat the word ‘Hope!’ to elicit your approval. Instead, he will just beam the emotion directly into your head!”

by David Richards
(henrymakow.com)

Imagine this sci-fi scenario: A future scientific dictatorship uses electromagnetic waves to control the minds of the masses, locking them into a ‘sub-reality’ of negative moods and distorted thought.

Scary idea isn’t it? Only this isn’t fiction. The Illuminati are using this weapon against us right now, bombarding us with SSSS waves. Two means of attack are chemtrails and HDTV sets.

Chemtrails are the primary means of attack.

Chemtrails sow the sky with metallic particles that conduct HAARP frequencies (and possibly other wave emitters such as GWEN towers), creating SSSS pulses that numb us with sensations of uneasiness, depression and foreboding.

Illuminati geopolitical strategist Zbigniew Brzezinski spoke of numbing the public with SSSS waves in his book “Between Two Ages” (1970). “It may be possible–and tempting–to exploit for strategic-political purposes the fruits of research on the brain and on human behavior.

Gordon J. F. MacDonald, a geophysicist specializing in problems of warfare, has written that timed artificially excited electronic strokes could lead to a pattern of oscillations that produce relatively high power levels over certain regions of the earth…. “In this way, one could develop a system that would seriously impair the brain performance of very large populations in selected regions over an extended period.”

You may have noticed that “dead” feel in your neighborhood. My hometown in England feels as if the life has been sucked out of everything. This is the effect of SSSS waves.

‘Sound of Silence’ tech is also being transmitted through HDTV sets. The mind control possibilities of HDTV are revealed in US patent from 2002 titled ‘Nervous System Manipulation by EM Fields from Monitors’. It reads:

‘Many computer monitors and HD TV screens, when displaying pulsed images, emit pulsed electromagnetic fields of sufficient amplitudes to cause such excitation. It is therefore possible to manipulate the nervous system of a subject by pulsing images displayed on a nearby computer monitor or DIGITAL TV set.’

The first overt use of SSSS waves in entertainment/ communication devices was during the first gulf war when the US military used to technology to cause mass surrender in the Iraqi ranks. The US first destroyed the Saddam’s command-and-control system, leaving the military to rely on FM radio signals to communicate. The US had set up a fake Iraqi military broadcast system that broadcast ‘sound of silence’ frequencies.

The US media suppressed coverage of the technology but ITN News of London reported ‘unbelievable and highly classified PsyOps program’. They reported the technology implanted negative emotional states in the Iraqi troops – ‘feelings of fear, anxiety, despair and hopelessness’. The reporter marveled at the technology, ‘this incredibly effective subliminal system doesn’t just tell a person to feel an emotion, it makes them feel it; it implants that emotion in their minds.’

The effectiveness of the attack was stunning. In a harbinger of what’s to come if we in the West allow this technology to be used against us, the Iraqi troops surrendered on mass.

The same SSSS waves are now being beamed into living rooms through High Definition TV sets.

This is the real reason Obama is signing laws to subsidize the public and TV channels making the switch to HD.

In his next campaign, Obama wont need to idiotically repeat the word ‘Hope!’ to elicit your approval, instead he can just beam the emotion directly into your head!

It is important to recognize that ‘sound of silence’ mind control is a global attack. It is being used in all Western countries and Eastern European countries (and possibly others), most likely put into action through the secret services that work directly for the Illuminati.

Edward Tilton, President of Silent Sounds Inc., one of the privatized arms of SSSS technology, said in a newsletter from 1996 that ‘we make tapes and CDs for the German Government, even the former Soviet Union countries!’

This is a worldwide attack from a global centralized authority i.e. the Illuminati.

BACKGROUND

The “Silent Sound Spread Spectrum” (SSSS), also known as ‘S-quad’ emits electromagnetic waves outside of our hearing range. As our brain is an electrically mediated organ, these waves disrupt our consciousness.

They can also set our moods. Scientists can isolate the particular brainwave patterns that occur when we feel, say ‘apathy’ or ‘depression’, record it and duplicate it as ‘track’. A track can then be emitted, provoking that emotional state in the unsuspecting individual.

While most people would find the existence of this technology absurd, it is at least 70 years old. It was first mentioned by the originator of cybernetics, Norbert Weiner, in his book ‘Cybernetics: Or Control and Communication in the Animal and the Machine’ (1948.) Weiner recounts his experiments from 1942-7 exposing individuals to low-intensity electrical fields in the knowledge that they could ‘drive’ the natural ELF internal rhythms inside us.

The CIA refined the technology in the proceeding decades. In his book ‘The Search for the Manchurian Candidate’ (1979), John Marks relates that in response to a Freedom of Information Act request, the CIA informed him they had a roomful of files on electromagnetic and related techniques to alter behavior and stimulate the brain. The agency refused to release the papers, and they remain classified.

These experiments have gone well beyond simply setting moods. For instance, in the Body Electric (1974) DR. R. O. Becker relates his successful experiments to convey the ‘spoken word of the hypnotist’ directly into the unconscious minds of his subjects using electromagnetic waves.

The Illuminati plan to control the world’s population through SSSS techniques. A paper from the USAF Scientific Advisory Board from 1996, entitled ‘New World Vistas Air and Space Power for the 21st Century’ lays out the agenda.

‘One can envision the development of electromagnetic energy sources, the output of which can be pulsed, shaped, and focused, that can couple with the human body in a fashion that will allow one to prevent voluntary muscular movements, control emotions (and thus actions), produce sleep, transmit suggestions, interfere with both short-term and long-term memory, produce an experience set, and delete an experience set.’

CONCLUSION

We are currently under attack from ‘sound of silence’ mind control from chemtrails and HDTV. While these energy waves are not instantly fatal, they create in us negative moods and distort our thinking.

They weaken our minds and initiative at a time when the Illuminati are initiating large-scale changes towards their satanic world dictatorship.

The Illuminati plan to advance the use of these mind control techniques, and it is possible the sophistication of their techniques will reach a level where we cannot wrestle back control of our minds.

This isn’t science fiction, it’s really happening. It’s time for us to wise up and get angry. How dare they toy with our minds. Let’s expose these bastards!